Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D98-0172 - SOUTHCENTER MALL - STORE OF KNOWLEDGE - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
1068 Southcenter Mall Store of Knowledge CERTIFICATE OF OCr JP`AI'4CY 'THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUEC► PURSLA1`4T. TG.. THE REUUIREMEUT ,, 109' OF THE UNIFORM: BUILDING CODEOTIFYIU(z THAT AT .THE •T1FIE :+►F 1LS.LJAf4EE•.THIS ; TRUCTURL : VAS lf'a CUMPLIANCE WITH•THE /ARIUtJS; 0RDINANf ES t +F THE' .CIT`fa RE.;ULATING WJILDItfg CONSTRUCTION OR U:�EAND ALL'` APP ItAB ._E., CITY FIRE C�►DES'.: **O FOLLO ING: CREATE Oocuparrt ryed: Type of Co st OLcup.ant Ti RE OF \KNOWLED E Building Addue. 1068 SUUTHCENTER MALL Ot.Opartc: • (%ccup.ari'c<y rarO.yp: ti CITY OF TUh;WILA 6300 SUUTHCENTER BOULEVARD. SUITE 100 . TUKWILA •. WASHINGTON 9 1 C 262394-'9023 S(UTHf EfTER J: ?INT VENTU.PE.. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE "1,`:r tlap'It:Ut►II.;LY POSTED (Ar City of Tukwila Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Parcel No: Address: Suite No: Location: Category: Type: Zoning: Const Type: Gas /Elec.: Units: Setbacks: Water: Wetlands: ACOM DEVPERM CP II -N 001 North: TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. 262304 -9023 1068 SOUTHCENTER MALL Contractor License No: WESTWCI088BF Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: Occupancy: UBC: Fire Protection: .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: Sewer: TUKWILA Slopes: N Streams: (206) 431 -3670 D98 -0172 ISSUED 06/22/1998 12/19/1998 STORE 1994 SPRINKLERED .0 OCCUPANT STORE OF KNOWLEDGE 1068 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA WA 98188 OWNER SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE ATTN: JAMES J GUDIN, 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD, CLEVELAND CONTACT GREG ANDERSON Phone: 253 200 S 333 ST SUITE 244, FEDERAL WAY WA 98003 CONTRACTOR WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS INC. Phone: 206 661 -0800 200 S 333RD ST #244, FEDERAL WAY WA 98003 k**************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: CREATE NEW TENANT SPACE FOR RETAIL STORE. k**************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Construction Valuation: $ 110,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N k**************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 1,550.96 k************************************** ************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Date: _�'Y OH 44145 661 -0800 Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this cancel the provisi or the performa development pe Signature:__ Print Name: permit • any •rk. This permit shall become null and void 180 days from the date of issuance, or for a period of 180 days from the last does not presume to give authority to violate or other state or local laws regulating construction I am authorized to sign for and obtain this _OLe _ .r_MM(Lst2171 Date: End Time: Fill: if the work is not commenced within if the work is suspended or abandoned inspection. CITY OF TU }:WILA Address: 1063 SOUTHCENTER MALL Permit . No D98 -0172, te Tenant Status: ISSUED' Type: DEVPERM ADD l ied : 05/21/1998 Pars e l # 262304-902j Issued: 06/22/ 1998 •A.•k *•k * * *'k : k k . *•k " 'k * :kk`* * * * * * *;k * *•k** k•k•k * * * * * *•k * ** kk *•k•k *'k *k k kk* k.-k Permit Condit ions c Project Name/Tenant: ;�E v,r z v � ILo & vv1 t d e., ,. value c " ----, 4 H3 Site Address: City State/Zip: 4 `5'L. 'V) . ' , 1/1 wt , ki\l;- IY Tax Parcel N mber , _ o 0 Property Owner: U a c;,cl�-x, �'\ v 0 If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) • Phone: � i t � ; - `' - 1(- ¢s z'U Fax #i: ,, i c, - S-4 -- ` �" 4- Street Address• P - 4 ZS � Al -4zfr r- GI.sy ' City State /Zip Opx Ir,,tit it .Contractor: et A'w 00 a C�Vi C� C. f `7 l fr _ Phone: �3 ... & Li — O eVZ a Street Address: ' City State2ip: \/w c (- Uol 1 1 l Fax #: ) `? - tfl01 — 6 O Architect: a Phone: --.)-1 Street Address: ,:3< fir 44144 ci_-. Sit; 3._6 Cit State2ip: eevj,X ,42 Fax #: � 0 ._, L .4_ • - Engineer: vA / P `riS ^- 7 )q - 7 - " /l Street Address: City State/Zip: 1410v14 c fit' � • S'k /?-30 5,c,(4-- T-xL, c Su f' /o 4- Fax #: 4 S ---- g4 7 — /S f ( ( ,o4btd Contact Persddt: 0J n YtCi'.Prti re ,;' } , Lrl -; Phone: , S• C2 • (u / - P 4 f--.) Street Address: U City State/Zip: e>v i ? ..-3 ?✓Gt :k- - 4-- re t�.E'rcat Wax. q .T • Fax #: :-,2S & 6 / - d S V Description of work to be done: / e7.44_6(AA--t iii4-pv-i,-,d04-64A: ,. Existing use: Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel/Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: aRetail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi - family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Otfice ❑ School/College/University El Other Will there be a change of use? El yes u no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) • Will there be rack storage? 4 yes ❑ no L Existing fire protection features: 'sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: A existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) r • ( L 7 j Will there be storage of flammable/combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes ® no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets Data applicatl ' 98 , 022 ?U W A .14C„PLPLA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd,, Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application Application and plans must be complete In order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. :sapP,.LI` T'' 4 TA051p 00 0 0 N��e A � ,(Eyy FT OLD {�,]1 < r f.1, � r� "illj P�iAN.' �". . �2y [(�+ � • .'�i•:t:'; . iC7�;�J;• �i�Y }' g ft •..� ; t. S �Ct%!.` klli �''� Y• '��t f' �;l :y A: 4Z'1., "'� � k � ;;i';(At�alt'.fanalrfet+ ews� ay�lse�d�t� rn, tltb t(f'e; .orlfs:� �;: k �; ?•; ❑ Chennelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access/Sidewalk ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer 0: in Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use 13 Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): U Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): ❑ Miscellaneous Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant, This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review • Applications for which no permit Is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined In Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. CTPERMZT.DOC 1/29/97 q cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Deduct Est. quantity: gal Schedule: Date appflGaU •n�rpI( • 1•1 ❑ Landscape Irrigation O Private 0 Public O Private 0 Public 0 Water Only Application t • PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM ALP—`o'' ; ra 4 1 Tl ' A ' Y TENANT IMPROVEMENT /A RATION PERMIT APPLICATION` M T BE SUBMITTED WITH THE FOLLOWING; ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ➢ ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN > BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of pltimbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : ❑ ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) '6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space, Vicinity Map showing location of site • Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished Construction details Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787, (Form H -5) Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". . Bulidirig;O.wl er�Ayfhprjze' `�tge`n'tNlt fHe. apptr`�tiRf, „f§ other; by the;State`pf`Washii7gjon) ai, ta'rJzZad ttte1!'1rb. th'p\frp eta. Qbtain'the parm/1 w 'ba rl (.'red s;pa l`;t /s,5ub }'' }'` -' ill•' u rt h u Fnlft.BY': A', " I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 H - VE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PER R BY T E ii A WS F THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND / AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. TaMEE Ea; WPM BUJILDING :OWN Signature: Print name: Address CTPERMIT.DOC 1/19/97 f-07) . n�" �egist�r�c; a' rcl�i e)i,pi "e'¢r;�� .�.� .y rr .;, . �, t.; i4 '{ , i n,a w) '.'0 . .` w { :1 �{A � {{ r •: .•, .iv � C� R O r t igilti ci Mfr ?ii ha ► t? !?.7� ! (t 'i g vi ,P,) 4 4 .1�W,.. `•.� •, `1 h it iY,, i�! a• : 7. ?ti. , :C�lv .v{ {•. v.1• + { "�S.J }.�t �•. • ' . l. "' .,,•"•` ' .•.,...•(Ca; a �:�'•i.` i.:YL Date: G. Phone: 2 _ (diel o'OU Fax #: (44,1 City /State /Zip P.4/4 Ofh,t4 7777 . , , • . • . **.•.**. *4* * * * * * * * A * * * 4 A *..fc k * * A. A ifY OF: tU L . :1 " : ANSM I'T , . . . 1 RMSMI1 Number: R 4 Amount: 941..75 06/22 /98 .43:04 . .:.:'PavrneiL Method: CHECK Notation: WEST WOOD LW4 rRC Ini-t: .11(.14i • ' :Per mit No 1398-01 Type: DEVPR1 DEVE.L'OPMEt.IT: Par Cel No 262304-9023 • . • e Addrevi: 1068 so ullick: 14:1 ft MALI- , • 'T o t a 1 1 e e 1 5 50 6 Th s P m e t 941.; 75 'Total ' ALL Pmtsr, 5 ;5 q, 00 Bal 0,7 k .4‘ * A k• * * * 4: * * le * qr A * * A * * * * * * 11! * * 14 ' Act:aunt Code Decu ri pt i on -AmOuht • 000/322..100 11111.1.1)ING NONRES .-937 0 0 0 313 6 . 904 STATE ,BUILDI N6 SURTIT1111-8E - : . 0 . • 1 • . 3106 06/23 9717 TOTAL , 941.7 4,77 7 ,77 7.777,!,,, 7 777, - ***4*.A** k *****k.4c4t*.,k-k• Aqt it • ‘Ic. * A"Ar 4 t- le.sk tle CITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT,: •A'*1-1c -tc:4; 4—Ar ***Irk ?.:** JO; *A A:** h 4t. k • kie.lcirA:k14.1c k.kk•Altir T RIU4SMX1 Ny.mber.: R97007 .AmOunt: • 609.21-H95/21/96 14 06 Payment, Method:• CHECK Notation: 01;0 ANDERSON. . Irit ktIP. Permit No 0980172 Type: DEVPERM DEVELOPMIENT, PERAII Parcel No: 262304-9023 Site Address: 1066 SOUTHCENTER MALL Total Fees.: Thts Paymen.t. 609.21 Total ALL Pmtsi — Balance'li . 4j 75 4.4.4.4.-*/.444:•A.A.1.*******44,4,10,./...A.A:Aitti**** Account Cod D . AmolAnt'H: 000/345.820 PLAN CHECK-.-:-NOMRES .-869,21, 2279 05/22 9717 TOTAL 60921.. • Proj t: / Type of Inspec n: Address: /W3 5w- 1hew t //1&a- Date called: /_Zl,- Date wanted: a.m. ' /'Z 7�i9 4 p.m. Special instructions: Requester: Phone: / COMMENTS: Inspector: Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECO( Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. 670 Corrections required prior to approval. ()i D Jt h Ge// Date: L2.7— L1 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE ' EQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project r ® 7 M Ahii Type of inspection: Add e : I 5f1 PAIL C� Date called: Special instructions: 0 : 50 - 9 Date wanted: 022 Requester:. / r ,,,,, Phone / 7q3-- d ... 9cr0/ I ., \ • INSPECTION REC �jj�� Retains copy with INSPECTION I�(T • CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 981:8 Appro ed per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspec ��a�• Y�•�p;ro; "w' � f laa' ftiw!��F'itey �Tj�`�� .�� ' I (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Date; r $42.00 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to ifispection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No,: Date: Project: ( (:4 t 0 t p (c T .o I spectipi i ". at e al.--- 1- t t ^o� j i t �e • Address: / c S 1.� uw k�, � ate called . ( Q r . / Special instructions: 4 1/ 0-Y`A r // ' r fi SCt L c( • / 0 2/6 ate wa t a.m. Requ st A GAA S d Phone 2:S 20 1 e!n i • x 14 �" tTH1 n�6k., .a �..,y ,--. :- 1 p 7YVt- �' i t� .t:,�?�i,r' Ls?�:�T'd, s �z'�irr.�:l U e iarX \INSPECTION RE D h ` Retain a copy with mit I 10 0 ' -7?. INSPE ION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Approved, per applicable codes. - [] Corrections required prior to approval. COMM?t ITS: Inspector: Date: 1 ��— C -) $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection, I Receipt No.: Date: Project Z oc I/ _ 1 ��i K—f Type of inspectior�N,i tt'"` l dd es Date called: 22, p Special instructions: Date wanted: / 7 . f P. 11 . Requester. I- Phone No.: & 3 9ct 95/44 COMMENTS: r - 4 MO ..ir C s // rx . -- - -> 44- 720 Co., A,-,‹. a�� . �j. ee / e `/ l._ al Li i INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 n Approved per applicable codes. Inspector: INSPECTION RED Retain a copy with 1 r m it PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Date $42.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Projec ,/ �G�C "Jed r Type of insp Ion: / (1- "^ .,` ( OG1 G- � Addre (so Date calla Spell instructions: Date wanted: 2"26 -� am. p. Requester: Phone No.: a- 4 . . - ' +`tW . ; , �• • 'ni" 11 >":d , r. L' INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 C • MMENTS: Approved per applicable codes. Inspe INSPECTION REC Retain a copy with it PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. J $42 00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No.: Date: Project: 7 / .c)GP� Type of inspection ? G� j Address 06P Date called: �,i (fie" Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. Requester: ,... Phone No.: Z53 -1 7- 9/6r. INSPECTION RED Retain a copy with Limit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981881 A Approved per applicable codes. Dof7 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Awe- 7(S c od77/09-tA 2 --- sTt rr @ 1s /(( L z ('cuss $42.':% REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: .�Lf Type of inspec i n: /'� IC..6 mfr Address) / ' Date called. Speci ‘ instructions: Date wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No.: -- { fi. 9•+ �+ �vcr1�S0K�F�' 37j�; ttiiav�7�w�- .�wr.�p...�:aa.oir' _. n"+ k:. e, Y" v7; f�7• vy�'`;, cA': r�: �i�;�'�+'�''7'�s"�."�9!%!'�"`. INSPECTION READ Retain a copy with mit ."'l INSP NO. P RP RMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ; 6300 Southcenter. Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981.8 Approved per applicable codes. f Receipt No.: (206) 431 -3670 COMMENTS: Date: Corrections required prior.to approval. I - 1 $42.O0 'R EINSPECTIOI'1 FEE It QUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must . be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Date: Projects o f. I/ _ vim A Type of inspection: "Wi at e called J a.m Special instructions: ) - t ' Da� war m d_: 8 ' 2$i Requester;^ r " . Phone No 6 1ra 41,�JC�_ 51 4 ,. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 981 Approved per applicable codes. Receipt No.: 4 i 4'%"."ip!'l"@i41cr ftr,-"- . ,nKC•ws+H ' t +' !4' INSPECTION RED Retain a copy with Limit PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. $42.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection, Date: Proje • G '► k.1� -- Type of inspection: ter/[ / 1 Address / O r h J C J Date called: Z Special instructions: Date wanted: G �a.m• Requester: / l k1A.., Phone No 0 � zc j 77 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 f ir tS yy"tF * ' vt r_v �ti « v smrw •aw:: X r` INSPECTION REQiD bff Retain a copy wit rmit PERMIT NO. Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: /./ $42.00 REINSPECTION 'E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Date: Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM 1 .4, ..,••■•• `," , t. 1 x. • - - 'Yr V AY 1 a Citypf Tukwila Fire Department Project Name (s.. N- 160 ov.) c Address J c(r 6 cfflck _ Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: (; Fire Alarm: WJP‘C Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. 91 - Suite # Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 . . • Date Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 3754404 • Fax (206) 575•4439 1 \i`5 ( METROSCAN PROPERTY PROFILE KING COUNTY Parcel ID: 262304 9004 Owner : SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE CoOwner . Site Addr: *NO SITE ADDRESS* TUKWILA Mail Addr: 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD CLEVELAND OH 4414 Sale Date: 12/17/85 Doc #:1136 SalePrice: $64,990,000 Deed :MISC Loan Amt.: Use Code : 221 COM,SHOPPING CENTER,RETAIL,200K -300 Zoning : CP Prop Desc: SOUTHCENTER Legal : STR 262304 TAXLOT 4 NW 1/4 OF NE 1/4 LE : THOF 757.03 FT S OF N LN OF SUBD TH N 8 : 00 -19 -36 W 154 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 249.1 Bedrooms : Bath Full: Bath 3/4 : Bath 1/2 : Other Rms: Dining Rm: Fireplace: Appliance: Deck Laundry . • Porch Pool Spa Sauna Stories : 1 Units St Access:STD Beach Acc: WtrFront : WtrFntLoc: WtrFrntFT: GroundCvr: Mountain . Lake /River: Lk Wa /Samm: P R O P E R T Y C H A R A C T E R I S T I C S LAND INFORMATION VIEW INFORMATION 1st Floor SqFt : 2nd Floor SqFt : Half Floor SqFt: AboveGrnd SqFt : Bsmnt Finished : Bsmnt Total SF : Building SqFt : 360,632 Lease SqFt : 252,200 Deck SqFt . Carport SqFt . Garage Type Attached Grg SF: Detached Grg SF: Bsmnt ParkingSF: Basement Type . Basement Grade : Lot SqFt :1,437,480 Lot Acres:33.00 Lot Shape:CORNER LOT Tde /Upind: Topogrphy:LEVEL TopoProbd: Puget Sound: City / Terr: St Surface: Tennis Elevator :NO Sprinklers:NO Security . Total : $44,5 Land : $22,0 Struct : $22,5 %Imprvd: 51 Levy Cd: 2390 1998Tax: $637, Phone . Vol: Pg: MapGrid: 655 H NbrhdCd: 42000 -- CENSUS -- Tract . Block . QSTR : NE -26 79,085 39,200 39,885 678.40 5 0 -23 -04 Year Built: 1968 Eff Year . Bldg Matl : MASONRY Bldg Cond : Bldg Grade: GOOD Interior . Wall Matl : Insulation: HeatSource: Heat Type : Air Method: EletricSvc: Wtr Source: Sewer Type: Purpose . Nuisance OTHER INFORMATION Soundproof : Storage Curb /Gutter: Sidewalk . St Light SALES HISTORY Previous Sale: Previous Date: Seller: The Information Provided Is Deemed Reliable, But Is Not Guaranteed. METROSCAN PROPERTY PROFILE KING COUNTY EXPANDED LEGAL DESCRIPTION Parcel#:262304 9004 Site Address: *No Site Address* Tukwila STR 262304 TAXLOT 4 NW 1/4 OF NE 1/4 LESS STS LESS POR BEG ON E LN THOF 757.03 FT S OF N LN OF SUBD TH N 89 -40 -24 W 293.74 FT TH S 00 -19 -36 W 154 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 249.16 FT TH ON CURVE TO LFT HAVING RAD 45 FT AN ARC DIST 71.10 FT TH N 00 -12 -09 W 108.59 FT TO BEG LESS POR BEG S 89 -40 -24 E 796.84 FT & S 00 -19 -36 W 144 FT FR NW COR OF SD SUBD TH S 89 -40 -24 E 230.16 FT TH S 00 -19 -36 W 402 FT TH N 89 -40 -24 W 230.16 FT TH N 00 -19 -36 E 402 FT TO BEG LESS POR BEG NW COR OF SUBD TH S 00 -19 -36 W 10.83 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 25 FT TH S 00 -19 -36 W 138.17 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 226 FT TH N 00 -19 -36 E 96 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 72 FT TH N 00 -19 -36 E 42.17 FT TH S 89 -40 -24 E 7.90 FT TH N 00 -19 -36 E TO N LN TH W TO BEG LESS BEG AT NE COR OF NW 1/4 OF NE 1/4 TH S 941.03 FT TH W 30 FT TO TPOB TH W 250 FT TH S 100 FT TH E 250 FT TH N 100 FT TO TPOB LESS BEG NW COR OF NE 1/4 TH S 00 -19 -36 W 954 FT TO TPOB TH S 89 -40 -24 E 120 FT TO POC TH SELY ALG CURVE TO RGT RAD 20 FT C/A 90 -00 -00 ARC DIST 31.42 FT TH S 00 -19 -36 W 294.45 FT TO POC TH SWLY ALG CURVE TO RGT RAD OF 30 FT C/A 58 -22 -11 ARC DIST 30.56 TO N MGN S 164 ST TH N 89 -30 -56 W 116.48 FT TO W LN OF NE 1/4 TH N ALG SD W LN TO TPOB The Information Provided Is Deemed Reliable, But Is Not Guaranteed. • CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 N. 44th Street Suite 200 Phoenix, Arizona 85008 (602) 912 -9120 FAX (602) 912.9390 Email: ctsphx@aol.com 3430 N. First Avenue Suite 5 Tucson, Arizona 85719 (520) 888.8555 FAX (520) 888-4240 E-mail: ctstuc @aol,com consulting structural engineers CARUSO Job Name T.I. FOR STORE OF KNOWLEDGE TURLEY Job No. 98 -291 Sheet No. COVER SCOTT By HF Date MAY 1998 INC. MAY 211998 CLIENT: BERNARD DEUTSCH ASSOCIATES, INC. 2929 N. 44 STREET, SUITE 420 PHOENIX, AZ 85018 PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND ADDRESS: T.I. FOR STORE OF KNOWLEDGE SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA GENERAL INFORMATION BUILDING CODE: 1994 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE SOILS DATA: N/A NOTES: N/A CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44Ih Street. Suite 200 3430 North First Avenue, Suite 5 Phoenix. Arizona 85008 Tucson. Arizona 85719 By Date 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FAX) 520-888-8555 520-888-4240 (FAX) E-MAIL: ctsphx@aol.com E-MAIL: ctstuc@aol.com 41 \I' Job Loa I F - Job No. q0-2,1 1 Sheet No. Job Name LAh411 RECEIVED crty OF TUKWILA MAY 2 1 1998 A‘() - p PERMIT CENTER CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street. Suite 200 Phoenix. Arizona 85008 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FAX) E-MAIL: ctsphx ©aol.com 4 C Fnvi•.rr o ki r 00 0 ono 3430 North First Avenue, Suite 5 Tucson. Arizona 85719 520.888.8555 520-888-4240 (FAX) E -MAIL: ctstuceaol.com EXTENCED A O SECTION @ STOREFRONT GLAZING 5CALEV24 -0" Job Name Job No. qg - " 1 Sheet No. L By Date eI to o0 D. s1. 5/ml 9t3 =ca 4 TER. y'f�1G►E rqz-vMT Go'N'f CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street. Suite 200 Phoenix. Arizona 85008 602.912.9120 602.912.9390 (FAX) E-MAIL: ctsphx @aol.com 3430 North First Avenue, Suite 5 Tucson. Arizona 85719 520.888.8555 520.888.4240 (FAX) E-MAIL: ctstuceaol.com EX7flOED O SECTION @ ENTRY 5G4 -o' Job Name Job No. TO — 7. °1 1 Sheet No. 3 By Date ro INATE LOCATION OF EXISTING OU.YJ•EAD WITH SPECIFIED LOCATION - GRILLS SUPPORT TUOES EXISTING TING CON 00 NOT P�ERMIT INSTAL..A ION OF GRILLE SUPPORT O GATN 1 C.Oy.� T�� PR velure 1NSTALLATIOt1 COORDINATE ALSO WITH STIIUGTURAL, °1 1 44> wo n 4. 5/12(76 oJrt} CEr•L • SO.14. • —.....– .. ..- „ ,. - CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 441h Street, Suite 200 Phoenix, Arizona 85008 602.912-9120 602.912-9390 (FAX) 4 ita Krr 1/) pp- 1 - 1 \v11.4001W 1)11›/". 3430 North First Avenue, Suite 5 Tucson, Arizona 85719 520.888.8555 520-888-4240 (FAX) N-1:- e3 ( 17.o rote-t 114 .707 • L'4.P 1 7LI J a*4 54- 44 7:- ' . ro2-7 2.'31 601.31.1 = 4- LLe;* 014 *10 *4-411.* 173 54 Ul/(. 3/0 2-a 6 6 t v/ tei I LI 2. o 4e.z44-1 Plit.Gaki4 iGL (61../Z F I), r - . . 71 Job Name Job No. 1 Z q Sheet No. 4- By Date REOEN c m( OF l' UK‘NILA 2 A 19* PEFOI CENTER CARUSO ,� TURLEY ) SCOTT ` INC. Consulting Job Name structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 3430 N. First Ave., Suite 5 Phoenix, Arizona 85008 Tucson, Arizona 85719 By Date 602.912. 9120 602.912.9390 (FAX) 520-888-8555 520 - 888.4240 (FAX) 4`1 -rf —GOi-T pia >✓ I - r t va 1z 4 & L. 6 UYpv 121 f3 12= Iva + 144 = 7-44 ' 6 12 /L.Z�i 4- 124/4 I2/ .= 1 032. `j = C.i, nn. 5i = r 5 L 1,73 2..14 Ty 3 3)c % r, 612.ILL- 0012 G-aL. PY — yob L. L I g.Gy'L it/ Igo r Ir13 - ,t0 Job No. 10 - 2 q / Sheet No. 5 12.f = ( 2.5 1 412./ L 13 2, 1 7 q i IZ =(z.5 ) (►2)C, 294 1'a, = 6. h1 = Ll'o' / C4) + (204) CS, ►Gl - = Zv3 ■LOV c I z1 14,. o 'Ls + C. �s� 414,0/ ' 6 3 L y Ir 73 6z4 (1- -=-F )( ;a1 ..,4 4 41'0: � t !31 uy>. - 14 3 )4 /16 CITY OFETUKWILA AY 2 1 1998 PERMIT CENTER Vhiki i CARUSO ( TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenbt, Arizona 85008 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FAX) 333 West Fort Lae, Suite 123 Tucson, Arizona 85705 602-622-3999 602-622-5917 (FAX) •C Job Name Job No. 0 18 - 2. CL__. Sheet No a' By Date 1•7 ■.% = 12.5a 112. g-ah _RECEIVED CRY OF TUKVVILA MAY 2 1 1998 PERMIT CENTER , , „ 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 333 illest Fort Lank Suite 123 Phoenix, Mama 85006 structural CARUSO engineers TURLEY SCOT'T INC. consulting (12 Tucson, M By Date Ana 857C6 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FA() 602-6224999 602-622-5917 (FAX) Job Name Job No. to 1 Sheet No 1-14,1.1111,12. - 1-10)41101?- Llistor.. I liz 441 4•0 4.41 11° wig:* 7 1_11-11 41J ry LI* \1,1)z..*_ 4 156., 91- 1 o.6, 6 4 / 2 - 4 ) LI', U}J1 P goo° 61 ifh.' tIECiNED CITY OF TUKWILA 14AV 2 1 1998 PERMIT CENTER CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenix, Arizona 85008 602.912.9120 602.912.9390 (FAX) 333 West Fort Lowell, Suite 123 Tucson, Arizona 85705 520.622.3999 520. 622.5917 (FAX) � M 5urra r Hgfru n1- br/v Job Name Job No. ale z 9 / Sheet No. By Date SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET 51 FOR SUPPORT Db -lYL Wrr,ItiI .*T _ 23S„' - u YLvM z UYYUYc 140I1_1?4 231 = OA 4 / 4 u y yv - r no 60.4 >,., v.- .i NT lr 1- a 114.1. 17 S,l,) L.L. DE. 4 L1 Y Y U .1 -V q.111.4 i n -' 4 T14 LEA D >Gn V ti IV CITY RECE OF TUK�N ILA MM 2 1 1998 PERMIT CENTER r r r r r Po 12 GA. W6¢ LOPS ARCM 3/4' CRC REAFCRc 3 CAST An PART. (TYPJ 12 GA. WM 1iAAWS FRO4 --\ SY 07)0) MPJ STr31CiLM ABOVE. GU'1LAE C= SE RA1E. 03EYCND C R R U � E INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenbt, Arizona 85008 602-912.9120 802. 912.9390 (FAX) 9'- 215/16' 333 West Fort Lovett Suite 123 Tucson, Arizona 85705 6026225999 6028225917 (FAX) 3'W / OWT TO 0. TYP DOME SECTION 314' = r -0' RE: 2/A72 10 GAP Job Name Job No, 616 - 2 / j. Sheet No q By Date 4-ISAS.q TG 4 9 2 ?SA'C' B,r,Nerf fl r A cd ^41.4 * i Pj1ZuwGLA$K IMO 11 .11I MTh 11111 STRUT. 'J. In i 7WM1, MI 11111 402- 455 -0652 !71 1 SORE OF nYOTL60OL 03 r 8489 q? 1 Al ,R2 .A3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAy 2 9 1998 PERMIT CENTER TURLEYY SCOTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenix, Mina 85008 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FAX) t2 1 — G v 1-IT De, s_ 4 u I 'LT 333 West Fort WAIN, Suite 123 Tucson, Arimna 85706 602-622-3999 602-622 -5917 (FAX) P U1'1'v = 4. ay Gi`13 = = 1 60 4 4 '12.w112. 6 zv veeti 12,4 6- LI 1.4 l','(IZI.I'f r3 r;1 i u rfr e.tr 171 N( - g!- 1.(1/-.)( 6 NI, _ 4.08 CS, / C, 45) = , r G� G glt.ss/ , , q a u k► )y-rtz -uT ►' I Job Name Job No. 6- 2. c_r. _ Sheet No l rJ By Date E Gov t. CARUSO SCOTT Y INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenix, Arizona 85009 602. 912.9120 602.912 -9390 (FAX) 333 West Port Lank Suite 123 Tucson, Arizona 85705 602622.3999 602.5917 (FAX) 7 O omit . se uWat an flaw • 01 11:144 i� L .Yw.ob As. TVA, t�r stwk a got stio1001 @ Oaf altmlebtlb phimsest oril p ru be Wive A$sMItIm. *Clot ht rn bot lle *ss s+ift 1 . • la I Job Name Job No. 0 2 L Sheet No ! 1' By Date W' Ice P� F ov� �d• CARUSO. TURLEY SCQTT INC. consulting structural engineers 2702 North 44th Street, Suite 200 Phoenix, Arizona 85008 602-912-9120 602-912-9390 (FAX) Oa Ht. 6av - Car 4UVPUY-1 FTL-H11-141 4v La4-1) TO to , 13) - ?-2i5) Oo51 1 7. 5 34- .. (.2-ail) 4, z) 1 3 (, 34) 1 U .11 1 e; Yur-v 11-1 2ii la ye , itc,v, 0141 - 1L1') 1-.1SM ( ,5 0 i 4-) C. , SS) = 333 West Fort Lone, Suite 123 Tucson, Arizona 85706 602-622-3999 602.622-5917 (FAX) I 4- 100 4 -.157 WA, 2J' La 4.6. 411-31) Job Name Job No. - Sheet No /Z. By Date ilecoveD . CITY OF TUKWILA 14AX 2 • 1998 rov CENTER May 28, 1998 Greg Anderson 200 South 333rd, Suite 244 Federal Way, WA 98003 Dear Mr. Anderson: City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director SUBJECT: LETTER OF INCOMPLETE APPLICATION. Development Permit Application Number D98 -0172 Store of Knowledge 1062 Southcenter Mall This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on May 21, 1998, was determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the following requirements from the Building Department must be met. Building Department: Contact Ken Nelson, Plans Examiner at (206)431 -3670, if you have any questions regarding the following comments. Brenda Holt Permit Technician File: D98 -0172 1. Provide W.S.E.C. lighting plans and lighting budget allowance. The form is enclosed for your use. The City requires that two (2) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation please submit two (2) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431- 3671. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 • Fax (206) 4313665 DEPARTMENTS: Complete 0 \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 C (" PLAN R W /R O TaNLI P ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0172 DATE: 6 -1 -98 PROJECT NAME: STORE OF KNOWLEDGE Original Plan Submittal RX Response to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter # Revision After Permit Is Issued ing Division Fire Prevention -316 tructural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Incomplete TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Routed by Staff (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) . . w Plana Division 0 Permit Coordinator II DUE DATE: 6 -4 -98 Not Applicable 0 Comments: No further Review Required REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 7-2 -98 Approved 0 Approved with Conditions 0 Not Approved (attach comments) 0 REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions 0 Not Approved (attach comments) 0 REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE. C c PerhtZ Govt.. Gr PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING LI ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0172 DATE: 5 -21 -98 PROJECT NAME: STORE OF KNOWLEDGE DEPARTMENT: BtJildingDivision bUZt 4 Fi e U1C� �z71 Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Complete ❑ Incomplete rr V - V Comments: ��t' i'_ (fr WO I o d a8 TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route 0 Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) Planr0ig Division ❑ Per it Coordinator DUE DATE: 5 -26 -98 Not Applicable No further Review Required REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 6 -23 -98 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIALS. DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 1/98 c City of Tukwila Fire Department Review Control #D98 -0172 (510) May 27, 1998 Re: Store of Knowledge - 1062 Southcenter Mall Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575 City of Tukwila . Fire Department Page number. 2 Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) 2. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1003.4) 3. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. 4. Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 1003.5) 5. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. Refrain from blocking sprinkler coverage with shelving. NFPA standard #13 states that any shelving or decks in excess of 4 feet in width will require John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax 006) .5754439 City of Tukwila . John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 3 installation of sprinklers thereunder. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) 6. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 7. Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. 8. Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575 -4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 City of Tukwila J W Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P Keefe, Fire chief Page.number 4 Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 112::415` trat.\.971 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL REGISTRATION NUMBER CC01:.:.• WESTWCI088BF 01 /02/1999 . EFFECTIVE": DATE 01/06/1992 WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS INC 800 CALHOUN ST FORT WORTH TX 76102 - J),I;irh And 1)i..pl:ty ('nlilic;nc REGISTERED AS" PROVIDED BY LAW AS" CONST CONT GENERAL • REGISTRATION NUMBER CC01 WESTWCI088BF 01/02/1999" EFFECTIVE DATE ' .. " WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS INC 800 CALHO.UN ST FORT WORTH TX 76102 Si�naiurt _ Iw1)U'A1 1't \ If N' Ut' L: \13UK _\ IND US 111 I J Please Remove And Sigh. Care[ Before Placing In Billfold fa/le. GLOSE-WE1S 9 OUT 4 DATE TAKEN BY NUMBER, SUBDIVISION OR NAME NUMBER, SUBDIVISION OR NAME DATE 1 TAKEN BY NUMBER, SUBDIVIS ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS VICINITY MAP PROJECT INFORMATION DRAWING INDEX n , ,. j . Ar,i' „ • 1 '' R qof, im 2.14 w A hoilAgM i bridlihl; U*0$041;.0wv 4fldi HAM VeViteeflaed 6 .ShOh0h040 ',7 A i, i.l...iaat 0 d ..' i 0 . 0 .A mhh14 Mila 'iih 'i 1'01 ffihMilh1 , !1.!',3 Mhih ...—go ,c„,d,„f"f A. „ , ,,,,,,,,,„ ,,,i,, ii-AfiN $, ' := 5 _ 1,' ! , ?, '1,, , ,, ,P ; - i '., 5 POU, h'thn iN,illiaegAom ag00, ;1A111,!-1 1,44114; ,,s.,4„.4. ,,,,,h.„,, ,,„„,J,„,, „,,,,At,,,,,,, „,,,..s,A6g,,,,.,„ f,e,,,,5,„,, - NORTH - NORTH ARROW KEYNOTE INDICATION .\ \ , - (J 0 ,..4, \ BLw 4 y' ` ° GOVERNING CAMS 1994 UNIFORM BUILDING GODS r STATE AMENDMENTS 1994 MECHANICAL CODE r STATE AMENDMENTS 1991 PLUMPING CODE r STATE AMED1.1.15 1993 NATIONAL ELECTRIC LODE t994 ACGESSIB ILITY CODE (WASHINGTON STATE REGULAT10161 1994 IAIFORM FIRE CODE r STATE AMENDMENTS 1995 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE OCCUPANCY. M CONSTRUCTION TYPE TYPE - II -N GROSS AREA. 4723 SF. OCCUPANCY LOAD• GER/STORAGE X 866 SF. / .00• �3 ARCHITECTURAL GS LOVER SHEET TTG -01 TENANT GUIDELINES AL GENERAL NOTES r DETAILS Q ALI GENERAL NOTES r DETAILS A2.0 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A21 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A22 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A23 ARCHITECTURAL SPELIFIGAT IONS A2.4 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A2.5 ARCHITECTURAL SPEC IFIGATION75 A4.0 FIXTURE PLAN A59 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A6.0 REFLECTED GE IL ING PLAN A6.1 CEILING /SOFFIT LAYOUT PLAN A7.0 ENLARGED STOREFRONT ELEVATION AND PLAN A8.0 WALL SECTIONS Ago INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A10.0 DETAILS n AILO DETAILS Al2.0 DETAILS STRUCTURAL \ - / arlorE eua ®® DOOR INDICATION � mon Htl oocox w� O MO° WINDOW INDICATION " SECTION! INDICATION D Int o . a SLOTT. NAM NAME ROOM NAME � TU1Gyq " LA x S�T rn pARXWAl � 4 :RAKER B M8 a j / / ; r / /, N ELEVAT INDICATICN I #H I NON NAM TOTAL. 4723 SF. L12 P5O1Lt VERT : BAILER o _ , -- """X ELEVATION 0 . Q ,_. NEST NAINIS FINISH FLOOR M ENLARGED PLAN PROJECT ROJECT TEAM ' STRANDER BLVD. - INDICATION A TENANT. STORE OF KNOWLEDGE MECHANICAL BALTES/VALENTINO, INC.. - C R O IOFJ A. 5 A3. EL.:GTRIGAL 44 MONTGOMERY r ST.. SUITE 1230 GERRITOS, GA. 90703 .DESIGN SAN FRANGISCA. GA 9484 SCOTT BALTHASER ENGINEERS -0 z ALLEN S PIIONI 15621345 -q� CONTACT MEU CONTACT ELEU JACK ECHO "5 FAX. (3101 885 -9554 FAX. (4151 1568 PROJECT SOUTHCENTER MALL BUILDING CITY OF TUKWILA LOCATION 633 SOUTW LATER COMMISSIONER, 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., LE SEATT" WA 93188 SUITE 100 TUKW ILA A. 55 MIKE PiONE 1206 246 -0423 INSPEGTORW TbD� FAX. (206) 244 -8607 PHONE. (2061 431 -3670 FAX. 12061 431 -3665 LANDLORD'S THE RICHARD JACOB 5 GROUP. INC. TENANT 25425 GINNER RIDGE ROAD OHIO • p At•O NR5 44145 -4122 E,IG INFERS OF 2020 E LIBER ROAD. SUITE 105 RECORD LEXINGTON KY. 40505 PHONE. 8905 _ EARL MCKINEY - PHONE. 16061 n2 -3255 A F. 1606) 252 - ISe7 RCHITECT• BERNAR D ASSOCIATES 2929 N D 44TH ST REE T. SUITE 1320 SIGN MURK DOBIS ASSOCIATES PHOENIX, ARI 85018 CONTRACTOR 10925 KALAMU RIVER - SUITE .K FOUNTAIN VALLEY. LA 92708 S PFiONE• 16021 84 -2929 FAX (602) 840 -6646 PHONE. 17141 %2 -1977 FAX (714) % 2 -1835 DESIGNER. WHITE HOT %1 17 SOUTH LAKE SHORE DR FIXTURE TARRANT INTERIORS LAKE GENEVA, WI 53147 CONTRACTORS 5000 SOUTH FREEWAY ,A.LIE YAGER FORT WORTH. TX 7616 PHONE. 14141 249 -1349 GEORGE ADAMS FAX. (4141 249 -L370 PHONE. 18171 922 -5021 FAX. 18171 922 -5015 STRUCTURAL GARL150 TURLEY SCOTT, INC. ENGINEER. 2702 N 440H STREET. SUITE .200 PHOENIX AZ 85008 HARVEY FUNDERBUtK PHONE. 16021 91239120 FAX FAX• 16021 912 -9390 P.EVISION INDICATION [au tuna / � ssr NAM / �,/ • COLUMN INDICATION A. I -] I DETAIL IND (GAT ION SPACE LOCATION PLAN -- Y - -- Furze U - 2 • • I cur4ere W.I MINN ■ 51 STOREFRONT FRAMING � IIA I I MECHANIC LEGEND. NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS ♦ SGHEDU_ES M2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. MECHANICAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - HVAG PARTIAL PLAN AND PLUMPI SG NG FFJAATIG M6 MECHANICAL DETAILS M7 MECHANICAL CONTROLS TIM -1 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG. 73 TTM -2 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG. M 3 1 ' TTM -3 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG. ,vy TTM -4 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG. 5 TTM -5 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG, EC T-6 LANDLORD MECHANICAL DWG. O � OE NKWp ENEO TM LIA ELECTRICAL '• 199 5 - r • /� / terx say um- " ,EueWtE *me a_ MD MI SAM INSULATION WOW UN. rMrrow OWN MOOD NATO STY a MO.& s � T• MULLl 5T0 �'f. 5710' ! 6 - I- -I �.l�l II - " DINATOR Si ���" /�I - - _ i J 0 - 0 ° c t nU� \ �` A _ MILLL -. �' - Oar STORE I >< FI � .x PFIAS£I -. % �;_;. 'G-T 6LOG sis 1 V I• // fI /. s //��/�1 O T•STa2E .. FOLD COU2T -- ��' /// /// t:* o�� - ,/,„ ) El LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, r NOTES E2 ELECTRICAL SPEC. IF !CATIONS PERMIT CENTER E3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 19+I�I: K 1 r r L - +. .. E5 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LIG+MTING E6 FLOOR PLAN - POWER E7 ONE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANELS G TTTE -1 LANDLORD C. TTE -2 LANDLORD ELEGTR IC, DWG SHEET C.N1 - • 44 „ %MOD \� // ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN PLANNING PROJECT MANAGEMENT STORE OF KNOWLEDGE Southcenter Mall Space No. D404 •Mall Level Seattle, Washington DATE 05/15/97 ITEM N,MBER DESCRIPTION J JJ LANDLORD, BID, CITY, REVIEW SET X X X ING DISTRIBUTION CHART STICK X X X J X X FILE COMMENTS SUPPLEMENTAL DRAW REVISAOB M ADEPR I OH I � ,�m " g ∎ S IO i N. ., APPnOO AL,,,.D R eAE " Her RE`11 FEES r MAY 19 199a i 0 z 2929 NORTH 44TH STREET, SUITE 420 PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85018 (402)840 -2929 z 0 pq8- D r12- BIM DING 1'l(R1tlI INIOR)t: I ION In order to obtain a Building Permit from the City of Seattle. the following procedure will be required: Aran... for building permits are submitted to the Department of Community Development Upon receipt. plans are routed to the City's plan checker and If appropriate to the Fire Department. Flaming Division, and Public Woks Depart- ment. The foil., documents are required: 1. A completed building permit application form. 2. Two (2) roples of working drawings. to include. but not limited to, the following a. Site plan b Overall building plan c. Floor plan of TENANT space d. Construction details 3. Plan Review Fee to be pad at time of application. City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188,Tel: 206/431 -0670 Food handing or restaurant type TENANTS shal... two (2)sets°faiths to Seattle-King County Department of Public Health 201 Smith Tower Seattle, WA 98104, Tel: 206/296 -4787 Attn: Joe Makelemy Requirements of a food SeNce are detaled. the Seattle or King County Food Ode. For a copy of the Food Code contact your District Office. SPRINK1. { R i)RIVG. tRf QL'IIOI MEN Prior to the fabrication of TENANTS sprinkler system. TENANTS sprinkler contactor shall submit Seven (7) blue Ilrle prints of shop drawings to the folbwing for approval, Factory Mutual District Office The Tranacoastel Skyline Tower, Suite 700 10900 NE 4th Street Bellevue, WA 98(104,Tel: 206/454 -3931 Upon approval TENANT shall forward four (4) sets of black line (preferably) or blue line prints of the approved design bearing FACTORY MUTUAL'S approval stamp to LANDLORD'S Tenant Coordinator for LANDLORD'S approval and records as required in Exhibit C. L 11111 Y' COMPANIES k SI'.RV1(:LS Contact the following utility company represemaWes for information concerning brad in5tanation requirements. application for service, billing procedures. etc- Puget Sound Light & Power 600 116th NE Bellevue, WA Tel: 800/962 -9498 or 206/455 -5120 Washington Natural Gas Company 815 Mercer Street Seattle, WA 98111 Service/Billing:Tel: 206/484 -1999 Installation: Tel: 800/999-4964 U.S. West Communication P.O. Box 12480 Seattle, WA 98191 -0001,Tel: 206/346 -8500 = City of Tukwila City Hall 6200 South Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188, Tel: 206/433 -1849 ROOF CON I RAC COR Any and an roof work must be completed by the LANDLORD'S approved roofing contractors: Cascade Roofing 6308 212th SW Lynnwood, WA 98036 Attn: Chris Smith, Tel: 206/464-0441 EXPANSION: Brills Roofing 500 Grade Street Kelso, WA 98624, Tel: 206/577 -0585 CON I:1(.I iNi ORM:,I ION k \ .f �denFati t ,r�Ffid;�r.i- i:JaJ(i F. l M r r j'd ^r • • ABJK Engineering 220 West Harrison Seattle, WA, Tel: 206/285 -1185 Crown Fire Protection (formerly Able Fire) 4932 Pioneer Road Bothell, WA 98012, Tel: 481-7669 PRt:Ct)NSTRL(.i ION %iLLI ING A minimum of five (5) days prior to starting construction. the CONTRACTOR shall contact the SHOPPING CENTER OFFICE to arrange a Reconstruction Meeting. Attendees should include at least the GENERAL CONTRACTOR Superintendent and major Sub- contractors to be used in the construction. Atthe Reconstruction Meeting the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall provide the following: U Budding Permit - Acpy of each of the Local and State Banding permits. U Workers Compensation Certificate.. ❑ Insurance Certificate - 'The Certificate of Insurance Should be In the minimum amount of $2.000.000 In the aggregate. $1.000.000 each occurrence and should reflect the following as Additional Insureds': The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. Southcenter Joint Venture JG Shopping Center Mgmt. LLC U Performance. Labor and Material Bond as required. ❑ Sub- contractors List - setting forth the name, address and telephone numbers of Tenant's General Contractor and Sub - contractors. The CONTRACTOR wan be required toproidea $1.500conpary check, certified checkormoneyaderpayable Southcenter Joint Venture Please haveyarFederal I.D. number ready and avallable. . The depositor any portion thereof maybe applied bythe LANDLORD as a reimbursement for materials Issued to or services perform. directly for the CONTRACTOR including LANDLORDS corrector of punch list items rot corrected by the CONTRACTOR (see below). The DEPOSITOR agrees such depositor any portion thereof wlthou t prejudice to any other remedy which LANDLORD may have. may be applied as a rdm- bureenent to the LANDLORD for materials issued .and/or for services performed directly for TENANTS CONTRACTOR (which Services may Include the correction of punch list items and/or for the repair/replacement of property damaged by TENANTS CONTRACTOR). The depositor tr then remaining balance thereof (less a 15% administration fee) will be returned to the DEPOSITOR without interest within thirty (30) days after the completion of TENANTS construction obligations as required In the LEASE. ()N ; SI iii OO(:CMENi:1iION . The CONTRACTOR will keep the following documents on -site during constructor: U Working drawings. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR will build from ONE set of drawings incorporating LANDLORD'S approval comments Into the BUILDING DEPARTMENT STAMPED APPROVED SET. This set of drawings will be the primary working drawings and displayed at all times during construction, U A complete set of Typical Tenant Drawings and a set of working drawings bearing LANDLORDS stamp of approval. U A copy of the Letter of Authorization for Access (65 ell bymal represent.. atfle- cor..ction Meeting) ❑ LANDLORDS Construction Manual Issued to CONTRACTOR at the Reconstruction Meeting. CONS IRU.1 ION I(T.QLItREMLNi $ The following Rules govern construction on LANDLORDS property. All references to - CON TRACTOR' shall mean the GENERAL CONTRACTOR or the TENANT If acting as its own contractor. Al references to LANDLORD may equally mean the MALL REPRESENTATIVE at the shopping center• if appropriate In the event TENANTS construction encounters any ashes tors cantaWrg materials (ACM). TENANT Shan immediatdycea5e consthuctbn for that part of the Work which may disturb the ACM and contact LANDLORDS Representative at the Showing Center to resolve haw to proceed The installation of any materials that contain asbestos is strictly prohibited. DG11-oro_ - t= :w1P'L� i;�IrP ^ VAIENJwi 11.3 • looweM N , '.=t t , ILi •F t r, . • , / ,- - t- r: 1r, c H alna 1=1111111111111E Mohan be TENANT'S responsibNlty to verify an existing consvuctim and equipment and subject to LANDLORD'S written approval t° upgrade or replace same to comply with the more stringent of 1) gaemng building codes, 2) the Federal Occupationul6a fety and Health Act (OSHA) and regulations promulgated thereuda:3) an laws,arfnances and regulations of applicable State, Oty and Local health departments and utility companies, 4) the requirements of LANDLORDS fire and casualty insurer, or 5) the p rOsions of the lease All casts shall be at TENANT'S expense. The CONTRACTOR shad Ix responsible for protecting the LANDLORD'S and any other party's property from damage. Use of fuel operated engines Inside the Mal and /or space 501 not be permitted. The CONTRACT0R5haf prwNe adapteflre extinguishers with. the premises, tagged for date of inspection, while under construct.. Sped& areas wa trdcgnatr4 by the LANDLORD for parking. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensue tha t al construction employees waking In the premises use theelesig- nate-d parking areas. There will be no construction traders allowed on the property Parking will not he permitted In any of the driveways, fire Lanes and truck docks except for temporary loading and unloading, as approved by thell The CONTRACTOR she I be responsible to coordinate all material deliveries to the premises• whether for construction, flxtudng or merchandising. An deliveries Shall be made through the rear door of the premises either via the adjacent service carridcror truck dock area. Contact the LANDLORD prior to the delivery of materials and equipment which are too large to enter through the rear door of the (remises. Any such Items are to be ddiverrd during NON - Shopping Center hours. Where there's no rear door to access space, all deliveries. trash removal, etc, must be coons natedbeforeor afterMal hours. according to LANDLORDS4rection. NO exceptions. TheCONTRACTDRS work area wfi be restricted to the Tenants leased premises. Servirearid fire corddars and truck docks shall be kept dear of all materials, equipment debris and trash atoll times. The CONTRACTOR must receive the prior permission of the LANDLORD forwokafternomal working hours. The Tenant's consDvctkn work Abe observed periodcdy by the LANDLORD toverify that the work Is being cen5tructedas set forth In the Tenant's Lease. Tenant Manual, Typical Tenant Drawings, Landlord approved Tenant Oravklgs and LANDLORDS Construction Manual. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible toensure thatad wen* is performed M accordance with O5NA standards. The LAND- LORD may, 56tin tit any tabnty therefore. stop wok that 15 M Marion ofOS.HA standards or Mil h may. In the Landlords opinion. cause Injury or harm to persax or property. CONTRACTOR must obtain a written permit from the Mall office prior toan y 'horwork (ex: welding, soldering. torch -work, etc.). it shall be the duty and responsibility of the CONTRACTOR performing any cutting of weld6g to comply with the safety provisions of the National Flee Protection Association's National fire Codes pertaining to such work and the CONTRAC- TOR Shan be responsible for all damages resulting from a failure W 5o campy. Temporary electric power will be madeaccesslble for those Tenants where permanent power Is not yet available. Where permanent power is available, it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide the necessary equipment to supply the electrical power needed for construction. Permanent power should he Ascertained as soon as possible. Contact the LANDLORD for coonKnatlon of temporary water service. CONTRACTOR shad be responsible for changeover of utilities to CONTRACTOR and/or TENAM Account as soon as poss... .i'1 }i? (2312 to.l .11,0() It will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide adequate tales facilities for all employees working within the premises. The shopping center toilet facilities Minot be, available for contractors use unless specifically authorized by the LANDLORD. The location fora temporary portable type toilet facility must be approved by the LANDLORD pd.- to its placement. Palo to beginning anyco+structon. the COMRACTORShat ensure, if required by the LANDLORD. that tempaarybarricade Is Installed at the storefront (see Shopping Center Manager for barricade drawings and details). Where a barricade has been erected by LANDLORD using pre- formed panels, the LANDLORD shall extend the barricade past the lease line to accommo- date the storefront work. The barricade shad not be extended until storefront work actwllybegins, shad not unreasonably obstruct mall traffic, and shall notbe more than four feet (4) past the storefront lease.e. Ad barricades shad be extended or constructed during the non- operating hours of the shopping center. No barricades shall berth ell or dismantled without express written consent of the LANDLORD Anybaricade removed without pdor consent MO be reconstructed by the LANDLORD at the CONTRACTORS expense. The CONTRACTOR is notalowed to post arycompary nameor sgn on the temporary barricade. The CONTRACTOR shall post all sgnage as required by mall representative for public saf ety or general warning. Prior to beginning any belowgrade construction and under slab confined spaces the Contractor must: U Prior to Locating Floor Penetrations. Tenants Contractor must secure LANDLORD'S structural ':or engineers approval. see address this sheet U Meet hazardous con fined space requirements. U Inform LANDLORD of the work to be undertaken and receive approval of same. U Submit ALL construction materials proposed for under slab installation to LANDLORD'S representative for approval. Once the approvals have been received and under slab con - stmction commences the CONTRACTOR mus t photograph the installation In detail. both in progress and once com- peted. and submit copies of all photographs to LANDLORD. Arty Below Grade constructon must be inspected by LAND- LORD prior to barkfilling. Concrete must be saw-wt or core-el iled (nojack- hammeringor breaking of concrete Is permitted). Secure structural floor engineers approval prior W reforming all floor work. Prior approval must beobt.Med from LANDLORD prior to pen- etraGng any structural or structurally reinforced concrete. Spraying of finishes or paint must ony be done if Mal HVAC and adjacent Tenant HVAC systems are either shutdown or protected to avoid contamination. The CONTRACTOR must receive the LANDLORDS approval at least three (3) days prior Wary modficati5n to utility services that may temporarily interrupt such seryk. to other tenants or the shopping center. The LANDLORD has established working hours when the contractor may perform 'noisy' construction (i.e. saw cutting. core drilling.•Hiltr type fastener guns. etc.). Contact the LANDLORD for restricted hours. LANDLORD reserves the ode right to request that CONTRACTOR reschedule any activites deemed 41599565 to restricted hours. Trash Removal - All trash will be confined to the premises and' removed at the end of each day by the CONTRACTOR Any trash found in the service corridors, adjacent tenant units. and /or other public areas will be removed by the LANDLORD and deducted from the CONTRACTORS deposit or billed to the TENANT. The butt, of the CONTRACTOR'S dunpsterw;l be determined by the LANDLORD. LANDLORD'S dumpsters and/or compactors are not to be used by CONTRACTOR Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188.2888 Tel: 208/246.0423 Fax: 206/244-8607 The CONTRACTOR shall seek the LANDLORDS prior approval at least two (2) days in advance of needing to drain the shopping center spd5der system. No Shopping center sprinkler system wine left dm rood oven g h t. All systems wigbe changed and operational when the CON- TRACTOR Laves for the night A $75 fee al be charged for each time the UK/LORDS spinklersys.rn is drained or shut down to accarmcdate connection and testing requirements. The CONTRACTOR win not be alcoved to penetrate the roof or adjust or modify the LANDLORDS sprinkler system. fktures. utilities, structure; equipment or facilities without the LAND- LORD'S express written consent and .1 be done by the LANDLORDS original contractor (or LANDLORDS designee) at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. OPERATING WHILE' • 1IL11OI)i:I.ING M addition to any prior stated requirements. the following rules apply to stores remaining open during remodeling. For stores remaining open during construction. The Store Manager must be present at the ReconStmction Meeting to discuss plans for the remold, time span of remodel and related safety issues. The CONTRACTOR wil be required to schedule the construction M phasesand pmAde a phasing barn a, plan indicating where the baMCade will be placed. The CONTRACTOR must receive prior permission of the LANDLORD for woM after normal working hours. In addition, the Store Manager and the CONTRACTOR must prepare for and Indicate whether Security Officer or other service k needed. The LANDLORD sSl not be responsible for the security of the CONTRACTOR'S or the TENANTS property. M addition to the O.S.H.A. safety standards referenced previ- ously. the Store Manager and CONTRACTOR must observe the following: U Provide a minimum of a four foot (4) barricade around all constucton areas. U Apply plastic sheeting from the barricade up to the ceiling 50 as to minimize dust and related damage to merchandise customers and the public mall areas. U Verify that all workman's to015. ladders. and loose construction supplies are out of the customers. and specifically, children's reach. U Verify that any overhead dangling light fixtures, conduits, etc. are well within the confines of the barricaded and plastic sheeted areas. U Verify that the store has dawn -sized Its stock properly so as to remain open for business and still accommodate clear fire exits through both the rear and the front of the store. U If there 15 any storefront remodeling required. the CONTRACTOR will be required to erect a barricade per the above details. OPINING RI ?QL I RE9f 1:NT U Certificate of Occupancy, The CONTRACTOR she provide the LANDLORD with a copy of the Occupancy Permit. U Certified Tenant Air Balance Report U Punch List: Upon completion of construction and PRIOR TOapening the CONTRACTORShal request that the UNDLORDcorducta final observation and compile a punch disc The premises wail be allowed to open for business only after the LANDLORD has received a copy of the °cape, Permitand the punch list items ha. been 5205691551555111916t64. The CONTRACTOR will be required to submit the following items at the end of the construction (forms are available from the UNDARD): ❑ An original notarized 'General Contractors Affidavit and Final Waiver of Lien'. U The original signed and notarized - Subcontractors Affidavit and Waiver of Lien' for each contractor. Tel: 440/892 Mort The Richard E. Jacob. Group, Inc. 25425 Center Ridge Roed Cleveland, OH 44145-4122 Tel: 440/871-4800 Fax: 440/892-2308 i)itAWiN(5 SUBMISSION & REVIEW CHECKLIST : ;' TENANTS SUBMISSION CHECKLIST TENANTS drawing submission must include four (4) sets of Maack line (preferably) or blue line prints. PRELIMINARY CONCEPT: WORKING DRAWINGS: U Storefront Elevation (with sign) Working Drawings must be U Storefront Sections) submitted in the fallowing order. U Details at Neutral Pier(s) U LANDLORDS TTG-01 Sheet U Details at LANDLORD'S Soffit U Architectural U Floor Flan U Electrical U Reflected Ceiling Plan D LANDLORD'S rrs 5heet(7) U Interior Elevations U Plumbing U Longitudinal Section LI HVAC 0 Material Sample Board U LANDLORD'S TM 5heet(s) ❑ Photo of Similar Store U (other drawings) LANDLORD'S REVIEW CHECKLIST APPROVED DRAWING FOR CONSTRUCTION PRELIMINARY ARCHITECTURAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING HVAC APPROVED (INCLUDE WITH RESUBMI5510N) RE1'15E 5 RESUBMIT RESUBMISSrONS. TENANT shall resu5itdrawings within ten (10)days. M resubmission shall be COMPLETE sets wit, four (4) sets of black line (preferably), blue line prints. SIGN: This review does not include final approval of TENANT'S sign. Prior to fabrication 8 installer ton of TENANTS sign. TENANTS sign fabricator (sign company) shall submit three (3) sets o f shop drawings to LANDLORD for approval. CHANGES: Once approved by LANDLORD. no changes shall be made in TENANTS Drawings except upon the PRIOR w,;r, ten ta6585 of the LANDLORD. AS- 50I1TS: Within thirty (30) days after the opening of the Premises. TENANT shall submit a complete set of as-built drawings to LANDLORD. THiS AREA FOR LANDLORD USE ONLY... NOTE DRAWINGS WITH I IN THE LOWER RIGHT HAND CORNER ARE APPROVED BY LANDLORD UNDLORDSapproal of TENANTS Drawings is contingent upon TENANTS compliance with LANDLORD'S.mment5 and shat not be construed so as to held LANDLORD liable for either the architectural and engineering design of the Premises or the accuracy of the Information non rained in TENANTS Drawings.Should try conflict arise bet eon try of TENANTS Drawbgs and the Lease. the applicable portion(s)of the Lease shad be determinafve. LANDLORD'S approval of TENANTS Drawings will in no way alter, am6N1 orwawe the requirements or criteria of the lease. SOUTHCENTER _SEATTLE(/VASHINOTON TYPICAL TENANT - GUIDELINES TTG -Q1 UNIT NUMBER UBA THIS SHEET MUST INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMIT'T'AL - TO THE LANDLORD, LOCAL — AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND BIDDING CON- TRACTORS The Richard E. Jacobs Croup EivED CITY OVIAWINO NUMBER. (1 AY 2 PEniati iEfl SOUTHCENTEF MALL SECURITY NOTES 1. SWINGING DOORS: A. DOOR STOPS OF IN -SWI SHALL BE OF ONE -PIECE CONSTRUCTION ON W WI H THE JAMB OR JOINED BY RABBET TO THE JAMB. B. ALL PIN -TYPE HINGES WHICH ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM OUTSIDE THE SECURED AREA WHEN THE DOOR IS CLOSED SHALL HAVE NON- REMOVABLE HINGE PINS. M ADDITION, THEY SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 1/4 INCH DIAMETER STEEL JAMB STUD WITH 1/4 INCH MINIMUM PROJECTION UNLESS THE HINGES ARE SHAPED TO MEVENT REMOVAL OF THE DOOR IF THE HINGE PINS ARE FLEE ME D. C. THE STRIKE PUTS FOR LATCHES AND THE HOLDING DEVICE FOR PROJECTING DEADBOLTS UN WOOD CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SECURED TO THE JAMB AND THE WALL FRAMING WITH SCREWS NOT LESS THAN 2 -1/2 INCHES IN LENGTH. D. DEADBOLTS SHALL CONTAIN HARDENED INSERTS. DEADLOCKS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR SPECIAL EFFORT. E STRAIGHT DEADBOLTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THROW OF 1 INCH AND AN EMBEDMENT OF NOT LESS THAN 5/8 INCH. F. A HOOK -SHAPED OR AN EXPANDING -LUG DEADBOLT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THROW OF 3/4 INCH. G. WOOD FLUSH TYPE DOORS SHALL BE 1 -3/4 INCH THICK MINIMUM. WITH SOUR CORE CONSTRUCTION OR H. HOLLOW CORE DOORS OR DOORS LESS THAN 1 -3/8 INCHES IN THICKNESS SHALL BE COVERED ON THE INSIDE FACE WITH 16 GAUGE SHEET METAL ATTACHED WITH SCREWS AT 6 INCH ON CENTERS AROUND THE PERIMETER OR EQUIVALENT OR I. WOOD PANEL TYPE DOORS WITH PANELS FABRICATED OF LUMBER NOT LESS THAN 9/16 INCH THICKNESS. PROVIDED SHAPED PORTIONS OF THE PANELS ARE NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH THICK. INDIVIDUAL PANELS SHALL NOT EXCEED 300 SQ. IN. IN AREA. STILES AND RAILS SHALL BE OF SOLID LUMBER WITH OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF NOT LESS THAN 1 -3/8 INCHES IN THICKNESS AND 3 INCHES IN WIDTH. MULLIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF ADJACENT PANELS UNLESS SIZED AS REQUIRED HEREIN FOR STILES AND RAILS EXCEPT MUWONS NOT OVER 18 INCHES LONG MAY HAVE AN OVERALL WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 2 INCHES. CARVED AREAS SHALL HAVE A THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 3/8 INCHES. J. GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 40 INCHES OF THE DOOR LOCK WHEN THE DOOR IS IN THE CLOSED POSITION, SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS OF APPROVED BURGLARY RESISTANT MATERIAL, OR SHALL BE PROTECTED BY METAL BARS, SCREENS OR GRILLES HAVING A MAXIMUM OPENING OF 2 INCHES. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL NOT APPLY TO VIEW PORTS OF WINDOWS WHICH DO NOT EXCEED 2 INCHES IN THEIR GREATEST DIMENSIONS. K. GLASS DOORS SHALL HAVE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS. 2. CYUNDEP, GUARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL CYLINDER LOCKS WHENEVER THE CYLINDER PROJECTS BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR IS OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE TO GRIPPING TOOLS. 3. SUO'VG GLASS DOORS AND WINDOWS SHALL BE Ei PPED WITH LOCKING DEVICES AND SHALL BE SO CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED THAT THEY REMAIN INTACT AND ENGAGED WHEN SUBJECTED TO THE TESTS SPECIFIED IN UNIFORM BUILDING CODE STANDARDS. 4. SUDING DOORS AND WINDOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A DEVICE IN THE UPPER CHANNEL OF THE MOVING PANEL TO PROHIBIT RAISING AND REMOVING OF THE MOVING PANEL IN THE CLOSE OR PARTIALLY OPEN POSITION. 5. OTHER OPERABLE WINDOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUBSTANTIAL LOCKING DEVICES. IN B OCCUPANCIES, SUCH DEVICES SHALL BE GUDE BARS, BOLTS, CROSS -BARS, AND /OR PADLOCKS WITH MINIMUM 9/32 INCH HARDENED STEEL SHACKLES AND BOLTED, HARDENED STEEL HASPS. 6. SCREENS, BARRICADES, OR FENCES MADE OF MATERIAL WHICH PRECLUDE HUMAN CURBING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EVERY PORTION OF EVERY ROOF, BALCONY, OR SIMILAR SURFACE WHICH S WITHIN 8 FEET OF A UTIUTIY POLE OR SIMILAR STRUCTURE. FIRE AND SAFETY NOTES 1. PROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2A10BC WITHIN 75 FEET OF TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE FLOOR, MAINTAIN SAME DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. 3. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE WARNING SYSTEM, WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE, EXTENDING SOUND LEVEL INTO TENANT AREAS. SUBMIT COMPLETED PLANS IN TRLPUCATE TO THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION, THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY AND ONE TO BE DESIGNATED AS FIRE DEPARTMENT COPY. 4. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED GIVING UGHT VALUE OF ONE FOOT CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL 5. MAINTAIN ALL AISLES AT LEAST 44 INCHES MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH TO A PUBLIC WAY, 6. DOORS OPENING INTO REQUIRED ONE -OUR FIRE RESISTIVE CORRIDOR SHALL 8E PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE -STOP OR DRAFT STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20- MINUTE RATING AND BE SELF - CLOSING. 7. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED WALLS OR CEIUNGS. DAMPER RATING SHALL MATCH ASSEMBLY RATING. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLERS AS REQUIRED BY CODE, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SPRINKLER LAYOUT PLANS FOR APPROVAL BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND AND /OR MODIFY THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS NECESSARY UNDER PERMIT FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY. USE ONLY LANDLORD APPROVED SUBCONTRACTORS 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND AND /OR MODIFY THE FIRE LIFE SYSTEM AS NECESSARY UNDER PERMIT FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY - ELECTRICAL DIVISION. 11. DECORATIONS SUCH AS CURTAINS, DRAPES, SHADES, HANGINGS, ETC. SHALL BE NON- COMBUSTIBLE OR BE FUME - PROOFED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 12. SMOKE DENSITY RATINGS ARE AS FOLLOWS: STAIRWAYS SHALL BE 150. CORRIDORS 300. AND ALL REMAINING AREAS ARE TO BE 450. 13. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF MORE THAN 50 PERSONS. 14. ALL EXIT SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHT OF 6 INCHES ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 15. PANIC HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EXIT DOORS SERVING ROOMS, CORRIDORS OR STAIRWAYS HANDLING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE PERSONS. 16. ALL MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE LOCALLY ACCEPTED FIRE CODE FIRE RESISTIVE STANDARDS FOR MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND OCCUPANCY, I DISABLED ACCESS NOTES I,•' 1. ALL HANDICAPPED ACCESS PROVISIONS EHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, AND STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REGULATIONS, 2. WHBH PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE TELEPHONE AND ONE DRINKING FOUNTAIN IN THE BUILDING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BY THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED. 3. ALL DISABLED ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WMH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE` FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS, 4. HAND - ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED 2 FEET -10 IN.HE ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, 2 -3303 (C) 3, 5. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF AU. DOORS SHALL (EXCEPT SLIDING AND AUTOMATIC) HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE, 2- 3:03(4). 6. ALL REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING :PITH THE DOOR AT 90_ DEGREES TO THE CLOSED POSITION, 3 -3303 (3) 1. EVERY REWIRED ENTRANCE OP. PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL BE OF A SIZE SO AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET IN WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6 FEET -8 INCHES IN HEIGHT. 7, MAXIMUM HEIGHT R° THRESHOLD SHALL BE 1/2 'INCH WITH VERTICAL CHANGE AT EDGE 1/2 INCH WITH A MAXIMUM LEVEL OF 45 CEGREES, 2 -3303 (8) 3. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED W11H A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2 8. ALL FAUCET CONTROLS FOR SINKS (EXISTING AND /OR NEW) ARE TO BE OPERABLE WITH LEVER -TYPE CONTROLS, 9.. ALL EXPOSED PLUMBING IS TO BE WRAPPED WITH NNSUUTION, COPROLOR VAL TO BE BUCK, SUBMIT SAMPLE FOR AIRC HITECTS AP 10. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVEL DO OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2, EXCEPT THAT LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL 11. THE FLOOR, OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR, AND LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR IN THE LENGTH AND DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING AT LEAST 60 INCHES, AND THE LDIGTH ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF DOOR SWING AT 44 INCHES AS MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSMON. 12. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24 INCHES PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 18 INCHES PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 13. TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE WORK SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. CONTROLS FOR THE FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREAS, NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE CONTROLS SHALL BE NOT GREATER THAN 3 POUNDS, 14. OTHER FLUSH CONTROLS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE WORK SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE NAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS, 15. FAUCET CONTROLS OR OTHER OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS, LEVER OPERATED, PUSH TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 18. THE CENTER OF RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM, THE CENTER OF THE GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE OF SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES OR MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM, THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED 48 INCHES ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE OR SIDEWALK. TOILET ROOM NOTES ) STANDARDS: THE TOILET ROOM DESIGN SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THIS SHALL BE BASED ON THE PROVISIONS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABIUNES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (ADAAC), 1991 EDITION AND ANY LOCAL OR STATE ACCESSIBILITY CODES THE IALTST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS OF EITHER OF THESE STANDARDS SNAIL TAKE PRECEDENCE. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR THE ADAAG SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM: FIXTURES AND TRIM SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED AND HAVE BEEN SELECTED TO CONFORM TO THE ABOVE REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR BARRIER FREE DESIGN, DOOR AND DOOR HARDWARE: DOOR SHALL BE 3 FEET -0 INCHES MINIMUM WIDTH. SELF CLOSING. HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER OPERATED PRIVACY LATCH SET OF THE TYPE SCHEDULED AND AS SPECIFIED. THE DOOR AND HARDWARE HAVE BEEN SELECTED TO CONFORM TO THE ABOVE REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR BARRIER FREE DESIGN. REFER TO THE DOOR DETAILS AND HARDWARE GROUP INDICATION. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET. THESE ACCESSORIES HAVE BEEN SELECTED TO CONFORM TO THE ABOVE REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR BARRIER FREE DESIGN, TO PERMIT INSTALLATION WITHOUT ENCROACHMENT INTO REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND DESIGNED TO PERMIT PROPER OPERATION AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SUBSTITUTIONS OR DEVOTIONS: SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL NOT BE MADE W1TLi0UT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE ARCHITECT. SUCH AUTHORIZATION WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR PROVIDES COMPLETE DATA AND INFORMATION INCLUDING TBUT NOT UNITED T0, SPECIFICATIONS, CATALOG CUTS, AND INSTALLATION AND ROUGH -IN DATA. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE REFERENCED STANDARDS SHOULD THERE BE UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE PROPOSED TOILET ROOM DESIGN. CONCEALED ANCHOR DEVICES: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCEALED ANCHOR DEVICE OR BACKING BEFORE WALL S DRVWALLED OR FINISHED. ANCHOR DEVICE FOR THE SPECIFIED BOBRICK GRAB BARS SHALL BE OF 2561 SERIES FOR STUD CONSTRUCTION. EI r SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION NOTE: THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILIY SHALL BE THE STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY DISABLED PERSONS AS SET FORTH IN TITLE 24 AND AS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION, SEC 3105A (e) 1. FIG 31 -6. 1. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE - BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR N0. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 599B. SEC 3105A (e) 2. 2. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH - TO- HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3: 5 AND 1: 1 AND A STROKE WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1: 5 AND 1:10. SEC 3105A (e) 4. 3. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO NE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER CASE X. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED. FOR SIGNS SUSPENDED OR PROJECTED ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 3105A (k), THE MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 30, SEC 3105A (E) 5. 4. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, EITHER UGHT CHARACTERS AN A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A UGHT BACKGROUND. SEC 3105A (e) 6. 5. WHEN RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS ARE USED, THEY SHALL ) CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: 7. 0. 3 ETTERS AND NUMBERS AN SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1 T MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS -SIF UPPER CASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRAERDE 2 BRAILLE. SEC 31050 (e) 7A. B. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/80 HIGH. SEC 3105A (e) 713. C. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 60 IN HEIGHT. SEC 3105A (e) 7C. 6. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE SYMBOLS ARE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE REGULATIONS. DOTS SHALL BE 1/100 ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL WITH 2/100 SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RASED A MINIMUM OF 1 / 40 0 1 *8 THE BACKGROUND. 7. ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES AND AT EVERY MAJOR JUNCTION ALONG OR LEADING TO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A SIGN DISPLAYING THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBNTY AND WITH ADDITKNAL DIRECTIONAL. SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAY SEC 31050 (e) 6 R 3108A (e). B. WHEN PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR 600.15 AND SPACES, RAISED LETTER SHALL DE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 3105A(e) 3 7. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON 0 THE WALL ADJACENT 0 THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE D PLACED ON' THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 600 ABOVE THE FINISHED - FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 30 OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. SEC 31054(4)10. 9. THE DIAMETER OF WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACES OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1 -1/40 TO 1 -1/20 OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN5DIDE WALL ( 80 T GRAB - BARS SHALL BE 1 -1/20. 10. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEATS, FASTENERS, AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE FOLL�OIN SPECIFICATIONS: AC 3105A(b)3C(M) )3(W S4RESS IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 -LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAL SEC 3105A(b)3C(i0)0. B. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT BY THE APPLICATION OF A 250 -LB POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL. OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT S CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED. THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. SEC 3105A(b)3C(I11)b, C. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICES FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 -LB POINT. LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER HAS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. SEC 3105A(b)3C(M)e. D. TENSILE. FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF A 250 -LB POINT LOAD, PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 - LB POINT LOAD, SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. SEC 3105A(b)3C(BI)d. E. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. SEC 31050( )3.10e. 11. THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT OT R SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/80. SEC 3105A(b)3C(Iv). BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY. NO SUBSTITUTES EGGSHELL - WALLS FLAT - CEILING ONLY SEMI GLOSS - DOORS AND FRAMES PTI BENJAMIN MOORS 800 832 8292 WARM WHITE 980 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PT7 BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 SILVERI°. / 052 EGGSHELL SU.OMIT SAMPLE PTE. BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 MANILA / 246 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PT9 BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8212 MIDNIGHT BLUE / 826 SEMI - GL055- AT TOP OF DOME FLAT - DOME INTERIOR SUBMIT SAMPLE PTq VTEEI_ MOORS BOO 832 8292 STEEL GREY / 1461 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PTII BENJAMIN WORE B00 832 8292 INTER. READY MIX -BLACK / SATIN, SUBMIT SAMPLE GPM 5F3 FAUX PAINT FINISH 'STARRY NIGHT' BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY - 5.0K FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY 5.0K NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION V51 5F4 FAUX PAINT FINISH 'SILVER PATINA' BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY S.OK FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY SOK NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION 5F -70 DORMER 800 537 610 COLOR 1.54 142910281 BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BT 5.OK FINAL ACCEFTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE - BY 5.OK NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION KNOCK -DOWN, 1NON- DIRECTIONAL MUST SUBMIT SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION FINISH SCHEDULE 5F -14 ZOLATONE 773 929 0148 REF.. IL-0083I BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY 5.0K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY S.O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION MUST SUBMIT 131 BXIO' SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION PLA MAN, NEVAMAR CORP. CUST.800 -264 -0778 X 7604 COLOR-0.4. TEMPURA/DA -2 -IT FINISH TEXTURED P1-3 - MARY NEVAMAR CORP. CUST.800- 264 -0778 X 7604 COLORGALVANO /GV -6 -IT FINISH TEXTURED MAMA BENTLY MILLS LUST. REF. 818.333.4585 COLOR AZ268.8120 SECTOR CARPET SUPPLIED BY S.OK. ARMSTRONG 800 292 6308 PATTERN CL.A5511. CORLON 51FFIEID COLOR/NO SLATE / 86807 SIZE• 6-0' WIDE RB2 FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR/NO WP -016 / TAUPE 5l20. SIZE• 4 HIGH. NO TOE o RETAIL AREAS 100 ROLLED 60005 ONLY RB3 FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR/. WF -01 / BLACK DAHLIA SIZE• 4 HIGH NO TOE o RETAIL AREAS ROLLII7 60005 ONLY GENERAL NOTES 1, THIS SHORE DESIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE ASPECTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990. 2. ITEMS APPEARING TO DEFINE- CONFLICTING INFORMATION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OR THE ARCHITECT FOR INTERPRETATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION. IF COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 15 MADE WITHOUT ARCHITECTS INTERPRETATION, THE WORK WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE. 3. VERIFY THAT EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF VARIATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES, DO NOT PROCEED WITH AFFECTED WORK OR RELATED WORK UNTIL THE VARIATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES ARE INTERPRETED BY THE ARCHITECT. 4. REPAIR OR RENOVATION OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING CONDITIONS IS NOT A PART OF .15 WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE ASSUMED TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LANDLORD. THE ARCHITECTS SCOPE OF WORK EXCLUDES MODIFICATION TO THE EXISTING BASE BUILDING EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICATIONS ARE INCLUDED BY LANDLORD'S AGREEMENT TO INTERFACE WITH THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK, 5. PROVIDING AND INSTALLING FURNITURE, FILE CABINETS AND TENANTS OFFICE EQUIPMENT IS NOT A PART OF THE WORK, (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY EXISTING JOB SITE FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID PROPOSAL AND PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK RELATED TO OR INCLUDED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 7. THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LANDLORD REGULATIONS REGARDING CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, INSURANCE, COORDINATION, ETC. AS OUTLINED IN THE MOST CURRENT TENANT CRITERIA FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION WHICH THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE LANDLORDS TENANT COORDINATOR (PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION) AND 9E THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SET UP A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING THROUGH LANDLORDS FIELD COORDINATOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE PROJECT. 9. NQ PRODUCTS CONTAINING ASBESTOS OR ANY NOR MATERIAL SHALL BE SPECIFIED NOR USED DURING CONSTRUCTION OF THIS STORE, 10. ALL EXITS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INTERIOR OF TENANT SPACE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE. NO NIMIUALLY OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE - MOUNTED IFLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS SHALL BE USED, 11. CORRIDORS ARE REQUIRED TO BE ONE -HOUR CONSTRUCTION WITH 20- MINUTE SELF - CLOSING DOOR ASSEMBLIES. U.N.O. 12. ALL EXITWAYS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED PER REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM ILLUMINATION OF ONE FOOT CANDLE PER SQUARE FOOT. 13. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE 0 A PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE OPERABLE .11 A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER -TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 14. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 INCHES AND 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. 15. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8-1/2 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR. DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 LBS. 16. FLOORS SHALL BE SUP RESISTANT. 17. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR STOREFRONT SIGN CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SIGN FABRICATION. 18. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT AND ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE, 19. DIMENSIONS SHOWN TO THE FINISH FACE OF THE WALL OR COLUMN ARE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF THE GYP. BD. OF THE WALL OR COLUMN. 20, REFER TO E FI PLAN FOR SUPPLIED CA XTURE AND FI LAYOUT OF S.O.K. 21. ALL DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE OF ONE HOUR CONSTRUCTION. GYP. BD. SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITHOUT ANY HOLES OR GAPS. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FILLED AND PROPERLY TAPED TO MAINTAIN 1 HR. RATING. 22. PER BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENT FOR SECURITY GRILLES AND DOORS, HORIZONTAL SLIDING OR VERTICAL SECURITY GRILLES AND DOORS WHICH ARE PART OF A REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. THEY MUST REMAIN SECURED IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION DURING THE PERIOD OF OCCUPANCY BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC, B. DOORS OR GRILLES SHALL NOT BE BROUGHT TO THE CLOSED POSITION WHEN THERE ARE MORE THAN 10 PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY A SINGLE EXIT OR 30 • PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE EXIT. C. THE DOORS OR GRILLES SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM WFMIN WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT WHEN THE SPACE IS OCCUPIED. D. WHEN TWO OR MORE EXITS ARE REQUIRED, NOT MORE THAN ONE -HALF OF THE EXITS MAY BE EQUIPPED BY HORIZONTAL SLIDING OR VERTICAL ROVING GRILLES OR DOORS. 23. ALL NEW PLUMBING LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, MECH DUCTS, ELEC. CONDUITS WHICH OCCUR IN THE EXPOSED CEILING AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 13 FEET -0 INCHES A.F.F. 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT STOREFRONT GLASS SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE TENANT FOR WRITTEN, SIGNED APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BARE THE COST OF REPLACEMENT, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST OR SCHEDULE DELAY TO OWNER, OF WORK WITHOUT SUCH APPROVAL SL1 512 ACT -7 ACT -8 RAJAH RED SLATE DISTRIBUTOR. EUROCAL SLATE 310 823 7 DAVE DILLS SIZE• 12 X I! X 3/8' GROUT. LATICRETE 203 393 1684 3/e THK 500 SERIES 435 MOCHA III VERMONT GREEN DISTRIBUTOR. EUROCAL SLATE 310 823 7753 DAVE DILLS SIZE. 12" X 12' X V4" GROUT LATICRETE 203 393 PLATINUM 3/32' D. 500 SERIES 442 PLATINUM III USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR. 51LVERTONE / 052 51. 24' X 24" X 3/4" GLACIER PATTERN. FINELINE KERFED EDGE GRID DON * CENTRICITEIUTE. OXT. FINELIRE 9/16', COLOR TO MATCH SHADOWLIfE WALL ANGLE, 015174, COLOR TO MATCH USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR. MANILA / 246 51. 24' X 24" X 3/4' GLACIER PATTERN. FINELINE KERFEO EDGE GRIP DCM40 CENTRICITE DXT, FINELINE 9/W", COLOR TO MATCH SHADOWLINE WALL ANGLE 145174, COLOR TO MATCH COMPASS° SPECIALTY CEILING EDGE TRIM TO MATCH SUSPENDED GRID COLOR SHAPES PREFABRICATED TO SOFFIT CURVE AND 055met ED BY MANUFACTURER FOR LISTING OF TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS, CONTACT. STORE OF KNOWLEDGE 13101 885 -3242 CHARLOTTE 05BORN EXTENSION 4 3318 STOCKROOM AND TOILET 3 FL-0. FINISH RUBBER "ASE- RETAIL AND NON - RETAIL AREAS INC. PERIMETER FIXTURES BUT NOT 011 FLOOR FIXTURES AND GONDOLAS 5 6 8 10 12 14 G 17 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE STONE TILE FLOORING TILE CLEANING AND SEALER PREP SLATWALL MOF SHELVES. + ALTERNATING METAL INSERTS IN STOCKROOM AND TOILET WALL COVERING • (CANVAS MAP AT CASHWRAP) 5ALE5 AREA LIGHT FIXTURES AND BULBS NON -SALES AREA LIGHTING FIXTURES FURNISHED BY GYP. BO., CMG., WALLS, COL. EWA-, ETC. AND REVD. FRAMING SALES AREA CARPET 0 DISPLAY CABINET AND FIXTURE LIGHTS + BULBS. SEE NOTE f4 PAINT AND SYNTHETIC PLASTER - SEE SPECS. 0 0 8 FLOORING GROUT + SEALER (SEALER PROVIDED BY TENANT) STOCKROOM MANAGERS DESK 0 0 0 PLUMBING WORK 0 0 0 0 0 0 INSTALLED BY STOREFRONT FRAME. TEMPERED GLASS. BLVG GASKETS. ET, DOORS AND HARDWARE-SEE A -10 0 0 lI 8 0 0 0 0 0 MECHANICAL WORK ELECTRICAL WORK 2 3. 4. A 21 22 23 24 27 EXIT + EMERGENCY LIGHTS CONE OF DARKNESS SUPPORT CABLES AND TRAPEZE 8 BACK FEATURE WALL SCENERY, CHARACTER, + TUNNEL STONE LAVATORY MIRROR, GRAB BARS, TOILET PAPER HOLDER 29 30 31 32 33 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 FIRE PROTECTION WORK- FIRE ALARMS. STROBES, SPRINKLERS C.C. TO COORDINATE W/ LL. STOREFRONT + INTERIOR SIGNS (REFER TO NOTE N1 BELOW( INTERCOM + WIRING IN CONDUITS REFER TO NOTE 42 BELOW) 501083 SYSTEM CONDUIT + WIRE (WIRE PROVIDED BY TENANT) SPEAKER CANS TELEPHONE SYSTEM CONDUIT W/ PILL STRING ION PREMISES) REFER TO NOTE 43 BELOW) STORE TELEPHONES TELEPHONE/ELECTRICAL-LANDLORD TO 0 TENANT (COORD. W/ LLJ CONE OF DARKNESS UMISTRUT STRUCTURAL- SUPPORT IN5TA HOT (HARDWIRED BY EC.) LAVATORY EXHAUST FAN AND VENT PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER HEATER. WATER CLOSET, + FAUCET HOSE ADAPTER KIT LAVATORY ACCESSORIES- COAT HOOFS RE BULLETIN BOARD, MOP HANGER, + PAPER TOWEL HOLDER ACCESS PANELS- SEE SPECS CASHWRAP COUNTERS SEE NOTE 44 CABINET HARDWARE PERIMETER AND FLOOR DISPLAY FIXTURES + 0068301.05 - 5EE NOTE 44 METAL SHELVES BRACKETS. SHELF PINS, GLASS + WOOD SHELVES ACRYLIC HARDWARE DOME CCBPO DOLE ASSEMBLY + SUPPORT STRUCTURE DOME NEON + TRANSFORMERS DOME SPECAL FINISHES DOLE FINISH PREP + PRIMING AIDE SHELVES FOR NON -5ALE5 AREAS - STOCKROOM TOILET PROFESSIONAL CLEANING FIRE DETINGUISHERS AND CABINETS BACK DOOR PANIC ALARM W/ 'BEST CORE CYLINDER DOOR HARDWARE + ACCESSORIES 'SIMPLEX SECURITY LOCK W/ . BEST - CORE CYLINGlER STOCKROOM SAFE 3X3' DISPLAY GRID 24X46 PANEL) ABOVE UIISTRUT 16 PIECES/ STOCKROOM SHELF SYSTEM UNISTRUT GRID SYSTEM HANGING ACCESSORIES AND COMPONENTS STOREFRONT ROLLING GRILLE W/ $ESr GORE CYLINDER MIRRORED, ONE WAY GLA55 • DOOR 42 (STOCKROOM /CORRIDOR) WINDOW FRAME AND GLASS AT DOOR 42 DOOR 42 FACE LAMINATE RETAIL SIDE ONLY MALL TILE. FLOORING (VERIFY WITH LANDLORD) 'QUINSTONE' VENE.EL AT STOREFRONT WERE INSTALLED) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 8 0 8 NOTES AL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NSTAATION OF BACKING 1 5TR LL + STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS + COORDINATE LAYOUT + INSTALLATION W/ TELNrS 51. CONTRACTOR GENERAL ;/.TRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLIED B' TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD. TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY TENANT. WIRED AND HOOKED UP BY EC. 1 REVISIONS MAY 19 1998 / V/ U a) 0 o s Wi FILE Al - ODWG DATE TITLE ITv0 NO17I5 AY 2 1 1996 E5 PERMA 1 ■ SECTION 07270 - FlRESTOPPING SUMMARY Section Includes: F1 estopprng os shown on Drawings and as specified. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Provide UL Classified or Warnock Hersey Listed Unstopping system to prevent the spread of fin, smoke and gorses through penetrations In fln rest31 ve; Welts, floors and partitions, Including; but not limited to; the following areas: 1. Unprotected openings and openings accommodating penetrating Items such as cables, cable trays, pipes, ducts, boxes and conduits through fire rated floors, walls and smoke barriers. 2. Head of wail openings Detween wall and connecting floor or roof deck assemblies. 3. Openings at curtatnwalls between exterior walls and connecting floor slab perimeters. Verify the following application with the manufacturer before Including In specification. Firestop systems shall not be Intended to support live leads and traffic unless specifically approved by Testing Agency. Flrestop systems shall be approved by Code Authority. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Specifications, performance criteria, Drawings and Instructions. Test Reports: Submit UL or Warnock Hersey test re on description for Unstopping system. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having Jurisdiction indicating approval of Unstop systems. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics: 1. ASTM E 136, ASTM E 119 and ASTM E 814. as applicable. 2. UL 1479 fire test to achieve required fire- rating as noted on Drawings. 3. Listing: UL or WH listed in building products directory. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDUNG Comply wtth Manufacturer's instructions for product handling and storage. MANUFACTURERS Consult Manufacturers product data for proper selection of material to suit Project coda requirements and application. Furnish finatop systems acceptable to governing Code Authority from one of the following Manufacturers: 1. U.S. Gypsum Co. 2. Tremco, Inc. 3. 3M Fire Protection Products Add other Manufacturers as required. Various materials can meet the following requirements Including mineral- fiber, sealant, foam, and putties. If a specific product is desired for a specific project application. It should be added h.r.. MATERIALS Flrestop System Materials - General: 1. Appropriate for penetration. 2. Include every component required for coda approved Installation, including; but not limited to FIr.atopping putties or compound; Backing material: Wrap strips; Primers, clips and collars. Properties: 1. Free of asbestos, halogens and volatile components after curing a d shall not slump or sag, (except for self - leveling 2. Capable of maintaining an affective bonier against flames, heat and smoke In compliance with the requirement' of ASTM E814, UL 1479 and U.B.C. Standard 7 -5. 3. Non- combusltbie per ASTM E 138. 4. UV resistant when exposed to sunlight. 5. Water resistant when exposed to moisture. 6. Flr.stop system shall accommodate movement without adversely affecting fin rating of wall /floor assembly. 7. Shrink resistant. 8. Patnlable or capable of receiving finish materials In (hose areas which are exposed to view and which are scheduled to reefed finishes. EXAMINATION Veriflcatton of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. PREPARATION / INSTALLATION Subsurface preparation and product Installation shall conform to requirements of qualified deslgna or manufacturer approved modifications as supported by engineering reports, and shall be approved and accepted by the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Clean - substrate . surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, alt, loose material, or other ntafer which may offset bond of Unstopping material. Remove Incompatible materials which affect bond. Install backing matertais to arrest liquid material leakage, if required. 2. Apply prim. and firestop materials In accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and In accordance with the appropriab UL Fire Resistance Directory or with the appropriate Warnock Hersey international Listing. Delete the following If the project Is not located In Phoenix. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on compl.Hon, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Lave Work In clean condition. SECTION 07255 - SPRAYED AND CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING SUMMARY Section 'Includes: Fireproofing and related work as shown on the Drawings and as specified. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Materials shall meet the following performance test criteria: 1. Dry Density: Measure field density in accordance with ASTM E605. Min. average density shall be 15 pct and min. Individual density shall bo 14 pcf unless otherwlse required by the authority having Jurtad!ction. 7; Deflection: Material shall not crack or delaminate from the surface to which It is applied when tested In accordance with ASTM E759. 3. Bond Impact: Material subject to Impact tests in accordance with ASTM E780 shall not crack or delaminate from the surface to which it Is applied. 4. Bond Strength: Minimum bond strength of 200 psi when set and dry and tested in accordance with ASTM E738. 5. Air Erosion: Maximum allowable weight loss of the fireproofing material shall be 0.025 gm. /sq. it. when tested in accordance with ASTM E859. 6. Corrosion Resistance: Steel with applied fireproofing shall be tested In accordance with ASTM E937 without evidence of corrosion of the steel. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics: Material shall exhibit the following surface burning characteristics whoa tested in accordance with ASTM 884: 8. Flame Spread: 10 maximum 9. Smoke Developed: 0 Fireproofing material shall not be subject to losses from the finished application by sifting. flaking or dusting. Performance shall be measured by the results of a test for erosion resistance when subjected to high velocity air flow across the surface of dried samples. Samples thus tested must be representative of machine applied material similar to that which can be expected on the Project. Products. exscutlon and fireproofing thicknesses shall conform to the applicable code and UL requirements for the required fire resistance ratings. Fireproofing products shall be 100 percent fres of asbestos fibers. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's Instructions for proper application of sprayed and cemenffttous fireproofing. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDUNG Delver manufactured materials In original, unopened packages bearing the name of the manufacturer, the brand and the UL label verifying compliance with the UL quality control Inspection program and the appropriate fin resistance range. Fireproofing shall be kept dry until ready for use. The packages of materials shall be kept off the ground, under cover and away from walls and other damp surface.. Material that has been exposed to water before actual use shall be discarded. Fireproofing stock shall be rotated and material used before Its expiration date. PROJECT /SITE CONDMONS Environmental Requirements: When the outdoor temperature at the building site is less than 40 degrees F.. maintain an alr and steel temperature of 40 degrees F. for 24 hours before and 24 hours after application of fireproofing materials. If necessary for Job progress, provide enclosures and maintain heat to necessary temperatures. Make provldons for natural ventilation to properly dry the fireproofing during and subsequent to Its application. In enclosed areas or buildings lacking openings for natural ventilation, circulate and exhaust interior air to the outside by use of temporary circulators. exhaust fans or the air - conditioning system. MATERIALS Fireproofing: 1. Sprayed: Cafco Blaze 300 as manufacted by isoiatek international Corp. 2. Cemenfltbus (Sprayed): 1.18 -6 as manufactured by the Grace Construction Products Division, W. R. Grace & Co. Water: Clean, fresh, suitable for domestic consumption and free from such amounts of mineral or organic substance as would affect the set of the fireproofing materials. EXAMINATION Application of sprayed and cementitious fireproofing shall not begin until the Contractor and the fireproofing applicator have inspected the surfaces to receive fireproofing to determine If surfaces are acceptable to receive the fireproofing material. Verify that clips. hangers, supper ts, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing an In place. Verify ducts. piping, equipment or other Berns which would interfere with applloaHon of fireproofing are not positioned until fireproofing worst Is complete. Verify that voids and cracks In substrate an filled, and projections are removed where fireproofing Is exposed to view as a finish material. Beginning of Installation means applicator accepts existing surfaces and substrates. PREPARATION Surfaces to receive sprayed and cementltious fireproofing shall be fro. of o0, grease. paints /primers, loose mill scab. dirt or other foreign substances which may Impair proper adhesion of the fireproofing to the substrata. When necessary. cleaning of surfaces to receive fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Painted or primed steel surfaces may require a fireproofing bond test to determine 0 the paint formulation will impair proper adhesion. Determination of the compatibility of paint or primer with the sprayed and cementltlous fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the paint or primer manufacturer. PROTECTION Provide masking, drop cloths or other satisfactory coverings so as to prevent ov.rspray of sprayed and cemenfltious fireproofing. Clog off and seal ductwork In areas when fireproofing Is being applied. Edit the following article as required to match protect requirements. APPLICATION Equipment and application procedure shall conform to the material manufacturers application Instructions. Contractor shall control thickness, utilizing a workable depth gauge to meet minimum thickness as required, and cooperate with the Landlord's Inspector in furnishing samples far tests. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Reinspect fireproofing for Integrity of fin protection prior to concealment of work. Correct unacceptable work and provide further Inspection to verity compliance with requirements. Architect or Landlord may select an independent testing laboratory to sample and verify the thickness and density of the fireproofing in c.o.-nonce with erg...-. - f ASTM 8605. Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. the Inspection Procedure for Field Applied Sprayed Fire Protection Materials, as published by the AWCI, or UBC Standard Ho. 7 -6 entitled 'Thickness and Density Determination for Spray - Applied Fireproofing. Provide results of the above Net to all parties at the completion of each floor. CLEANING After the completion of fireproofing work. remove application equipment, and clean adjoining surfaces not to be sprayed with fireproofing material. During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials. equipment and debris and dispose of away from promises. Leave Work. In clean condition. Dq� -Oi1� Design No. U425 (For Exterior Wails. Ratings Applicable For Fayxure To Fire On Interior Face Only, (See Items 4 and 5) Beating Wall Rating -45 Min, 1, 1 -1/2 or 2 HR. (See items 2 and 4) mew INTERIOR WALL HORI7ONTAI SFCTION EXTERIOR WALL NOT USED 1. SW floor and Gift Tr.e -(Not ..) -Tap and bottom trade of sal ensembles and ern. of steel morn. mN No.. GM (0.036 1n. thick) mis Met or Ns 20 MSG (11633 i. thkk) prNnd bet that pow. a eon. Mneturd con.. Mtween ably sbsds. and . ameemble such .a a eaa, eem, end /« a4rhr rot t Neon rs seiq 2rrde s eat .eel .n-pr s speed rot tud n 3 1 e. ac . e. nth No. 2020 OSO�t per studs. r s P (.33 h dick) prlmeri Maly. cold-fomr4 .ad be designed N Goo.. eth the current sollMn of 6M SpedkMbn for tie Deign of Cold -Famed Steel Structural .. by 1M M.. Iron end Steer N.rb: Al dodge des. en.ming the ..orM YeWdar of 0e .1 assembly. ihchrdiUg Uw mdse deign bort of be studs Mel to ..1.1 by the sew Wd and/or °o and .1 ,sly tlw ...none of ea egg. load . ai axle open . The mos clod math. of eel arwn .Mal not exceed 24 M. CC a 16 h OC - Se Nan Se). 9...oded to floor and trace wM 1/2 M. long type .12 head en- drilling, self-tapping Mel son. an bath dale of Mute or by welded or bolted ease . Meg. N accordance with She 161 .peeMallos. 3. Lab. Support PlrnMn -(NS eh.n)-1Nra n4iM for bend support d duds support met M per. d by need .feel Wag. Moran. or ether .bar mane a spews N tla UwopeEgnmtdt, o patlnd« ebel . adbovd , W q.sMlatloo ce to pea =ce vrtbey Mh jei+e beer: laywe ddr d mare f *ere and paced of for to Ott45 M.. and 1 r. 1 -1/2 Ur. and 2 kr raWhos os s Rao. Nel. 4db Wolbeard Protect. Both S . of Wd- Number of Layers and TNaNOaa DPew,au�c d 45 min of leer. B 1%2 O/ek Tun 1 hr 5/e in. trick 100 2 te or n /2 eyr. 6 i ,tdc« s • app6aple 0 3 layers Y 4 i N i 1000 Ms Clasifbd M mad. =um darting type ••mod .0 oUtutd s tat glrW taw. Se walasd Ohm r14 Cot.. for no. of M..d Cenrparde d 1/2 M. or 5/6 h ITdcf wobo rd. Se batm for aaelfbd of 3e /114 M. thick . ... Co.-ULTRACODE or Type IP-L3 Unital=s K Wammd. Oypah.fi -GI.. demote to 5/8 .k . 1bowd. N .en 4) Nam 3/4 N. Mick. 4 o I d eer gee. ca. Typ. Alt 40. Wdbmd, s dens. m Gene no . -5/8 (t e bid5�) e.sAad ebidat.N lem A J. wlafnp 'tarn 1(dbdSa1L. f Ce. -�adc. • - t�pi'q NOE teto Mtodh .amoad to walboords 0aidrG qsr T n 3 - b 1 y ` by 1 11 N. beMg�6 t//2l 5 Ir. d = r g od 2 /4 k bnp 7 3/4 h 5/8 b. Tnkd o r 4-12 ay / -7/g Ighg. eface 7. Bath wed Baisb' .. N h Wed. d d d .erier woes ose de. or may rapt t d N mss Any . qir fiber or wool belt ender. gietar IA a .m m.I Naltgay.1e. too See it. weg nd of sae 13 l i tri. m Ld.a for nao .s d damned Co and gad..e (BZIZ) Jo. Tape s0 at )) cord r ca . try r premixed Pint mrq� ..- M be shad" to pi. and sore.. of .sr War. Polar. or. tape. 2 M. sir. fed. N Myer of o agrr all penis of outer kry. li a tlts UL GewRrsan Design No. U465 Nonbearing Wall Rating -1 HR. 1. rronrs. 3 N lid. (i-1 / n)-0 formed d W. f 2S0 M% (n4 gee atblded to r h a . ad ding with 1A. Ae s enemata to Rem 1 CM. learn' -25 PSG min gate der .IMh to aam.nodaa .IuA mat 3 or 4 N. y. off. at Attached tocli g toes ... spa. Madding . OC. The .d ...re R t Carp. 1- 1/4'a. ton. o 12 9Nde- Cha.el .6aed. 3-6/8 K d (mN). 1 -/4 h Ow 2 fed sp folds bark C max. 3 mnrad fm n No. 25 t6G 1 <•+r•l .M etas epee. 24 h (O Tonal b I Belt owl 9atme'-(OpBor ) wool r q f .f or Me len. cam.. Meg del cavity. Sao orb galbelly 4.N gladebi Mg) 0.e gvy s naps ft eoegl t comp.. o € Walbaord O�wme�3/B N. Wok, • n dale. steeled m sell app Meer eat ooeiinqq book fish 1 b. log, Type S ca . 1 p In. C . in 0..s m o o e d e. ac sag .dpe d boat �arsapadrkhsd «paNpplenydnda d We bass. Jekd4 afrnaa saes Mw ai0oeh.d b lbs a (P `dy ;a. attached to fur. aM.e(s .tits 1 is kg, type S bat Boo. inc.-1). 80-C Cane. % awn Cs. lad. -Ty C, SCA Ws. WRX lk o 0. mt r 0ypn b. -typ. - 5 or c C _ Ehr OPes=Or-AS. GPFST or GPFS-C. inflect Gipsrm Co= Typw FSN-G. FS7-0 (�p.,sCa -Type PG{ SIm. c tiypwa Co. -Type 11G-C Tenpe -Sbb.d gFbreMC n'P=ss Coro. Type TP-5 M oe N B a y . pa h t t . r ine ts1 - Mrka rows 4A. Wo SC, Sea. cox r WV eed. gpoane a. . to nen 4) -Nrn 3/4 A nick. , l. 4. ft .1.4d s da.rld N..n 4 Ate sorer . feagBr Moro. m Gym 'r. Co.-Tiyy.pe AR 48. .lacc d. �ea decode e e to n 4 and 4A) -5/8 In. INek .baled - N 6sm J. 4. 3 aced. tJM. St.Fes Op en Co. -Type .othrrod. 3 J. Tope and .npat•d e'r• Rem. Jobe compound. 2 8 appeed N two coats to o c s beck IMP. tap.. 2 k1. dale, enMddad N fiat d an fpoh.d air ae Water mg, A. b drni. nr.trd 1 d s K Ud �@�ps!� d � ulc appeal to tlr erra.. a d(c,r•re when Mows Chen Joint -Not e. Fr• Cbane4 {Op aced u. ally Mot.-1.1. ma 24 b. gob C lee q. sees frrfun. dsrMom. .pon0 aerttedly nice 24 ie. 0.C. aa x8oe. to each kdesedk. stud web 1.2 tree its. t -12 Fw -hood dee screws 'BeatUg the UL ac.nfoona italarrg Design No. L524 Unrestrained Assembly Rating -1 Hr. Unrestrained Beam Rating -1 Hr. 1. Steel e.an - .x15 min etor. 2. Flooring yncs - lh. fir. flooring, flooring, cap. Mrtfr and o b66.9 b d of w o .may con. cry t f.eig sretm. Fl.h Flaodn9-'Nom 19/32 'w. O i4 plywood maws grade - c -o E.pewea 1 of plywood D• b exbprwhrwau r . conforming . P5 1-83. Face pain t ate. mqy. To6dXn k� lei 'Shan -I i9 /3T long eel.. whit ni « 1-83. F gr. of plywood to be perpedaJOr to joist with joints shag.. 3. Floc. FwEnwa -The ant Tarr of each Oe« sy.orr to be !weed to be clad pies b Oh Type S12 by 1-15/16 b. long M o.. suss The m m so. e be. tnq. pilot etlyrMe�bwp«iq , fly fee . M 10 "n OC F e frtMeaa4epd be subno In9 roM Type st by 2 . to we war ap« e b. OC weed the perimeter d the fear old M d IM (butt) joNb of the pew. sheds Sp.. N ere fold to be 10 i. OC .W rows of .am spaced 16 Ira OC. .4. SW Job -The jab. an 7 N. min dn. with 1 -5/8 in. min math flag. and 1/ . long sOffsnk. sage, Tire pyb ore f.Nbubd fron d No. 18 WSG. gals sW. len yield etrwgah d boo b db. 000 « 40.000 psi l th coaey.arg moor wakkq sew of 20.000 a. 24,000 mi. JoMS max 24 . OC At Joist nibs .areg rappels, are avrloppd a min 3 b0. 9Mw an dhash - s 8 /1 - h X 3--1 deep if. with 1-5/8 Jett. s d n) z �r ...kV. .. of r�a d bdore eanebuatian leoda epp.t Tbe y1dp► a hp t« d M-OO engM Jobe ptoe Nth 8 R OC rm Brkle g Wand .. - ivaCabd at each and d Jo. webs ming age M . v of 1 -1/2 7Inn. by 2o-wt g•ko^ steel .a..- otosed to boBan 7. Oe Do s CO � ge � a anon. m wgpat tyr waWaad bem prb207, b tobrleatsd fron Ne. 24 L66. � adad stmt aa�ygts. h 7/8 by 1 -3/8 i. logs and Ns 25 alectrop .bet channel etre . 2 -1/2 1n. wide filth 1 i. M be sad ooh are mat ser. . be � 1/2 it pm 6. Mr kiaord, hPe�•14 -F« Max. sad 1/2 i. 8cgx b/ M N. dicta d ieblbd .tic tag drwrWar prparhd0.b to loth layer Mk.... job. rag 1 N. T 512 1.h Mad Meat caws apawd 8 i. 1 2 . tlw J oie kcabd Jok h can air a jo and spaced 12 h oer attaded et m. deli Batt Jerrie m 1- err jobbe. Outr rater m awsmby using 1-1/2 i. tang. T C = . 1 seed loci a0..ws d mr bet a i sp W 8 i.. O.C. as bcdd 3/4 Taws fiam 1hs dge, ad it tat foe with tiro In. lont.Type (ae0e 512 1d .MI screw .pond 12 t 0.C. j Edcr I drab d afar in n m a yr bebarh Fa T joints m M stagger from inner aye. Beam- . r•yr. d t it 9Y Pan fi p1y p b 512 brhge d 12 steel acr.ws spaces e BG • d-Ty Ltd -type « J ype 5 P4e Type EC-C e C•rP+ 0 nowwhh Ofv. - Type gPFS{ Pobco Co. - Type PG-C Rex. Co. - 7 RG-C Standard Corp. - Type SGi carer e-Ine d Forst Prod. 0.-Type TP-5 UMW Slobs ((ype CA-Typo C 'Baring the U_ a 6n A N owedkaark. A C Design No. X528 Ratings -1.2 and 3 Hr_ CORNER DEEMS OF 1M13 10.10 SUPPORTS IRIS WITHOUT S1B3 COVERS Se fern 2 See l.nn2 8 D 1. Steel sass d s W-shaped a .ukw .eel coke. 2 N the NSC St. Cantrueaon Naafi s mm .I adr 4m 2. Wallboard. Gypn.M -F« t W ran.. 5/5 N. or 1/2 k. tnkk fifieoord C.d. for me N fi. mast. ssribla F 2 Hr and 3 Hr M.N. 5/5 . r 1/2 k. Mkt eabead Close. for .e N otr 2 He 3 . or 4 WCo.n Owgs- I. total thick. dtree. in Wee for 1/b various re.. and mkr Cwnn ss as as Ado.c VI-Shaped Cohn. nee Cakerm She RpDr,p for Varies NoMhw mo a\� Da) tr 2 . 3 hr lf4.13 1 1 d 2 -1/{ B C D 68.153 1 I -1 1 4 8 C D Tu. Shomoi Coke. 0.188 15 4 g 1 1-3/6 2 -1/2 8 C O by aey 8 App. errs ow / In z -1/2 A c a need N the above iLUtraGaa Beads r to .erecelmahout y mahout horizontal joints Se W�oa4 0.1se h (Cleat} cot.. for nary of maWxturs. 2A W.. lypwrm' -As on .oni to rem 2 -3/4 h. thick �wm lobo. Fr 2 Hr rad . 1-1/2 ..al edcew. NMdd to aecwdaco w.h corner nets 8. For 3 N rot. 2� t C.. �s a to be IdN =conk. Tjq ts 3. step . i -3 . .ro: with 1E -5/16 r ely 1-7/16 i. ego hat. a 1/4 6. Tcld. Non . f.dcoted from No. 2S 160 gds Mee. tw.eh to to 1/2 in. .s son lJn Wendy € Comers B...0.. 2e MSG gel' bd 1 -1/2 N. Ism to e 5 •Tl to to fiolboad .M tie. 6 by t i. screws ews 12 i. OC mac 5. . Os . 1Pre -News 16 SAO clod wire spaced 24 K CC and with second I.dm.o. 6. Saww -Fr A.. .1 kpr of seaboard to eel studs and .d er of .6.d to 2 M. by 2 Ira angle (25 Ga) b Le No. 6 by / K (or 1 -1/4 h far 3/4 N. pfd. ea..) P.p. fired ✓ alai, ...wing o is bed ores spaced 24 N. OC. For arch. secTI eyr d e 2 in. r a serfs ad IaaN 6yr d wa -4 to by T K r n 3 angle thick Go) . ) No. 6 by 13/- N. (or 2 an . s Ir. for 3/4.k. thick k r s at.. reel saws d pe sane tr. s speed 12 iti lb . For 2-1 4. std toyer . d e wad. ,b.i .de to M N0.. a by 2 -1 /s i..0.... d the wad. type 7. FYt fYm Sy�dArr -giot d,.en) -Joint compound gipped wr LL Ckd11a1Wn cartr beo6 r o elec d / is h. sBsaiq tlr L Oro. naa5320- W6S5t.01 Mobs. M Y 2 ■0..n b.. W. Sp. T 3. Awe. Wiun Bider of sad sad. mere to 4 1/2 h.. € R.S. Fay T$ 5 Nemec smirk Nmdid 4-h. dander dye bd wdR NaM 4-e dons. (or sr.r) .w BM APwrtm orrlsr- L 16enes5 serer spa npeest Y am. pose wheat Mo. anew spew duweb b 3/4 id. 2 R. pork. mb4d (bdna4 sera mt. ate) I/2 b. from 0.e are. of he he.. • F6 the antr sax owed lr phe 1/2 arm elce 2TB Os. € The Pre aloe d We am 25 Cad b bd w the w estabd d pti Selem may b acad. d. erlsallw L boning xe:SWFwwE731 (Reears :v il.gi} 2 51 Jeimedse a. Flr.p St MOM o< AS31 E O4 (A143/112 1419) 3. Am.. le.bs 6dd.s d.1 cesb.b 4-I/2 bhr. asy UL d.Ml.d em.b tilde € R FS HIS 5. Pr.6dg 1.(kltesid 4-e yea .(r end . 11.3 4-b M. did stet aedi fi Nebo 4-le d's.w .der )0. BR 1811.001112211.1. 1. eel as Belp.l+wetiy w bon Me of MA ewes 2 lie. a.dirmow nee.ert a 1a p.. met D.t. ender sae dsasto is 3/4 tmhe € i. lofi.d or es. 1 Sties of efey peeled b.peweekr. or need cod 1/2 belts Tan `sd.w der Om € FE... N. sod 0.o pee .M nreln.rr 1/2-1. esi el CP a Bast 2 Mows sew reeke,r. Made Pee or Ora. agate f l.. 4 i be. Spew 0-3/01. 0-1/4 Is • 3e ... m. Cote to be force is to ands sewalee sees dst tombs b. elr x .15. A tic Moir d d l CP 25fas to the mt. d to pee/ax. et bro. own s eat SgMELCILI. I. Dry Ib:ssm -YCIIOt Qh4ad.e Y Oq} UP 7re0 -RMdw Rea 51M. • N.P. ow .0591 E ES (aeNL 747. FN Ti 1 Ass111p 1-. 6..d.d mew wbaai /Wd or.. 1106 sal r t6F aad6 4-b. ere. soy sty to red 0. .i awtaald wee s.1 deed W4 € MI. Ter- TMr. sE. 2 to ran. Ha dare. m6t T• lc .tr moos t aT.rr.(r maw) ears_ 3. Peewee ee(.k ltalh. 4 dery (r ear} NW. 4i. dbeer (r serer) ripe set weft Naas 4t dbnir (r seer) sloe 1311 oo N..el 46. Mr. Or ....be or sees FIRESTOP THROUGH C GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1'.1/4" PIPE GREATER THAN 3' DIA UL. MIEN 1 319 (1 4 TO 8' TYP ON BOTH SIDES IA MIN# 315 FIRESTOP THROUGH 0 CONCRETE FLOOR (2 HOUR RATING) I UESTOP THROUGH °CONCRETE WALL (3 HOUR RATING) t RCM GPM L Y.Ms 6elp drwy w tee Ad♦ d the ad MM. ASSF3ST aer.rF elm at SAIL S11D SUPPORT - PIPE WRAP OR INSULATION AS REQ1 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOAM BACKER ROD toE. C) wan nutria oae3t3E OR PROM. AE 9.1601 AS 110.11D a a903IE SEE OF Caper. Its 0 awn Im a came at mama NONE FaE srREN AS MAID d MOPE 9la CF COME MX 494. STF8 PPE 0 COONT 1' SARNO BATT INSULATION LL 56551 f 141(0) HOUR RATING) are Mel 085- IPFSC1 PIPE 3' DIA OR LESS MP Oka e30-1P131B1 3. ne WIMP t LE Al - LOW& TITLE O TYPICAL PIPE PENETRATION THRU PARTITIO'TAtL5 SCALE: NTS trick 1199E X1.1 g' ,. $ a n n ! i t Pa P ,.oc ' 8•`� 19! ` . 1 E C 83 Pg ; 1 °9 :14. 2$ ,�o t0 E� 3 $cx ° m � q c� ° L p o 6 a So o goo e E °EE « 4 S u °� ° 'c�i 644 c �i ih 3 Y 0 n III 'Go g SiovY 3 g'�iu 3 Enti +�"�$ ° °Y 1 1; ° 'n jOI iii! 20 $: EE !i Sc a$ !lipI : R! °o °'Ya C i : g' ° ° >000> Ili ' ; iithq! L s - g« ' _ "s s °erg ° o ° LO d. c ^'S `o'gca boa$ orc`o L I O I � o 51° 1 .°.cr c '9'o q ° q i $ E�EE °$ `o a I^ :u2 .°.$ ° 3 : ° . a4 riEc� Eu <°.•a'Sae !`3 �,?$3 ; PmX1 ; r�a�a 142•0*10001 910,0 YNOYIiN )(IIJ ow Up a11nnS '1S Hitt N 141.E 11 119"OSJ • ONitti 9d • N91Sa0 81OINILINI • ranna1N1nV .; 5°1 .t g p' Ell jai ifi qq 48V oo 841i1 11 4 gl jig :1 ill'. 451 11; ' ! ° te 3 - e & 5 o E 1 o w fill. Pis 1° 2 s ; 01- fill. °'E1 3c. � ;41 com� c '� gct �' C 4''£'i �o' I I I Mt] 1g$ $LL°1 " pL °c f'$ o mar O[C gb « $C ,CV $, g8 11:11$111111411421 S1E c4° °gE c ° E` °� il °•s'go e o ° r,�g° o� pg p �G mo 2 � $E « 3�'rds �q,s =��a° 'ES �°. i F`. °LPi o gE$v« E °°o� B r 0 x ' g flit AI 11 It 14 1.i 21 Ttil 10b1 rt ill l 2 I 2 51 ; 1; lig 44 1 g , 8 �$. $ '2!! JI g tl! ti 1m bi \ $ ,' B 111,11,K t "- gi .9 rib r 0 l 11 11 4 I g�.Fs $� � w � � � B ��g �g g$ : 5 I t 1 Il- E t o� B t g '' L , ° ee° Q so 5 e t y � 5 9V `t ° ' s .. " B p B o Ja app I ° 5 3 v M a'1 , b a I $ .r I S I C b g'$ $° I -' . o �- ^ a �b i3�i�d� , 3 � o o "d�t�`A•'�' bC�i � I S r�� c k E Eo `�C 5420.4 n�` 5,d .eo ri °° � ri e� $u« p$ rl "in �� e o E � �� 'S°E 2'33 . «,. M . oaA8 3s . °813^1 M :'aroaf a r' utJ �$ .r F A �n Ji P ;At rn .• ,T P �'i l «5 E .- Fwm J'-ti s r� � o _ 8 .r4 � � $$ ° m °�P a ° a^ itik _ o__ °gig 1° •�'cc �ree' o d ° , ° °8 ° U uy $ El °a�". • ' ° ^t °•' ;° Y o ff ';In o o , °os 5 0 Lib rn 2 x c � e � x E �O � 1 $ � 'dS �d «a c,. d'c ^Le a °o• ° ° F_8F qt «` a$ ^ cpb� 3 5 pO C .5 °�0 `o m ,' 8c 8 � y E�oeg Ir vY `g $u �j c° U' � °o«°$,g'c$ � � � ~�°� 'S 4 ; 1 11 g . } yY q�, 3 O t ° ,°c Ir °o . c all g c_E� ag$ °O ^ S. of i::=214-4! c � e 3 � ° � $ t � °` "° "°' �1 ,` ° $ � -g 0 0'�� o e m . •Z o ° 3 u �+ c, $ ' C e � �i� c " - � °� ° C$ �»� 2. c c E c � � S � o'G no «�\ � c� ma 0 Usac °U g Y 6Rt''$c�'� fi °Z �" cm $O C� « p �• OmG� t' � $p$ Ohl $'° c $$�b �t��•��,� §� cgg ° �• 5 to�8$ �'v °4� E •�]'t3 ��^3e ' S 2 g: o •. v°e ` d..' J° «E °� ° �e L 3�u � 3 0 -0 0 ._ « � Y V. 8 .e $'..o o E�v ° '°"�uom $ ° � c - yy n �, °a %no21 �. ' i n °p 3 p mE L « ,, QQ �° 21° � $•a °EO = : Leo E agokco. o t$Ec �' -o._p °.BY L o 3 „ °vc ;$11'111 =� ®$ = 0 , 8 •- Et> '� a : �y ° v .k'm ���5° �od`z'Y=p ' - ° c ` $ �� � g 3g8c° €eg ° $ �gE oo -$3N� v °O ° ^ a ° ° °o�uE6 ° w �l° x o c i o Vm 3v 'L •€ 'ii L",Poo$ °'og8 ee,. $ v ?2 � t8° $ o ^ � � v� E C 2'S �1 $ E ~ 3 of .� a E$ sv 1 1 ° $ =c 4� ; ' $ o op u. $ j g5 Ig ° 3 2 2 :16 d ° °0 i!,5 e ' 3 r c e "•` ' b $ E 3 "e 1 5' °' L� i c 41! - ,$•k -• s �4 °i N Jp yo p I M $ N J CF t5 0 � , ,! 1 11 'r ;._ v_ x° a g �, ¢ v c E 11 o Ai vi ,•i' "' 1 0 S e o 'S o < t c c �. J o ,f 5 »U ° no -$� O$i C B$ Ail M M °cU �''388'�'"a°$dY'.�' °'o• n : :'ggaY�gE OE rE :''w °c $ 1 E c E ° � 00 g 111 g!zg1 Ili! $ �:ge ° b .9 € 1e° m..s$g 0 0 � 31131. /114 1°$ o cS y s . L ° c :11 s° 1 9? N uo °p C o F g €� c �° $ G p. g s�O ° .S. C C O a$ o g S • g 11 Z a I't'il c 4 4 .-91131 8'S :WW1 a 1 I m 3 c.5 3 i!1: i T3 C `o TB 3 ° 3 E m 1 L.1 ga E aa$,c B e � g Is � s n$2 a i tl E ,� E B i m >-m $ e v o C°i•5 fo c 1 91 1 mg ov a- $a Jowl 11, ton 'oN coeds HOGRIM dO tP1OIS 1 L ay = 7t E1 os `oE 0 w�L7% 2 E 2 b c E 4 _ 5 t5z Ei Z T«°2 C3 sp ° y ` n co $°8c a o LS �c n�a px•- °$ c C �+ C t p ° o ct 5 °�•, d U VI c v C p e ° o ®'J m r og' m ° 1 V a• 3$ g ?gm a o0 8 c ° 5$ Y �� =e & $ °3 € 0 ° I- c + n g p m o ? . 53 a. ° L$.8 8 g'. b e8 0E_� 71°t. g > c r ?t I I i lliga �` L C uo `omens Hew ro ueoqnos p '8 l iqj E . 'g €,� - � e ° ° 11!!! it 9 6; i$ a i gip ®® 5r ,Y' G C :CL °m _5 'ill. g II s a G w €rs WV' g s s 2 4 . 2 - g , y s Migilig 1 p I Ca ° «c - o P d ° e • ' x. a ,n I a. fill '°3 °$s & i, ! �rgtt�c� .' ° c e r} o'o e o ° o N rl g l c A l c L o i I r$ 3a :sSo$ E s r" i M :i$ a3gcS ! «3' o C a �! C� od$cv • EE3S `m !:2 g �°'a° v � o $$ o 1 .2 1 1 1 1 3 ;- 3c $c E � ° :5oo : 2 :!! o a g °a ��.., c ° E 2x,'12 ° �42 ov7« c U c m o� 0 8 Illi o o•p•ou'E eggs• y°o ,Ly c cB° ° °Bo Y o$ h o o o 9 : 3 a ;4 t° i n l w ° e§o cLii 1 4 2° ^`c y 2 c'n ! D° 'all ° $8f ° al C7.11'6o 8GT3 c '3 e:�b o rnsP$C3 c$° WI q a ;q is a ciEEE ra . B OS 8r�° wg ° oy��c zg� t T° �E r"s0 o �.- �i° t a 'O °'! Z o aF� c It:!! � pa`$ 8 � y !i!!!!!! t 0a 1 "2. --; E ; 00 °e aG° ° u 8 Uv `o c- $a o � p o$°$ € p E" j n i`o$o 1E1.0 u off''• Pl. 1t2 4 $ 3 1 g � �nL�o��s� a ° $���e$��t•s °c�g�o � °$� .SOgoa 3 1 . ° ° ° °'� ° ' °x',_R$ a �oo?m co $� °o�rr�,��«o��°��x$E °oEuo °o .� gve gtu ° ° °° 5 d .E8°cfi '•°c�•'3o ° °�E��PYi °m e q�s$ 3 's�ep�'�` - 8o °uc - x .41„•` -p 0 otn u ° gC ° om 6$ H,E c � g G tl � � � O °� P x s ;$oo$°ggt ; ;• ;S e °r'$ €�$ °3E 5 ;y`oa °go °$ , � ; �o o � .;� R c . B . � °Eo �'E�� o � g g b` . x 3O CO DE' :44291 1 • s L �x c°o •1 « -$ $v9 ge,14j367 11:-2 - iao-s s$ . ° o ° q $' bo '0• aet Y. pi � �- �i m m g t "'•�, �t 8 0 EE 441 E 8 � ° °a °'� `� � ° l ° .€ b a ti 1 O N •a �� O`° °C ° O N Q I m $Q-u$. oE$ tr °ice ° g« & ! g :ij ° , _�J" C` Y p J ° F �o }+!t 0 ° p @ - fi n a3 ;:1=..q � � 2 G j� - �'`< 1 ,c R'.' g 9s°p F Ei " ° ' 3 ', cpp 9 l °o:Y 'Sm ° to cS,'yR }«u m ' °OL1�`O P'. o g. : - .4 L O °J 3 6 ° t 1 °a% C °10 gC' c m Exp° N`c°togi; IT 11],44 1 2 1. 1 €N €.Ea` '�g•{3�oc� O oY m`Or M °uo °��C XD 3 pig::$°. ;.I1 3 s p gg 4 U p °c" °� u J °b�� cook � C 3E ° 4 ; a ° I :;! 1 : uo ; j :ii! � °° o'�� ��cO p hi c t ij " 6 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK WORK COVERED eV CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Describe location and scope of Project. B ose Bid: The bid shall include labor. material, equipment, services and transportation necessary for the construction of the Project. Tenant's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Tenant reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Doto. and Samples. to Contractor. 2 . Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery. inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and reploce damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for Manufacturers' warranties, inspections and service. Contractor's Responsibilities: ,. Contractor shall give Tenant written notl a stating dotes when Tenant - furnished hems must be received at the job site to insure Project completion in accordance with established schedule. 2. Review Tenant - reviewed Shop Drawings, Product data, and Samples Re.-eite and united products at site; inspect for completeness or damage, jointly with Tenant. Handle, store, assemble. install, connect and finish such produtts, including furnishing lubricants and fluids and procedures required to render product serviceable and operative. CONTRACTOR USE OF SRE Limit use of site to allow: 1. Tenant occupancy. 2. Wont by Others and Work by Tenant. Tenant Operations: 1. At no time during the work shall Contractor place, or cause to be pieced. materials or equipment, or other items, at a location which would impede or impair access to or from the present fealties for customers, employees or delivery personnel. 2. Oartractor stall cooperate with the Tenant in providing traffic control during course of construction in order to minimize to Tenant's customers. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Provide protection of en a ency exits during the entire course of construction. Cation Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings and aimed by the Landlord, including storage of materials and equipment Utdtty Outages and Shutdown: Interruption of utility services to the nesting buiting(s) is not permitted. TENANT oCCuPM4CY Cooperate with Tenant to minimize conflict. and to facilitate Tenon& operations. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement PERMITS. FEES AND NOTICES The Conaactor shall secure and pay for the bulding permit and for other comas and governmental fees, licenses and hrgractions necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are oustomarty secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required at the time the bids ore Twee. or concluded. This shoe include, but not be drifted to: uil ng Permit. Inspections and Certificates '. 'Ste Fez Marahai and County Health Deportment. The Controetor at comply with and give notices required by taws, ordnances, W. regulations and lawful order. of public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. ft is not the reaponai etiy of the Contractor to make certain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws. statutes. building codes and regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect. he shall promptly notify the Architect and Tenant in writing, and any necessary changes shall be a bMd by appropriate Modification. if the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, adlnances. rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Architect and Tenant. the Contractor shall assume fns responsibility therefor and shall bear attributable costs. SPECIAL SRE CONDmONS The Contractor shoe be completely responsible for protecting the existing building from damage and /or injury due to thin Work and shot repair at his expense and to the Landlord's satisfaction, ail areas damaged as a result of his Wont. APPROVED APPLICATORS Vetere epedtic instructions in the Sp.ifications require that a particular product ad /or material be applied and /or installed by an 'arrayed , applicator it shall be the Contractor's rwspwwz_ r m ono that any Subrontractar or Subsubcondxtor used for such Work is in fact currently owUfted by the particular Manufacturer for this type of installation or application. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Use only Manufacturers whose equipment Is acceptable as to manufacture, subject to oonfom anee with the Contract Documents. Careful checking must be mode by the Contractor and the manufacturer or equipment supplier to verify that the equipment win meet an capacities, requirements. space allocations and is suitable to the intended purpose. REFERENCE DATA Refer.: data trade eveeabfe to the Contractor is for the Contractor's information only, and neither the Tenant nor the Arcddtect assume any responsibiety for the Contractor's conclusions. The Contractor shall establish and maintain all buildings and construction grades. lines. levels. and bench marks The Contractor shall not remove any property fine markers or monuments or data established by the Landlord. ARCId1ECTURAL BARRIERS It is the desire of the Tenant that the facilitise and improvements constructed under this Contract meet or exceed the intent of oppticoble public low concerning prohibition of discrimination, and that no individual be discriminated against on the basis of disability in the full and equal enjoyment of the goods services. fauTtties. privileges. advantages. or accommodations of this completed Project. The designers and drafters of these Documents have intended to ineemearee these Tenet's intentions into these Documents. The Tenant hereby solicits those providing elements of this Project to bid and contract for the Project as required by these Documents, but at the time of submitting Shop Drawings. or sooner when appropriate. and without causing delay in the Project. to also submit proposals for improving the accessibility of the Project to physically or mentally impaired SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES ALTERNATE BIDS Aitemates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner - Contractor Agreement. Cost of Alternate shall include cost to coordinate rdated work and modify surrounding work as required. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required. Insert coat in the respective locabons as provided on the ProPosal fore. Each Aitemate item bid bs to include its proportional amount of overhead and profit SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING SECTION INCLUDES Cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill required to complete Work, and for, 1. Making several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncovering portions of Work to provide for installation of RI -timed Work. 3. Removing and replacing defective and non- conforming Work, 4. Removing samples of installed Work required for testing, as directed by Architect. 5. Providing routine penetrations of non - structural surfaces for installation of piping and -electrical conduit. 6. Attaching new matenais to existing remodeling areas. SUBMITTALS In advance of executing any cutting or alterations of Landlords construction, submit written request to Landlord requesting consent to proceed with cutting which affect,: 1. Work of Landlord. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of Project. 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather - exposed or moisture- resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency. operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. PAYMENT FOR COSTS Cost caused by ill -timed or defective Work or Work not conforming to Contract Documents, including costs for additional services of Architect and Engineer to be paid by Contractor. Cost of Work done on written instructions of Tenant, other than defective or nonconfom9ng Work, will be paid by Tenant on approval of written Change Order. Provide written cost proposals prior to proceeding with cutting and patching. MATERIALS Provide for replacement of Work removed. Comply with Contract Documents for type of Work standards and Specification requirements for each specific product involved. INSPECTION Inspect existing conditions of Work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching. and excavating and backfiltng. After uncovering Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products and verify procedures with Architect. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions in writing to T nont. Da not proceed with Work until further instructions are received. PREPARATION Provide shoring, bracing and supports as required to maintain structural integrity of Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Work from damage. including elements which may be exposed by cutting and patching Work Maintain excavations free from water. ERECTION, INSTALLATION AND APPIJCATION Employ original installer or fabricator. or Landlord approved installer or fabricator, to perform cutting and patching fon 1. Weather- exposed surfoces and moisture- resistant elements such as roofing, sheet metal, sealants and waterproofing. 2. Sight - pp finished surfacers. fkotl Modionsto existing Landlord construction. Performance: Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with and match specified tolerances and finishes. Fit Work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces. Conform to fire code ro uirements for penetratlons and maintain Integrity of fire walls and ceilings. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which prevent damage to other Work to provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new Work. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which prevent damage to other Work and settlement Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products. functions. ' tolerances and finishes. Restore Work which has been cut or removed. Install new products to provide completed Work in accordonce with requirements of Contract Documents and as required to match surrounding areas and eurfaces. Refinish entire surfoces as necessary to provide on even, matching finish as follows: Continuous Surfaces: To nearest intersections. Assembly Areas: Refinish entire room area. SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PRECONSrRUCTION CONFERENCE A Preconstruction Conference to discuss the Project work will be held in a method and at a time and location designated by the Tenant Contractor, and representatives of major Subcontractors. shall meet with Tenant. The purpose of this conference is to discuss the Project in detail, including scheduling of Work, and to answer questions. Unless followed up in writing, verbal authorizations or acknowledgement of those present are not binding. PROGRESS MEETINGS At time designated by Tenant, Progress Meeting will be held at Project site. Contractor and representatives of major Subcontractors shall meet with Tenant. Contractor d responsible for notifying Subcontractors of their required attendance. These meetings will address progress of the Work and problems that may have developed since the previous meeting or start of construction. SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Submit completed construction schedule to Tenant no later than 7 calendar days after date of Agreement and update regularly during construction as determined by the Tenant. Submit current schedule with each application for payment. Submit completed material delivery schedule to the Tenant no later than 14 calendar days after the date of the Agreement. Identify material critical to the progress of the Project and those Indicate for which long lend time in procurement is anticipated. projw: d dotes for submittal, order and delivery of such material. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Shop Drowinga: Following Contractor a review and approval, submit to the Tenant one reproducible transparency and tw:1 prints of each Drawing for review, Comments, if any, will be noted directly on the transparency and than copied to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then print and distribute the appropriate number of copies to the various Tfodes and to Contractors job perearnel as required. tf c transparency is indicated to be corrected and resubmitted, correct and resubmit as outlined above. Verify that number and types of drawings ore adequate. The following Itat is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the submittal of required shop drawings, however, the requirements specified In the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this Rat is not to be interpreted as being complete. Edit the following list to match the Table of Contents and any edits mode to shop drawing requirements within the technical sections 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames: Elevations, details, locations, hardware installation 08210 - Wood Doors: Schedule, details, elevations 08305 - Access Doors; Sizes, construction, installation 08330 - Coiling Doors and Grilles: Type, operation, finishes, installation, indtcate ratings for fire doore 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Elevotione, details 08710 - Door Hardware: Location, details 09680 - Corpek Soom locaticn, edging eonditiona 10400 - Identifying Devices: Sizes, construction, layout Delete if no fire alarm system /fire sprinkler system. The requirements for review of Shop Drawings L, state and local agencies varies and should be verified. In some Instances, additional items such as prefabricated joists may require review of shop drawings by the Building Department and this requirement should be specified here. Fire Alarm System/Fire Sprinklers System Shop Drawings shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted to the state and local Fire Marshal and obtain approval prior to installation. Fire Marshal inspection, test and approval of completed installations shall be obtained prior to acceptance of the systems and Substantial Completion of the Project. Product Data: Following Contractors review and approval, submit Manufocturere catalogs and brochures to the Tenant. Resubmit corrected copies for approval in accordance with original submittal. The following list is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the submittal of required product data, however, the requirements specified in the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this list le not to be interpreted as being complete. Edit the following list to match the Table of Contents and any edits made to product data requirements within the technical sections 03200 -. Concrete Reinforcement: Certified mill test reports 03300 •= +Cast -In -Plats Concrete: Manufacturers Specification. for accessory products 03720 - Concrete Resurfacing: Manufacturer's specifications/installation 04100 - Mortar and Masonry Grout: Mix design, colored mortar proportions 07255 - Sprayed Fireproofing ofing Manufacturers Instructions, test data 07270 - Fireoppkg Manufacturers specifications, UL or Wam�ck Hers test reports /certiflcats of compflance 07900 - Joint ey Sects s: Manufacturers specifications /warranty/color chart 08210 - Wood Doors: Manufacturers data, certification if fire door 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Manufacturer's specifications/details 08710 - Door Hardware: Manufacturer's data 08800 - Glazing: Manufacturers data certificate 09660 - Resilient Tile Flooring: Manufacturer's data 09665 - Resilient Sheet Flooring: Manufacturers data 09680 - Carpet Manufacturer's specifications /data, carpet identification 09838 - Textured Wall Coating 09900 - Pointing: Manufacturer's specification /color chart 09985 - FRP Wall Panels: Manufacturer's a cations/Installations 10520 - Fire Specialties: Manufacturer's data/installation Samples: Following Contractor's review and approval, submit samples of materials in quantities and sizes as required. Submittals required other than for selection of color, texture, or finish shall be given to the Tenant at a time determined by the Contractor. which will allow for resubmittai and which will not cause and delay in the Work. Corrected samples shall be resubmitted for approval as per the original submittal. The following fiat is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the submittal of required samples, however, the requirements specified in the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this fist is not to be interpreted os being complete. Edit the following list to match the Table of Contents and any edits made to sample requirements within the technical sections 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Color, texture variations 09200 - Lath and Plaster. Two (2) samples 09660 - Resident Tile Flooring: Color. pattern 09665 - Resilient Sheet: Color, pattern 09680 - Carpet: Monf., name, pattern 09836 - Textured Wall Coating 09900 - Pointing: Colors. sheen, texture 09985 - FPR Wall Panels: Full range colors. patterns Color Selection: Within 21 days of the date of Agreement, submit to the Tenant for approval. samples and appropriate information required for the selection of colon, textures, and finishes for the entire Project. Final selection of color, textures, or finishes will not be made until all applicable and related submittals have been provided. If the Contractor fails to provide the required samples and related information within the time period. the Tenant shall have the option of selecting colors, textures, finishes or specific materials from those specified or approved and the Contractor shall be obligated to provide the material selected. QUALTY CONTROL SUBMITTALS Verify that number of copies is adequate. Verify that number of days is consistent with schedule for start-up of project. Equipment Lists: Following Contractors review and approval, submit complete list of all major items of mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment and materials,. Submit all items at one time. Submittals shall include the Manufacturers Specifications, weights, space requirements, physical dimensions, rating of equipment and supplemental infomation requested by the Tenant. Submit performance curves for pumps and fans. Where a submittal sheet describes items in addition to that item being submitted, delete such items. Cleary note equipment and materials which deviate from those shown or specified in size, weight, required clearances, and location of access. Modifications to the Work as shown or specified in submittals shall be indicated and shall be provided by the Contractor as a part of the Work. Manufacturers Instructions: Where Project requirements require Work to be furnished, installed or performed in occordance with a specified product Manufacturers instructions, distribute copies of such instructions to concerned parties. SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES The following list is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the ditermining testing requirements for the project, however, the requirements specified in the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this list is not to be interpreted as being complete. 1, Cost -In -Place Concrete: Test cylinders, slump test(s) 2. Mortar and Masonry Grout: Test of grout mix 3. Concrete Unit Masonry: Prism testing 4, Structural Metal Framing: Welded connection test 5. Sprayed and Cementltloue Flreprooflng: Sample and verify the density of the direct -to -steel fireproofing as applied 6. Resilient Tile Flooring: Moisture content of concrete sub - floors. CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Where Specifications require thot a particular product be installed and /or applied by an Applicator approved by the Manufacturer, it ie the Contractor a responsibility to ensure that Subcontractor employed for such Work ie approved. Such Subea Octoe(s) shell provide evidence of being approved when requested by the Architect or the Tenant. Work shall be executed by mechanics skilled in the Work required with a minimum of two years experience working with the specified product application or installation. Conform to the methods, ltandards and accepted practices of the Trade or Trades Involved. SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTON FACILITIES AND TEMPORAR7Y CONTRO GENERAL Comply with codes regulan re otable drinkin water, sanitation, dust and con Vol, tlo fire s protection, p and other temporary controls. Remove temporary office facilities, toilets, storage sheds and other construction of temporary nature from the site as soon as the co ress of the work will permit. Recondition and restore to a condition acceptable to the Tenant, areas of the site occupied by temporary facilities. Obtain written approval from the Landlord a minimum of 72 hours prior to disconnection or shutting off service or utility. - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY Connect to existing power service as approved by the Landlord. Power consumption shall not disrupt Tenant's or Landlord's need for continuous service. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location. Provide temporary electric feeder from existing building electrical service as approved by the Landlord. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide flexible power cords as required. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets to provide branch circuits for power and lighting. TEMPORARY UGHRNG Provide incandescent lighting for construction operations to achieve a minimum lighting level of 2 watts //sq. ft. Provide adequate floodlights, clusters and spot illumination to work areas after dark Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. TEMPORARY HEATING AND VENTILATING Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation Is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of fitters and wom or consumed parts. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F. in areas where construction is In progress, unless indicoted otherwise In specifications. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. Utilize existing eentltotion equipment. Extend and supplement equipment with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. TELEPHONE SERVICE At time of project mobilization, provide telephone and facsimile machine for field office. A pay phone is not acceptable. Maintain and pay for telephone service, including costs for long distance eervloe and calls. TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for continued operations. Extend branch piping throughout the site to provide outlets for hoses with threaded connections. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Exieting Mali facilities shall not be used unless approved by the Landlord. At end of construction, return facilities to some or better condition than originally found. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION Provide adequate number of fire extinguishers to protect the Work. Provide UL labeled ABC all- purpose fire extinguishers adequate in size and number. Comply with Landlord's and Tenant's fire insurance requirements and Local and State governing regulations. BARRIERS (BARRICADES) Provide barriers to - prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect exietbng facilities and adjacent properties from doloage from conuco opati construction and exten ti t str with Lan dlo 005. tericoa Crdinate for location, Cri Construction. Contact the Landlord's Mall representative during initial space survey to verify requirements, and to determine 1 barricade is existing. Where barrier is to be provided by the Tenant (or the Contractor), include all costs for installation, maintenance and removal in the Project Bid. Otherwise, stipulate in the Bid that the bonier is provided by others at no additional cost to the Tenant. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights -of -way and for public access to existing building. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and aticWIP cppircabge Install temporary doors with locksets to provide exits at ends of corridors where approved by the Landlord. Point barricade -on the public aide in accordance with Landlord's criteria, and label Emergency Exits. Paint surfaces exposed to view and weatherstrip doors to minimize dust infiltration. NOISE AND MIST CONTROL Exercise controls to keep noise and dust during construction to a minimum. Traffic or construction areas shall be maintained duet free as required and in accordance with applicable Municipal or Landlord requirements. Notify the Landlord prior to using nose generating equipment in sufficient time to permit removal of occupants affected by such disturbances. Screen noisy equipment with temporary enclosures to shield adjacent areas. EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES Provide temporary weather -ti ht closure of exterior opening. to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self - closing hardware and INTERIOR ENCLOSURES Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Landlord occupied areas or adjacent tenants, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into such occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. Construction: Stud framing and gypsum board sheet matertate with closed joints and sealed edges at intersectione with existing surfaces. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity In immediate work area to minimize damage. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jt,rnbs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials secured to the flooring to prevent accidental removal or shifting. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer or from the Landlord. No smoking, or food shall be permitted in any location within the project after installation of the carpeting. Install signs indicating such in all visible areas in the retail, stockroom, toilet and corridor. SECURITY Provide security and facilities to protect Work and existing facilities, and Tenant's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism or theft. Provide and pay for watchman service if necessary for adequate protection. PARKING Limit parking by construction personnel to area designated by Landlord. LS PROGRESS CLEANING Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases. plenums, attics, crawl spaces. and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. Broom and vacuum clean bnterbr areas prior to start of surface finbahin and continue cleanin to eliminate dust Regularly remove waste materials. debris, and rubbish from site and dispose off -site. Do not allow to accumulate. Deposit in facilities and locations approved by the Landlord. Coordinate with Landlords representative and hbs Construction Criteria. Include if applicable to project. SECTION 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT DELNERY. STORAGE MID HANDUNG Deliver manufactured materials in the original packages. containers or bundles. with the seals unbroken, identified by the name and mark of the Manufacturer. Deliver fabrications in as large assemblies as practicable. Fabrications specified to be shop -primed or shop - finished shall be packaged or crated as required to preserve such priming or finish intact and free from abrasion. Store materials in a manner to properly protect from damage. Materiels or equipment damaged by handling. weather. dirt or other cause will not be acceptable. Store materials so as to cause no obstructions. Store off sidewalks, roadways, and underground services. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting materials and equipment furnished under the Contract. When a room in the Project is used as o shop or store room, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs, patching or cleaning necessary due to such use. Location of such storage space shall be subject to approval of the Tenant or Landlord. SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS Whenever a product is specified by using a proprietary name or the name of a particular Manufacturer or Vendor, the specific Rem mentioned shall be understood as establishing type, function, dimension, appearance, and quality desired. No other manufacturers products will be accepted unless sufficient information is submitted to allow the Tenant to determine that products proposed are equivalent to those named. Prior Approvals: Substitutions will be considered only when written request has been submitted to the Tenant for approval no later than the date for receipt of bids. Each such request shall include all information requested below. - Requests for approval after award of a Contract shall be made only if the specified product is not available and shall be in the hands of the Tenant a minimum of 14 days prior to date Contractor is required to place an order for the product Contractor shall request approval of such substitution, in writing, to the Tenant and the request shall speciftcaly state the reason that the product ie unavailable with evidence to substantiate the reason. Requests made directly to Tenant by suppliers. subcontractors and distributor that.are( not from the Contractor will not be accepted. Tenant will approve or reject substitution in writing, and in such form as the Tenant directs. Substitutions will not be considered bf they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings, sample or product submittals, or if acceptance will require additional cost to the Contract Documents, Tenant a construction schedule. or the construction cost Contractor shall submit descriptive brochures. drawings, samples and other deter as is necessary to provide direct comparison to the specified materials after reviewing and determining that product meets specified .requirements. Submittals shalt be well marked and identified as to types and kind of the items being submitted for approval. Lack of sufficient information will be cause for rejection. Reference to catalogs will not be acceptable unless catalog d submitted with approval request In submitting a substitution, the Contractor makes the following jeprybntations: t 1. The proposed product is equal or superior in every respect to that specified. 2. The same warranty will be provided for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Contractor will coordinate installation of the accepted substitution mto the Work, making such changes as may be required for the Work. 4. Claims for additional costs related to the substitution which consequently become apparent will be waived. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under the Contract but excludes costs under separate contracts -and design consultant's redesign. 6. Additional Architectural or Engineering design or documentation fees required to incorporate the substitution into the Project will be paid by the Contracts at no additional cost to the Tenant. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT FINAL CLEANING Perform the following special cleaning for trades at completion of Work. Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for the final cleaning: 1. Remove marks, stains, fingerprints, soil and dirt from paint, ithin and wall covering. 2. eemove spots, soil, paint and mastic from tile work and wash same. 3. ''bean fixtures, equipment and pipt:lg; remove stains, paint, dirt and dust. 4. Remove temporary floor protections; clean and polish floors. 5. Clean concrete walks and slabs of plaster or cement droppings, paint and other objectionable materials to present a neat, clean appearance. 8. Clean exterior and interior metal surfaces, including doors and windows and their frames. 7. Remove oil, stains, duet, dirt, paint and the like from items required to have a polished finish; polish and leave without finger marks or other blemishes. 8. Wash glass inside and outside. Make building(s) reedy for occupancy in every respect. Lay heavy building paper to main circulation areas to protect the floors until final inspection and acceptance. Existing improvements, inside or outside the property which are disturbed, damaged or destroyed by the Work under the Contract shall be restored to the condition in which they originally were, or to the satisfaction of the Landlord or Tenant. At the time of final walk - through the G.C. and the Tenant will review the appearance of each area and space. The Tenant's labor, material, or rental cost of cleaning any area by will be back- charged to the G.C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS As the work progresses, the Contractor shall maintain a complete and accurate record of changes or deviations from the Contract Documents and Shop Drawings, indicating the Work as actually installed. Record information in the appropriate locations on a record set of blueline prints of the Drawings and Shop Drawings and a copy of the Specifications which are maintained solely for the purpose of this documentation. Keep this record set of Contract Documents and Shop Drawings at the project site for review by the Tenant and Architect. Information contained in the record documents shall include, but not be limited to: 1. todifications mode by Addenda, Change Orders. Construction 'Change Directives and Architect's Supplemental Instructions ich shall be transferred to the record documents. ation of site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, cables d similar work, dimensioned horizontally to permanent points reference and located vertically by indicating depth of b rial. Dimensions shall be accurate within +6 inches. 3. Lotion of building plumbing piping, sprinkler piping, 9n 9rP n. P coktrol valves, heating and air conditioning equipment, mephanicai piping, ductwork, major conduit runs. power. control and alarm wiring, etc., dimensioned horizontally to permanent points of reference. Dimensions shall be accurate within 6 Mathes. By notation, describe the vertical location of the item such as below nab; "above ceiling," etc. 4. Modifications made to accommodate field conditions. 5. Location and function of mechanical and electrical control devices and shut -off valves. 6. Revise Drawings and panel schedules to show final circuiting of electrical fixtures and equipment The Tenant will provide the Contractor with a set of reproducible drawings, of the complete original bidding documents. Seals and signatures of Registrants shall be completely removed and /or permanently obscured. Contractor shall provide the following on the Drawings: 1. Changes in the Contract Documents, secured with prior approval of the Architect, recorded in a neat readable manner. In black ink or pencil, by a competent drafter. Deletions sholl be made by erasure or sepia eradicator only. 2. Prior to application for final payment, transfer all changes. information and notations made to the record blueline prints to a set of sepia mylar transparencies. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, deliver the complete set of Record Documents including blueline prints. sepia mylar transparencies, Shop Drawings and annotated Specifications to the Tenant Tenant's_ Manual: Prior to final payment, submit one (1) hard -back, loose -leaf binder containing the following required submittals and any other required in other Sections, suitably typed. indexed and labeled for ready reference: 1. Subcontractors, major suppliers list with companies names, addresses and telephone numbers. 2. Warranties and certifications. 3. Affidavit from general and subcontractors on use of asbestos free materials. 4. Maintenance /operatt'pp instructions and parts list (other than Divisions 15 and 16). 5. List of Extra Materials supplied to Tenant, signed by Tenant's representative. 6. Other items required by the Specifications. The following list is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the determining record documents required for the project, however, the requirements specified in the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this list is eat to be interpreted as being complete. Edit the following list to match the Table of Contents and any edits made to record documents within the technical sections 1. 02050 - Demolition: Utility location /concealed obstruction 2. 08710 - Door Hardware: Manufacturer's operating /maintenance data certification of proper installation 3. 09660 - Resilient Tile Flooring: Manufacturers maintenance instructions 4. 09665 - Resilient Sheet Flooring: Manufacturer's maintenance instructions 5. 09680 - Carpet: Manufacturer's maintenance instructions 6. 09985 - FRP Wall Panels: Manufacturers maintenance instructions OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Upon Substantial Completion of the Mechanical, Plumbing. and Electrical Work. fumish two (2) complete bound copies of operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists for materials, equipment and systems, including electrical and control items, being supplied. Furnish separate copies for each Division. Operating instructions shall include complete operating sequence, control diagrams, description of method of operating machinery, machine serial numbers. factory order numbers. parts. tests, instruction books, supplier phone numbers and addresses and individual equipment guarantees. Parts lists shall be complete in every respect, showing parts and part numbers for ready reference. Maintenance instructions shall include a written list of required and suggested maintenance for mechanical. plumbing. electrical or other equipment or features in the project. Each item shall contain a brief description of the maintenance required as well as the recommended time frame or period for the maintenance. Include lists of filter sizes for air handling equipment, indicated 'washable' or "disposable" and for which unit the filter is for. Shut off valves, etc., must be clearly marked on as- constructed drawings. Assemble maintenance manual and operating instructions in hard back loose. leaf binders. Suitably label and index material for ready reference. Upon substantial completion of the Project Work, submit both copies of the Maintenance Manual and Operating Instructions to the Tenant. SPARE Tetrr5 AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Deliver spare parts. tools, extra stocks of material and similar physical items required by individual specification sections to the Tenant Obtain signed receipts from the Tenant for all items. Change over construction locks to permanent keying system. Deliver required number of keys to the Tenant. Obtain receipts from the Tenant for delivered items. WARRANTIES Submit warranties required by individual specification Sections in duplicate, assembled in durable binders with a Table of Contents. The date of commencement of warranties shall be the date of Substantial Completion, Certificate of Substantial Completion, or by other written agreement with the Tenant, The following list is intended as a guide to the Contractor to aid in the determining warranties required for the project. however, the requirements specified in the technical sections shall take precedence over this list and this list is not to be interpreted as being complete. Edit the following list to match the Table of Contents and any edits made to warranties within the technical sections 1. 07900 - Joint Sealers: 3 years 2. 08210 - Wood Doors: Hollow Core and exterior Solid Core, 5 years; Interior Solid Core, life. 3. 08710 - Door Hardware: 2 years 4. 08800 - Glazing: 5 years, 10 years sealing 5. 09680 - Carpet: 10 year Gf 314th MpV 2 1 i9* pERO Get0P TITLE_ SPECIFICATIONS A2.1 SECTION 0 -- DEMOL1t ION SUMMARY Section Includes. Demolition necessary or required so that the new construction, alterations, remodeling and related work can be performed and con .plated ie accordance with the Contract Documents. SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300: Copies of permits cnd notices authorizing building demolition as may be required by low, including permits to transport and dispose of debris. 2. Shop Drawings: Drawings of temporary structural support locations aria calculations seed by o Structural Engineer registered In the State where the project is located. Submit project reccrc documents which accurately record actual locations of copped ut !;ties, and concealed obstructions in occoracnce wYn Section 01700. QUAL, ' . ASSJRANCE Regu'.ctery Requirements 1_ nonfarm to adamtot, code(s) for demolition of structures, safety of c.ciocert structures, oust control, runoff control end dispose,. 2. Obtain reached permits from authorities. 3. Conform to opoliccuie regu.c:ory procedures if hazardous or coetominoted materials ore discovered. PROJECT CONE,T'ONS The existing oreos which ore to be demolished and remodeled •nay nave asbestos containing bu ;lo .ng motel tats (ACBM) which will be removed under a separate contract with the Tenant. Tee Comroctor for iris project shc!I coordinate work act Kites with tie Tenon: those locations where asbestos abatement .._ry is in progress. MATERIALS. Cdrefu lv remove materials trot ore scheduled for reuse, and Protect s..me. scec.fically scneauled for reuse, demolished materials shall Pee e the possessor of the Contractor cnd snail be mea :..,ey re from the site remove sc oyece,- iterns suse es ' .fight fixtures, es, tm norawom, plumb .g vies, cnd other terns : -nice .; D -a n t specit'caly ndic.^.tec far - ease, but wnicn may ave s c e value tc me leecm 9 Demoismec ate ps . eeuirmem s^,c', be st0C,,ea on cea oesi9 ec n� tie r trcr.:o- a mcrr,er ;net tie 'Mr.: D y ma : ^�ose terns wnicn nave sc'vege value ' -ose mote-as what^ are not salvaged by the Tenant snarl tiers -, '.ne ncseess :q" o :he Contrector ens shell ce :mined ately eft y remove p e or OC, as requ roc, store ono protect einsto,o: od :•e c. aria's es nicatee on Drawings. Ct['iC s %•.t specified .n Lonc.ora's Me'fy e s g �Jr Cr,. ^, ra1'y tna Ter,a n: in clsc- epontics pe "are nroceeai wth the work. requires by ire Landlord. Protect bench marks ana existing work from damage or elsplacement . iting of PR_PARAT:CN Notify offectes cornponies ono the Landlord before __ mp!y with tc;r requirements. T'rauoe, erect, cnd mo :.n ;ci^ tempo barrie and securit devices where required and es indi or. drars win or os Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures or areas. .rovide bracing and shoring, Jt :!:ties: Mork location of utilities. Identify, disconnect, remove and cop designated utilities within demolition areas. Otte. written permission from adjacent Tenants when demolition equipment wilt. traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their spaces. Protection of existing pui:ding exterior: t _sect weamerproa` closures for exterior openings. Maintain exit. requirements. 2. Protect from weather openings cut in existing roof for new work, or where existing roofing is removed to allow new construction to join existing. 3 -.toll temporary deck of exterior grade plywood and wood skids. or other approved material, for material and personnel t -affic over existing roofing, to protect existing roof and surrnunring surfaces from damage. Repair damage caused to the roof ana other items Oustproof Per . Erect and maintain as required to prevent spread of dust, fumes and smoke to other ports of the building. 2. Jesigr of temporary partitions shall 0e acceptoble to the Landlord. 3. On completion, -move partitions and repair damage surfaces to mater oejocent surfaces. Roohn.c Removal: wring the removal of the existing roofing where required. provide proper protection from falling objects. Maintain interior of pudding rain end water protection. GENERAL DEMO T :ON Corry 0, dere0i1 :or. work to cause as little inconvenience to any atl!ccent occupied ouilding areas as possible and with . inimum - nterference to public cr private accesses. Maintain protected egress and access et Cif times. Perform the remove!, cutting, driving, etc., of existing work with extreme core, end using sm..an tools in order not to jeopardize the structural integrity of the building. Safety shore existing corstructior whenever existing supports are remavea to ai'aw the installation of new work. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be r danger. Notify authority novirg jurisdiction os weli as the Landiorc end the Tenant. Do not resume operations until directed. Rebuild any existing wor k which has to be removed to allow the 'nstoection of new work os required by the Landlord. Perform cutting of existing concrete and masonry with saws and core drills. Do net use jack- hammers except where permitted by Lendlora. Provide hoses and water connections far sprinkling of debris a_ necessary to limit c _st to lowest practicable level. Materiel Disposal: 1. Remove materiels from site and dispose of in a legal manner at no oaditional expense to Tenant or the Landlord. Removal and dsposol of Debris shotl be in accordance with the Landlords Construction Criteria. Dispose of debris in a location acceptac!e any approved by the L ondlord Debris from the demolition snarl not be avowed to accumulate within the building or on ire site 2. No materiels are ID be sold on, or adjacent to, the site. Signs advertising the sale of materials shall not be allowed. 3. Burning of materials on site is not permitted. 4. Break concrete ono masonry into sections less thou 3 feet in any a mansion. SELECTIVE INTERIOR DEMOLITION Selectively demolish and remove items and materials from the interior of buildings or portions of buildings os indicated. items, materials or portions of the interior of the buildings that are designated to remain intact snail be protected and carefully worked around during the demolition work. STRUCTURE DEMOLITION Begin demolition at top of building and proceed to lowest level or floor. Dem&vh s..,, tore above e0ch floor level without damaging supporting �memoer on lower leels. Remove foundation walls an footin where re to a minimum & 2 " -0" below finished g e od e withi area of n construction. Remove concrete slobs on geode. Rouen grade and compact areas affected oy demolition to maintain project erodes and contours unless noted otherwise on drawings. SECTION 02220 - UTILITY TRENCHING, BACKFILL At COMPACTION Section Includes: Trenching, bockfilling and composting for project utilities. DEFINITIONS Utilities include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building fines. MATERIALS Pipe Bedding Fill: Material used for pipe bedding shall comply with Landlords Construction Criteria. Wa T provided where re bdlord's c o pes Cr b e and loco) Utilit of g overy nin L an authorit EXCAVATION Perform trenching required for the installation of items where the trenching is not specifically described in othc• Sections of these Specifications. Excavate for underground utilities, including fire protection lines, sewers, electrical Ines, cables, ducts and other electrical items. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Hand - excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrode. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. Do not disturb any portion of or remove support from a piping system thot has thrust blocks or other constraints against movement while the system is in service. Correction of faulty grades: Where trench excavation is inadvertently carried below proper elevations, backfill with material approved by the Landlord or local governing authority, and then compost to provide a firm and unyielding subgrode or foundation without additional compensation. Trench brac Properly brace and support trenches in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. Repairs and replacement: In the event of damage to such improvements, immediately make repairs ana replacements necessary to the approval of the Landlord without additional compensation. Crossing Protection Provide adequate temporary crossover for pecestrlen ono vehicular traffic including guare roils, lamps ono flags, as required by agencies moving jurisdiction and as directed. Underpinning: Where excavation work is required under or adjacent to existing footings, under -pin as required to prevent damaging existing construction. BACKFILLING Backfill pipe and conduit trenches in a manner to prevent disturbance tc the pipes or conduits. Fill under and around Pipes thoroughly and compact. backfill utility trenches in accordance with Landlords Construction Criteria and local governing authority. 9ockfilling prior to approvals: Do not allow or cause portions of the work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed by work of this Section prior to required inspections. Should any of the work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been inspected, uncover such work at no additional compensation. Revise dimensions or extent of concrete backfill to suit project requirements. Include the following if applicable to project. install warning tape directly above utilities 6 inches below subgrode under pavements and slabs. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SUMMARY Section Includes: Cast -in -place concrete as indicated on the Drawings and os specified including, but not limited to. the following: building foundations and slabs on grade; and site structures including. but not limited to electrical and mechanical equipment support pads. QUALITY ASSURANCE Standards: Standard for measuring, mixing, transporting and placing of concrete shall be ACI -301 and ACI -304. MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, alkali content not to exceed 0.6 percent. Use one brand and type of cement throughout Project unless otherwise specified. Structural Concrete Aggregate: Clean, coarse aggregate and gravel, free from foreign matter, conforming to ASTM C33. Aggregate shall be graded from coarse to fine in accordance with ASTM C33, Size 67. Delete the following if no exposed aggregate concrete is to be used on the Project. The following is fora 3/8" (9.5mm) diameter aggregate. Revise if other aggregate sizes are desired. Water: Potable. ACCESSORIES Bonding Agent: Sika Sikastix 300 series; PVA [re- emulsifiable; don't use exterior] Euclid Eurobond, or Dayton Bond J40 [acrylic latex). Non- shrink grouts were formerly specified by referencing the Corps of Engineers specification CRD -C -621 which has been replaced by ASTM C 1107. The standard specification requires a compressive strength of 5,000 psi, however, experience has shown that "actual" conditions may produce a lesser strength if the minimum is specified so this specification requires 7,500 psi. (Revised January 1995) Non - Shrink Grout: 1. Premixed or prepackaged , non - metallic, non - gaseous, bleed free compound; non - shrink when tested in accordance with ASTM 1107, Grade B at a fluid (flow cone) consistency of 20 to 30 seconds. 2. Attain minimum compressive strength of 7,500 psi (51 MPs) in 28 days at above fluid consistency. 3. Fluid grouts: Remain workable, flow through flow cone after 30 minutes with slight agitation, in temperatures from 40 to 90 degrees F (4 to 32 degrees C). 4. Acceptable products: Dayton Superior, Suregrip High Performance, and L &M Construction Chemicals C ystex. 'Formed Construction Joint: Standard design plastikey, tongue and groove key joint; 3 -1/2 inch (88mm) vertical dimension for 4 inch slabs. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D994. Liquid Curing Compound: • 1. VOC compliant, ASTM C309, Type 1. Class B; acrylic type. 2. Verify that specified curing compound is compatible with the floor finish material(s) and adhesive(s) that will be applied to floor surface prior to delivery of curing compound to jobsite. If it is determined that the curing compound is not compatible with the floor finish material(s) and adhesive(s) that will be applied to floor surface, Contractor shall immediately notify Tenant. Sealer: VOC compliant, acrylic copolymer type. Interior: W. R. Meadows Sealtight VOCOMP -25, Euclid Flor Seal VOX, L &M Construction Chemicals Dress & Seal WB #30 or Dayton Superior J -24 ore acceptable products. Leveling Agent: Sonneborn Sonoflow, Euclid Flo -Top, Ardex K -15, L &M Construction Chemicals Levelex or Dayton - Superior Leveioyer 1 are acceptable products. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene conforming to ASTM 02103. Concrete Accessories: Gateway Engineering Company, Dayton- Superior Corporation, or Burke Concrete Accessories. vivoru MIXES Design of '.fixes: ACI 301 and ACI 304, except as otherwise specified. Selection of proportions for normal weight concrete: ACI 301, PREPARATION Prior to placing concrete; Clean equipment involved, remove debris and foreign moteriol from the forms, remove Concrete laitance from reinforcing steel, we wood forms and masonry units in contact with concrete, No wood ou bu-in bu or nailing Clocks will be permitted to other rem perm anently cks inside the forms, Coordinate the necessary Trades as required to provide the sleeves, bolts, anchors, holes, etc., to be built in. Place vapor barrier where required over subbose with 2 inch (50mm) covering of sand immediately prior to placing of door slob at locations indicated on Drawings, PLACING OF CONCRETE Concrete Work shall be performed in accordance with ACI -301 except as amended by this Section, CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND CONTROL JOINTS Place construct ion joints and control joints where required to ensure that undesirable thermal and shrinkage cracking of slabs is minimized. Additional reinforcing may be required at some construction and control joints, and shall be supplied and installed at no additional cost. Reinforcing shall be continuous through construction joints and control joints. No concrete pour shall be longer than 100 feet or more than 4,000 sq_are feet in area. Provide shear keys as detailed, SLABS Where allowed, saw cut pottern indicated on Drawings. Use 3/16 inch (5mm) thick blade, cutting 1/4 of depth of slob thickness. REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, detail and elevations. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed, resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete except upon express direction of Architect. Patching mortar shall consist of the some materials and proportions as the original concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted. When color match is required, adjust mixture to produce o finished color to match the adjoining concrete surfaces. Crocks caused by expansion, shrinkage and the like that occur in natural color concrete up through final acceptance of building shall be carefully patched with floorstone, epoxy grouting mortar or other method acceptable to the Architect, CURING Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for the hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. During the curing period, protect the concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, porticulorly load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibrations. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials or methods. LEVELING AGENT Apply leveling agent to correct unsatisfactory floor surface due to undue settlement, shrinkage or cracking. Apply material when, in the opinion of Tenant, it is necessary to provide an acceptable surface. Application to be in accordance with Manufacturer's directions. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Tests: Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by a testing laboratory. Concrete which does not meet the compressive strength requirement of 28 days will be rejected and removed from the Project, and disposed of in a legal manner. PROTECTION Protect floor slobs from the droppings of plaster, paint, dirt, and other marring by covering with polyethylene plastic sheet, well lapped and sealed. Maintain covering in good condition until danger of damage is past SECTION 03511 - CEMENTITIOUS CONCRETE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT SUMMARY Section Includes: Cementitious floor fill as required for repair or resurfacing of damaged or unlevel slabs. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit product physical characteristics, limitations and installation details. QUALITY ASSURANCE Applicator Qualifications: Applicator specializing in performing the work of this Section, with minimum 3 years documented experience, and approved by underlayment manufacturer. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for combustibility or flame spread requirements and to UL and FM requirements where required. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: Do not install underlayment until floor penetrations and peripheral work is complete. Maintain minimum ambient temperatures of 50 degrees F. until structure and subfloor temperatures ore stabilized. During the curing process, provide mechanical ventilation and heat, if necessary, for 5 to 7 days. MANUFACTURERS F puct th following manufacture, ect to compliance urnish rod with s spe cificat ions requirements: Ar subj Inc. C MATERIALS Underla Self - levelin Cementitious t containin no gy psum and compatible with all floorin adhesives, Water: Potable and not detrimental to underlayment mix materials. Primer: Manufacturer's recommended type for substrate, Joint and Crack Filler: Latex based, MIXING Site mix materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Tenant. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Substrate surfaces to be clean, dry, unfrozen, do not contain petroleum by- products, or other compounds detrimental to underlayment material bond to substrate. PREPARATION Remove substrate surface irregularities. Fill voids and joints in sub -floor with filler. Finish smooth. Vacuum clean surfaces. Prime substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions Allow to dry. INSTALLATION install underlayment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Place to thickness required to acheive level conditions with minimum and maximum thicknesses as recommended by manufacturer. Install before partition installation. Air cure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Maintain top surface level to 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SEO5ON 04100- MORTAR ANC) MASONRY GROUT SUMMARY Section Includes: Mortar and masonry grout Work as shown on the Drawings end no specified. SUBMITTALS Mix Designs: 1. Mortar Mix Design: Furnish in oecordonce with ASTM C270. 2. Grout Mix Design: Furnished by either the grout supplier or on independent testing laborotory, Pozzolans may be used as a cement replacement in grout, Verify the use of pozzolans with the grout supplier. When pozzolans are used, request compressive strength data with mix design submittals. submit comprehensive strength data with mix design submittals when pozzolans are used. Delete reference to color when not required, Product Data: Submit current instructions stating the actual quantities of water repellent material required to meet the guarantee requirements, Submit test report data substantiating compliance with specified performance requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Some materials may hove "toxic" effects and must be used carefully in a controlled environment. Verify these requirements with the manufacturer. Also, in some cases, OSHA may require that the supplier provide a Material Safety Data Sheet (MODS) to the contractor. Regulatory Requirements: Use of water repellent admixtures shall be in strict accordance with opplicoble Federal, State ana loco! requirements, including, but not limited to, environmental regulations. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Storoge and Protection: Cementitious materials shall be stored off the ground, under cover and shall be kept dry. Mortar admixture she, be Delivered to the job site in manufacturer's original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's batch number. Store materials in original, unopened containers in compliance with manufacturers printed instructions. De not store in areas where temperature will fnli below 20 degrees F. The following paragraphs relate to the use of integral water repellent. Delete the following if integral water repellent is not to be used on this project. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: 1. Hot Weather Requirements: Wet mortar board before loading and cover mortar to retard drying when not being used. 2. Cold Weather Requirements: In accordance with "Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction" by IMIAC. Delete cold weather reference when not applicable. MATERIALS Mortar: 1. Cement: Type II Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Aggregate: Clean, sharp and well graded and free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings and organic matter, conforming to ASTM C144, except that no less than 3 percent nor more than 10 percent shall pass a No. 100 sieve. 3. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. 4. Water: Clean and potable. 5, Admixtures: Chemical: The use of accelerator admixtures, water reducing plasticizers and other chemical admixtures shall not be allowed in mortar or grout unless approved by the Architect. Mineral: Pozzolans must conform to ASTM C 618, Type C or F. 6. Mortar Color: Color shall match color of masonry unit(s). Select option. It is recommended that, if possible, o color be selected and specified to allow for more accurate bidding. Although colors available from different manufacturers are similar, it is suggested that the name of the color and the manufacturer be listed. Grout: 1. Cement: Type II Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C404 and as follows: 3. Sand: Size No. 1 for fine oggregate. 4. Pea Gravel' Size No. 8 for coarse aggregate. 5. Water: Clean and potable. INSTALLATION Installation of mortar and grout shall be as specified u'er each of the following Sections and in accordance with AMC Standard 108: Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry • Temperature: Mortar and grout shall have a temperature between 50 degrees F. (10 degrees C.) and 90 degrees F. (32 degrees C.) while being used. Grout may be poured hand ucket, concrete hopper or though grout pump. Grout spac es shall b not be wet down prior to pouring a grout. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Test Frequency: As determined by the Engineer or Landlord based upon total time for construction of masonry with not less than two tests per each level of masonry construction, foundation to roof or flows. Testing Laboratory: Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by o testing laboratory. The testing laboratory, in addition to meeting requirements of ASTM E329, must be an approved laboratory competent to perform cement physical testing. Mortar: Testing per ASTM C 780 when the property specification is specified. In case of dispute, the mortar proportions must be tested in accordance with the Property Specification of ASTM C270 Grout: Testing per ASTM C1019. The compression strength will be considered satisfactory if the average of three consecutive tests of the grout is equal to or greater than the specified strength and no individual strength test falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. The seven day test result is informational only. The 28 -day test result is to be used for acceptance of mortar. Test reports: The Testing Agency shall distribute copies of reports as directed by the Engineer. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SUMMARY Section Includes: Concrete unit masonry construction as shown on Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Indicate methods of fabrication and installation. Submit test report data substantiating compliance with specified performance requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Standards: Comply with the requirements of ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 Specifications for Masonry Structures'. Regulatory Requirements: Masonry materials and workmanship shall meet requirements of building codes which are applicable to jurisdiction in which Project is located. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Transport, handle, and store masonry units and accessory materials in such a manner as to prevent chipping, staining, and breakage. Mortar admixture shall be delivered to the job site in manufacturer's original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's batch number. Replace damaged material at no cost to Tenant. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Proper fit and attachment of concrete unit masonry is required. Verity measurements shown on Drawings by taking field measurements. SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING Coordination: Coordinate with other Trades whose Work relates to concrete unit masonry installation for placing required blocking, backing, furring, conduits and other items. MATERIALS General Requirements for Concrete Unit Masonry: 1. Concrete unit masonry shall meet ASTM C 90, Grade N -I requirements. 2. Unit sizes shall 8 by 8 by 16 inches, 3. Any unit that is chipped in excess of the requirements of AMG Standard 107 will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced. The following requirements added since ASTM C 90 is a DELIVERY specification only, that is once the units have been delivered to the site there are no requirements that the unit be installed in the wall in the some condition as it was when delivered. Standard Lightweight Hollow CMU: Manufactured from volcanic 560010 aggregate per ASTM C 331. EXAMINATION Installer shall examine supporting structure and conditions under which unit masonry is to be installed, and notify Contractor, in writing, conditions detrimentol to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed with the installation of unit masonry Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in n manner acceptoble to Installer. ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION Workmanship: Provide Standard Level workmanship as defined by AMG Standard 107. Bonding: Bond pattern shall be regular running oond unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Bond shall be plumb throughout face of wall. Mortar Joints: Joints shall be straight, clean and a uniform 3/8 inch thickness on exposed wall face. Exposed vertical and horizontal joints shall be tooled to produce a dense, slightly concave surface which is well bonded to block at edges. Joints shall be struck flush at surfaces to receive dompproofing, waterproofing, ceramic tile. or other finishes requiring flush joints that are to be concealed. Control Joints: Provide control joints, at vertical masonry wolfs where such walls exceed 40 feet in length. In long length of walls, provide joints at approximately 24 feet on center. Control joints shall be continuous full height of walls. At bond beams, control joints shall separate both block and grout; however, steel reinforcing shall be continuous. Horizontal wire reinforcing shall not run through control joint. Control joints shall not occur at wall corners, intersections, ends, within 24 inches of concentrated points of bearing or jambs or over openings unless specifically indicated on Structural Drawings. Control joint materials shall be held back from finished surface as required to allow for sealant and back -up materials. Grouting: 1. Reinforcing steel is to be in place and inspected before grouting starts. 2. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment to maintain a continuous cell area. Keep cell to be grouted free from mortar. Fill cells solidly with grout in lifts not to exceed 4 feet. 3. Stop pours 1 -1/2 inches below top of cell to form o key at pour points. 4. Grout shall be consolidated by mechanical vibration during placing before loss of plasticity in a manner to fill grout space. Grout pours greater than 12 inches shall be reconsolidated by mechanical vibration to minimize voids due to water loss. Grout pours 12 inches or less in height shall be mechanically vibrbted, or nodded. 5. Grout barrier below bond beams shall be continuous wire lath or other approved material. 6. Grout beams over openings and bond beams in a continuous operation. 7. Solidly grout in place bolts, anchors and other items within wall construction. 8. Fully grout jambs and head of metal door frames connected to masonry. Filling of frames shall be done as each 2 feet of masonry is laid. 9. Immediately remove grout or mcriur which is visible on face of masonry. Tolerances: In accordance with AMG Standard 107. Joint and Crack Control: In accordance with NCMA TEK 10 -1. Include the following if the project includes masonry fireplaces. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Masonry Tests: Inspection and testing of masonry will be performed by a testing laboratory. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. Masonry prisms shall be built and tested in accordance with ASTM E 447 Method B far each 5,000 square feet of wall area. ADJUSTING Pointing of Mortar Joints: Pointing mortars shall be identical to adjacent mortar in similar joints and finish results shall match and be indistinguishable from original mortar used. Patching of exposed masonry walls shall be done at conclusion of general Work and shall conform as closely as possible to similar surrounding or adjoining Work. CLEANING Keep walls clean. Soiled masonry from mortar and grout spills which will exposed to view at completion of Project shall be cleaned immediately with stiff fiber brushes until wall is free of dropped or spattered mortar. Clean up debris, refuse and surplus material and remove from premises. PROTECTION Furnish temporary protection for exposed masonry corners subject to injury. Bracing: Masonry walls over shall be adequately braced to prevent overturning and to prevent collapse unless wall is adequately supported so that it will not overturn or collapse. Bracing shall remain in place until permanent supporting _- elements of structure are in place. SECTION 05100 - STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SUMMARY Section Includes: Structural steel framing including lintels, shelf angles, bearing plates, anchor bolts and other items as shown on the Drawings and as specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Performed by certified welders in compliance with AWS D.1 Structural Welding Code. MATERIALS Materials shall be new, of uniform quality, suitable arid without defects affecting the strength or service of the structure. Structural Steel: ASTM A36 (Fy = 36,000 psi)(248MPa). Steel Tube Columns: ASTM A500, Grade B. Bolts: Machine Bolts: ASTM A307, unless otherwise indicated. Welded Anchors and Shear Connectors: ICBO approved, as manufactured by KSM or Nelson. Welding Rods: AWS A5.0, E70 series, low hydrogen type. Metal Primer: VOC compliant. Interior Steel: Tnemec 10 -99W (white). FABRICATION Workmanship and details of construction (except as otherwise indicated or specified) shall be in conformity with applicable articles of the latest AISC Manual, Parts 1 through 4, RISC Specifications; except Section A7 and Chapter N; and the cpolicable building codes. .` .. bstitutions: Where the steel members indicated on the Drawings c•e not available, substitutions may be made provided that the substitutions are equivalent in structural requirements . and in no way interfere with the architectural details. Bolted connections shall be as detailed or shall conform to AISC standard bolted connections with maximum number of 3/4 inch (19mm) diameter bolts. See Framed Beam Connections Table I, II, III, or IV of AISC Manual of Steel CTnstnlction. SHOP WELDING Make welds by the electric -arc process. Grind exposed welds smooth. Where weld size is not indicated, it shall develop full strength of member and connection. PAINTING - SHOP COAT Items of steel and iron Work indicated or specified to be encased in concrete or receive spray fireproofing shall not be painted. Clean steel Work by wire brushing, or by other means selected by the fabricator, of loose mill scale, loose rust, accessible weld slag, or flux deposit, dirt and other matter. Remove oil and grease deposits by solvent. After cleaning, give steel Work one coat of metal primer. Apply primer thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces by brush, spray, roller coating, flow coating or dipping at the selection of the fabricator. Apply primer at o rate of 350 sq. ft. per gallon to provide a wet film of 4.5 mils. Paint erection marks on painted surfaces. Touch-up surfaces where welding, grinding of welds, joints, etc. are done in the field. The paint shall be thoroughly dry before the members are handled or loaded. ERECTION Erect Work to the proper lines and levels, plumb and true, and in correct relation to other Work maintain this condition to completion. Exposed Steel: Verify the condition of exposed steel after erection. Exert particular care to provide a neat, accurate installation with members straight and true, corners and edges square, sharp and free from burrs and irregularities, adjacent members perfectly matched and no bolts or rivets exposed. Remove erection bolts and seats and plug weld and grind holes smooth. Field Painting: Spot paint abrasions, field bolts and field welds with same paint used for shop coat. Remove temporary guys, bracing and bracing clips, and grind flush remaining burrs, before painting. Remove welding slag, spatter, rust and burnt paint and wire brush clean welds before touch -up. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 05410 - LOAD- BEARING METAL STUD SYSTEM SUMMARY Section Includes: Load - bearing metal stud system for interior framing and load- bearing and non -load bearing exterior framing as shown on Drawings and as specified. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Design Requirements: Design structural members in accordance with AISI Specification for the Design of Cold- formed Structural Steel." Maximum allowable deflection: a. Walls receiving gypsum wallboard finishes: L/120. b. Walls receiving taster end brittle finishes, including EIFS and stucco: L/ c. Walls receiving ceramic tile finishes: L /360. Design system to provide for movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day /night temperature ranges. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Performed by certified welders in compliance with AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel. Reg Requirements: Manufacturers shall have current ICBO or C ABO evaluation report. MANUFACTURERS Furnish products of one of the following Manufacturers, except as approved by the Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements: 1. American Studco, Inc. 2. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum. 3. Western 4. Manufacturing members of the Metal Stud Manufacturer's Association, Corvallis, Oregon, (503) 757 -8991 MATERIALS Studs, Track, Bracing and Bridging: Conform to ASTM C955; ASTM A653, -G60 hot -dip galvanized coating. Verify that stud properties are included in General Structure' Notes. Track: Channel shaped; same width as studs, for tight fit; 16 gage solid web, galvanized or painted to match studs. Bracing, Furring, Bridgin Fored galvanized shoe', steel; channel shaped. Provid e CRC m - 1 -1/2 inch x 16 gage bridging. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Galvanized formed steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, Manufacturer's standard shapes. Fasteners and Attachments: 1. Sheet metal: Self- drilling self- tapping screws, type appropriate for attachment detail requirements with penetration through joined materials not less than 3 exposed threads. 2. Anchorage devices to structural components: Power driven or powder actuated, drilled expansion bolts, or screws, with sleeves. EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. ERECTION Instal! components in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Afgn floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall and partition IC.yaut. Secure in place with fasteners or welding at maximum 24 :riches. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks. Place studs at 16 inches o.c.; not more than 2 inches from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using fastener method unless noted otherwise. Erect loud bearing studs one piece full length. Splicing of studs is not permitted. Extend stud framing through ceiling to underside of floor or roof structure above. Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing for non -load bearing framing. Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS SUMMARY Section Includes: Miscellaneous metal, including items fabricated from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems in other Sections of these Specifications. Types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Carpenter's iron work. 2. Steel pipe nunrds and handrails. 3. Ladders. 4. Loose bearing plates. 5. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 6. Miscellaneous steel trim. 7. Other items as indicated or required Edit listing as required for Project. Add other items which may be specific to a particular Project. QUALITY ASSURANCE Standards: Comply with the following, except as otherwise shown and specified: 1. AISC 'Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISI "Specifications for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members;' 3. AWS 'Structural Welding Code - Steel." 4. ASTM A6 "General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates Shapes Sheet Riping and Bars for Structural Use." Qualifications: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure." PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to fabrication, to ensure proper fitting of the Work. Allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. MATERIALS Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36. Steel Bars and Bar -size Shapes: ASTM A36. Steel Tubing (Not - formed, Welded or Seamless): ASTM A500, Grad 6 (Fy = 46,000 psi). Cold- Finished Carbon Steel Bars: ASTM A108, Grade as selected b fabricator. Hot - rolled Carbon Steel Sheets and Strips: ASTM A568 and ASTM A569, pickled and oiled. Cold- rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A611. Hat -dip Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, G90 zinc coating. Cold -drawn Steel Tubing: ASTM A512, sunk drawn, butt welded, cold - finished and stress - relieved. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, type as selected; Grade A. Black finish unless galvanizing is required. Standard weight, Schedule 40, unless otherwise shown or specified. Anchors: 1. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shield, FS FF -S -325. 2. Toggle bolts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF -B -588; type, class and style as required. 3. Threaded -type concrete inserts: Galvanized ferrous castings, internally threaded to receive 3/4 inch diameter machine bolts either malleable iron complying with ASTM A47 or cast steel complying with ASTM A27; hot -dip galvanized in compliance ve ASTM A153. 4. Wedge -type concrete inserts: Galvanized box -type ferrous castings, designed to accept 3/4 inch diameter bolts having special wedge-shaped heads. either malleable iron complying P ASTM A47 or cast steel complying with ASTM A27; hot -dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A153. 5. Provide carbon steel bolts having special wedge - shaped heads, nuts washers and shims; ail galvanized in compliance with AST A153. 6. Slotted -type concrete inserts: Galvanized 1/8 inch (3mm) thick pressed steel plate complying with ASTM A283. Box -typ welded construction with slot designed to receive 3/4 inch (19mm) diameter square head bolt and with knockout cover. Hot -dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM Al23. Fasteners: Provide zinc - coated fasteners with galvanizing complying with ASTM A153 for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous metal items. 1. Bolts and nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A, regular hexagon head. 2. Bolts, hexagon and square: ANSI B- 18.2.1. 3. Bolts, round head: ANSI B -18.5. 4. Lag bolts: Square head type. 5. Wood screws: ANSI B- 18.6.1, flat head carbon steel. 6. Plain washers: ASTM F844 helical spring type carbon steel. Delete if not applicable to Project. Specified product is a "standard' type. Edit as required for Project. Galvanizing: ASTM Al23 for steel plates, bars and strips. Paint: Metal Primer: VOC compliant. 1. Interior Steel: Tnemec 10 -99W (white). 2. Exterior Steel (exposed): Tnemec -Zinc 90 -97. Galvanizing repair paint: High zinc dust content; MIL -P -21035 (Ships). ACCESSORIES Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts end anchoring devices to be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of Miscellaneous Metal Work. Provide setting Drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. FABRICATION General: For fabrication of Miscellaneous Metal Work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and fie of surface blemishes including pitting, searn marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemish by grinding or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes, including zinc coatings. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop, when possible, to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the site. Disassemble units only to extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. FINISHING Galvanizing: Comply with ASTM Al23 and A153 for the hot -dip process after fabrication. Shop Painting: Shop paint Miscellaneous Metal Work, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. INSTALLATION Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed and galvanized members, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. ERECTION TOLERANCES Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch (6mm) per story, non - cumulative. Maximum Offset from True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6mm). CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispc;e of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. z O coo 5742 REGIS A =i H BERNARD DELI SCH STATE or ttA.s:lsuara: MAY 1 9 1998 FILE. A2 - 2DWCe TITLE 5PEGIFIGATIONS A2.2 FOTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SUMMARY Section Includes. Rough came shown on the Drawings and o SUBMIT1ALS Product Dot. Submit technica tire retardant products. QUA., ASSURANCE 'PePT4 aPch Piece of lumber imming with grade and trade °mortar., Tmde mark of each o.ecc. ntry, including rigid sheathing, as s specified herein data for wood preservative and or elywood used for structural mark of c lumber groding manufacturer sholl also oppear Gracing Rules: Conform with opplicable requirements of American umber St,,dords Practice Recommendation R-16" and ro gracing rues el mulnufactu,r's association under whose rules tne , umber s oro,cec. Sr:encore, Conrcem with requirements of American Plywood Assoc.:. S Tteot. er Commerce Commerciol Standards and Amer:see Weco Preservers Associotion Stonciards, as they apply. DELIVERY. ST.:RACE AND HANDLING Pack no one Dn'iver moterols to s,te mon L.facture or,gina unopened pOckaging with labels intact. Store off gre..no to :assure cr.,eucte ventilation, end protect ogee, wniie stored ct site. Comply with TO, ,Siructions fc,r honoring. Store materials for wh,on e mcximum moisture , s specified in areas where num .n De controllec. LUMBER .ATEAS 'Species Douoics Fir c in cccorconce with Stenccrh Gracing and Dressing R.,es of WCLIB. ,rarn lumber she!, be stress grecie. sides shod be surfaced. Lumber Gnocres: As toiews oniess hated differently on the Structere Crow:nes: One HC Dadra, Const,ct,on. 2. 2, ...rds. sihs, prates. etc.: " f industrial". 3. Other ',ming .umber. 2 to 4 inches thick: Nember 2 or • Seems.• .numes end over least dimension, Number 1 • better Becees, where so nO,C. 6 P.its ar D coiLmns, 5 ncnes env cver in iscs, himensiore Se ect, 7 1/ triocking, briceinc. etc: ctiitk Meistore C,c Lt sne he ttu On. or k■Inn c At me a' nstc mcst.e comer,. expressed cs Derrceacre m the weet of the oven ary woo, she exceed Pe^cer t 'or umbe. u` Jo tr. Iwo , nch thickness na • n petch-• ekter.of of d so Mo'sture content of cver twc ncnes ,h.ckness searl conform to the cE the essoc ctor unser wee- it is emcee EA7r-NO WM P yd Ea, op, rettwcec cry wood Snail be Oen tif ied wan the APA ;ma. trace-ark ana sna meet the requirements of of ;wood oiywoce Plywooe which has an edge or s...^ sae Permanent:, exacsec re the weather sect 5e exterior tope Pent thickness arc de- tiliEction ineek seal: os snow- , the :cork,. Dne cs specified and snail cis° De stempec , ee. Dece e" Piywaeo cAC WOOD TREATME L' Pt inectrrent Wooa ana iragers Doe. .n direct contoct with e.crete or mosonry, roc.. ot or below grade only sr. be OreSscte - erect. lurnber hoover Treat. Wood Products, Inc. "Wolhnan CCA" occur, u; or top oi above tne roof deck, ▪ ieclucing the noilet benecte the flaseing at parapet caps, shali treatto lumber, iTire-Retorcart Treatment. Hickson Corp, Dricon FR1W aCcoroance UL labe Wnere reouired by code. wood studs, plates, sheetningblock.ng, etc shall be pressure treated. 2. Dime-leo lumber shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 18 nercent before milling and fire protective treatment After treatment, kiln dry framing lumber to maximurn mos, re content of 18 percent. ACCESSORIES Nails Cornrron wire. gaivcnized for exteri. Work, meeting FS er-N- 701 . Scnews: St.., domestic manufacture, be steel, except gonran.Ze0 1OT eraerior use ore brass, bronze, aluminum Or sheiniess steel wnen used to attacn items mode of those mcte6crs. Screws esed for attacning interior trim and finish - tc err., partitions sh. be Type S self -drilling, se-lapping anodized steel drywci: screws of required lengths specif•c in Section 09250. Bohs: Stanoard mild steel, squore he. machine bolts with Sad-Cr, n.-IS and malleable iron dr steel plate woshers or crriage bees with squcre nuts and cet washers s ndicated. Botts, e-rts c•ld washers, wholly or portially exposed on exterior snot be gawr■zed. tiots: Moch ne Dolts, or carriage Dolts if noted on Drawings, of struc,ro g steei with square nuts, f sizes noted on Drawings, cor.rming . ASTM 9307. Ste . pates crid angles: ASTM 936, galvanized after fabrication. Lag screws Sneor piates and split ring connectors: Conform to re,irernems t the "Notional Desigr Specifications for Stress Greoe Lumber end 0s Fastenings" of Notional Forest Products Associator. F-arning ' hongers, etc.: Simpson Company products Or Sirn,Or eevees. Porter ,iver inserts: Ramset. or as approved by Architect meeting FS 077-D-777c. Inst. as pe- manufacturer's printed e rectio cfete. ns t.Tr orge snoll be powerful enough to preveM spotting of con 3civon ik525 Toggle Baits FS FF-9-588. Fatoricatec Connections: ". Shet met' galvanizec f size anc type shown e Dr 2. Structure: Steer: ASTM A36. Weiding Dy qualified welders in corrormence with AWS 01. One shop coat f point per Federal 5.P7cm:en IT-P-86, Type 7 to ports not embedded. =RANI ING GooreinctOn, , hstel , wood from,ng mak,'g proper provisions for Work of otner ',odes. Cut wood rec,,rea to cccommodate p.mbing. necting cnc veer:De:Mo erectricor and other trades. Fir neetry arOdnd exposed terns, cs outlet boxes, conduit, pipes one ducts Protect oeiccent Work,. Before proceeding with rigid sheathing. rroke certain required inspections hcve been mode. S tr..1c,r NernVers, , Cutnrg, roternng Or drilling witnout ono CpOrOvfn k tne SIrt.Ciaro, erginee trrougn the Ancn.tect. Wood Book;ng, Prov wood backing, fu stripping or otooki , nakt.oleko rcno,inee for , nstalietion a. attachment of work of other traces. Provide cpprovea fire wood booking wr ere reacirec ey Coce in noncornoustible or fire-rated constructor. Connections, Sone. wnere recess°, W void splitting. Bolts, Drill Dolt 'k ' C5 1/32 inch rarger than bolt derneter. U se seocre plcte or malleable iron washers under heeds and nut where trey beer age.t wood. Re bolts immediately prior to coesecring with finish mcter Re--tighten exposed bolts immedietely Or to fine] inspection. Log Screws anc Screws: Suberill, use squore Plata or Piloridable Morn wesner creer log screw necds wher. they bee r on wood. Extenor Dose plates or sills restng on concrete: Bed in cement mortar To catCir C Carn:noOLIS bearing. Mortar shall consist of one part cement th three ports scna. Mix mortar in small quantities so that it can De used promptly. Size plates or sills and set evei ond true to iine. Bolt down with bolts of size, lengtn ond spccing indicated et ebettt more than 9 inches from the end of any piece. Rough framing= Fit closely, set ancuretely to required lines ond levels. and secure rigidly in pia.. Set horizontal ond inclined members with crown edge up. Reinforce cut members as directed. Bolt, roil ond spike in a thorough manner with r,ot less than the sizes and quantities indicated or specified. Structural members snarl provide full contact at bearing surfaces, Studs: Wall cnd pertitions shall be nominal 2e4 and 2e6 studs 16 inches on center unless otherwise noted or unless they are required to be forger to accommodate rnechonical Or electrical equipment, piping a. fixtures or fixtures or equipment of any nAher Trade. linless otherwise detciled, panels, valve covers, aleanouts. devices, access doors. recessed cabinet boxes, etc., shall be mounted flush with the adjacent wall surface. When any such item is of a depth where it is not procticol to use solid studding t the full thickness a the wall, the the woll shall be furred. When furring is required, it shot' extend the full width and from floor to roof or telling joists. The atudS comprising interior partitions Ond the wall matetial affixed thereto sholLextend froM float to roof 0 t ling Ibist framing except as shown. Staggered stud vialls sha.i be constructed where shown on plonS ond s detailed. Top platerin bearing partitions; Shall be doubled and lopped et each intersection with walls or partitions. Stagger joints in upper and lower members Of top plate not leSS than 4 feet, Provide blocking not less than 2 inches in thickness of same width Ps stud a follows: 1. Stud partitions or walls more than 8 feet, but not more than 14 feet in height: One row f blocking fitted snugly and nailed into mid-height of stud. 2. Walls or partitions over 14 feet in height: 2 or more rows of blocking. Locate rows of blocking so thot in no case will the distance between sole or top plotes and blocking or between I,neS of blocking exceed 8 feet. 3. Provide solid fire blocking at ceiling Ine at dropped ceilings. Pr d w s o t o ripprj fe w c h e e s r . m e indicated f or attachent of finis m n At roofs: Provide crickets, cants, equiprnent curbs, wood soacies, cont strips, curbs for plywood 0 parapet walls; other miscellaneous backing, blocking, curbing, ond wood nailers bolted to tops of .ncrete or masonry and t exponsiork joints, as specified or required. Provide trectec lumber at built-up roofs, with concrete or mosorry parapets, Install 1/2 inch treated plywooa nailer et sides f non-nail.. skylights, roof notches, equipment ana other roof penetrations. PLYWOOD SHEATHING Prywood sheathing: Instell plywood roof sheoihing and subfleoring with long dimension perpendicular tO joints. install wall sheathing with long dimension vertical. Plywood sheothing and subflooring shall nave edges blocked and nailed for diaphragm or shear wall stresses as shown on the Drawings. Piywooa shall be laid with the "C" or best face on exposed side. At ran-tongue a. groove sheathing. provide plywood clips at 24 incnes Cl. 0. maximum at unsupporteo or unblocked edges. STE WOOD TREATMENT B ockirg, studs, joists, posts, etc., within 12 inches of concrete snail be trent. after sawing by soaking ends in sol.ion or Woirnen CCA for not less then 15 minutes. Plywood sheathing on exterior wells iess than 2 feet above grade shall oe socked ir solution for not less than 15 minutes Oct:AN.° During the course of the Work ond on completion, remove excess meter:cis, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY SUMMARY Section Includes. Finish Carpentry Work as shown on Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Samples: When requested by Architect or Tenant, submit two samples of each, species of exposed wood to receive transparent finish at the site. Samples shall be 12 inches by 12 inches in size. REFERENCES Standords, Following standards apply to Work of this Section except where more stringent requirements are specified: 1. Architectural Woodwork Institute "Quality Standards", "Custom" Grade, when not otherwise indicated. 2. California Redwood Association 3. Western Wood ProdLcts Association Manual. 4. American Plywood Association. 5. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Standard Grading and Dressing Rules. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver moterials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Protect finished surfaces with removable wrapping or cooting which will not bond when exposed 95 kJOgto: AcerquIxteg estatebettleprcelett gsgisinsjraternagarlcsdilrey WCLIB stored ot the site. Provide humidity conditions which will not damoge woodwork. PROJECT CONDITIONS Verify dimensions shown on Drawings by taking field measurement; proper fit ond attachment of parts is required. MATERIALS 1 1 r o a uos d g e l mor F ke ir d. Plzi o w n olt , P e erode Base, Moldings and Trim: Grade "B and Better Select" natural Birch where stained, Grade "C and Better Select" Fir Maple, Poplar or Pine where poi. finish. Grounds. Blocking ond Furring Strips: #2 White Pine, construction grade Douglas Fir or other sound softwood. Fire treated lumber as required by codes or construction type. Shelving: Douglas Fir, surfaced (S4S). Shelf and Rod Supports: Knape end Vogt Mfg. Co. No. 1195. Vertfy with Manufacturer's literature. Shelf Standards and Supports: Knape and Vogt #255 and #256, or #87 ond #187 PREPARATION Priming: Back-prime wood surfaces inaccessible and unexposed after installation before delivery with an approved linseed oil and aluminum primer. Prime coat unfinished metal parts. INSTALLATION Use only hot-dip galvanized or aluminum finish or casing nails_ Set nails for putty stopping in surfaced members. Hammer marks not acceptable on exposed finished surface and are subject to rejection of member by Architect. Make end splices exposed in finished members bevel splices ond not square butted. Install members in as long lengths as possible. Install Work to details shown; plumb, level and to line and securely anchored. Make scribes, where required, accurate. Provide and install other miscellaneous millwork items and related items required to complete the Work. Prepare woodwork installed by cleaning and sanding os required to receive finishes. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on nomp remove and dispose of exCeSS materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SUMMARY Section Includes: Architectural woodwork as shown on Dm and as specified herein. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing layout, elevations, dimensions, hardware, construction details, and schedule of finishes. Samples: Submit two 12 inch x 12 inch (300rnm x 300mm) samples of each wood species to receive transparent finish et job site and at mill. QUALITY ASSURANCE Standards: Comply with the following: 1. AWI "Quality Stondards" for woodwork quality. 2. NEMA for plastic laminates. Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver muterials to site in Manulocturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact, Adequately protect agoinst damage ond moisture while stored at the site. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions for handling. Provide hurninity conditions' which will prevent domoge to wooawork. PROJECT CONDMCNS Verify that field measurements ore as indicated on Shop Drawings, Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Tenant. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfoces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work, WOOD" MATERIALS Seiect required grade. Insert species and cut of wood. Refemnce AWI standards. Hardwood Lumber: AWI PremiLm Grade; averoge moisture content of 6 percent, SHEET MATERIALS Hotd000d , P y 1 , 5 , / e w o i r e I, m m e a n :t e ri c rs , 0 r ot p4or [Ve i r and cuts. Wood Particleboard; AWI standard, composed of wood ahips, medium density, made with water resistant odhesive; of grade to suit application; sanded faces for drawer construction and shelving. Hardboard: Pressed wood fiber with resin binder, tempered grade, 1/4 inch thick, smooth one side, for drawer bottoms, gcbles and backs. LAMINATE MATERIALS Piostic Laminate: NEMA L03, GP-50 Generol Purpose type; color, pattern, and surfoce texture as selected or as noted on Drawings. Provide PF 42 Post Forming type where indicated on Drawings. _aminate. Backing Sheet: 0.020 inch backing sheet grade, undecorated plastic laminate. ACCESSORIES Adhesive: Type recommended by Laminate Manufacturer to suit applicotbn. Wall Adhesive: Cartridge type compatible with paneling and wall sLbstrote. Edge Trim: Extruded convex or fiat shaped plastic as indicated on Drawings; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue; of width to match component thickness; color as selected or noted on Drawings. Glaso: As specified in Section 08800. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application. Threaded steel for concealed joints. FABRICATION Fabricote architectural woodwork and cabinets in conformance with AIM Premium Grade Standards. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with 3/8 inch matching hardwood edging. Use one piece for full length only. Cap exposed plastic lominote finish edges with material of some finish and pattern or plastic trim as indicated on Drowings.. Door and Drawer Fronts: 3/4 inch thick style to be selected by Tenant. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Provide cutouts for appliances, outlet boxes, fixtures and fittings. Verify locotions of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal contact sarfoces of cut edges. Apply plastic laminate finish in fiAl uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arrises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet (600mm) from sink cut-nuts. Apply larninate booking sheet to reverse side of plastic lominate finished surfaces. FINISHING Sand Work smooth and set exposed fasteners; apply wood filler. Use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recornmended for applied finishes. Seal internal surfaces of cabinets with two coats of sealer. INSTALLATION Set and secure cabinetry and other woodwork in place- rigid plumb and level, and in accoraance with AWI Section i700. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, rernove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 07255 - SPRAYED AND CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING SUMMARY Section Includes: Fireproofing and related work as shown on the Drawings and as specified. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Materials shall meet the following performance test criteria: 1. Dry Density: Measure field density in accordance with ASTM E605. Min. average density shall be 15 pcf and min. individual density shall be 14 pcf unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Deflection: Material shall not crack or delaminate from the surface to which it is applied when tested in accordance with ASTM E759. 3. Bond Impact: Material subject to impact tests in accordance with ASTM E760 shall not crack or delaminate from the surface to which it is applied. 4. Bond Strength, Minimum bond strength of 200 psf when set and dry and tested in accordance with ASTM E736. 5. Air Erosion: Maximum allowable weight loss of the fireproofing material shall be 0.025 gm./sq. ft. when tested in accordance with ASTM E859. 6. Corrosibn Resistance: Steel with applied fireproofing shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E937 without evidence of corrosion of the steel. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics: Material shall exhibit the following surface burning characteristics when tested in accordance with ASTM E84: 8. Flame Spread: 10 maximum 9. Smoke Developed: 0 Fireproofing material shall not be subject to losses from the finished application by sifting, flaking or dusting. Performance shall be measured by the results of a test for erosion resistance when subjected to high velocity air flow across the surface of dried samples. Samples thus tested rnust be representative of rnachine applied material similar to that which con be expected on the Project. Products, execution and fireproofing thicknesses shall conform to the applicable code and UL requirements for the required fire resistance ratings. Z ezoofing products shall be 100 percent free of asbestos SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's instructions for proper application of sprayed and cementitious fireproofing. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver manufactured materials in original, unopened packages beoring the name of the manufacturer, the brand and the UL label verifying compliance with tne UL quality control inspection program and the appropriate fire resistance ratings. Fireproofing shall be kept dry until ready for use. The packages of materials shall be kept off the ground, under cover and away from walls and other damp surfaces. Material that has been exposed to water before actual use shall be discarded. Fireproofing stock shall be rotated and material used before its expiration date. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: When the outdoor temperature at the building site is less than 40 degrees F., maintain an air and steel temperature of 40 degrees F. for 24 hours before and 24 hours after application of fireproofing materials. If necessary for job progress, provide enclosures and maintain heat to necessary temperatures. Make provisions for natural ventilation to properly dry the fireproofing during and subsequent to its application. In enclosed oreos or buildings lacking openings for notural ventilation, circulate and exhaust interior air to the outside by use of temporary circulators, exhaust fans or the air-conditioning system. MATERIALS Fireproofing: 1. Sprayed: Cafe° Blaze 300 os monufacted by lsolatek International Corp 2. Cemcntilious (Suoyed): 86-6 as manufactured by the Grace Construction Products Division, W. R. Grace & Co. Water: Clean, fresh, suitable for domestic consumption and free from such amounts of mineral or organic substance as would offect the set of the fireproofing materials. EXAMINATION Application of sprayed and cementitious fireproofing shall not begin until the Contractor and the fireproofing opplicotor hove inspected the surfaces to receive fireproofing to determine if surfaces ore acceptable to receive the fireproofing material. Verify that clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing ore in place. Verify ducts, piping, equipment or other items which would interfere with application of fireproofing are not positioned until fireproofing work is complete. Verify that voids and crocks in Substrate ore filled, and projections are removed where fireproofing is exposed to view as 0 finish material. Beginning of installotion means applicator accepts existing surfaces and substrates. PREPARATION Surfaces to receive sproyed and cementitious fireproofing shall be free of oil, grease, points/primers, loose mill scale, dirt or other foreign substances which moy impair proper adhesion of the fireproofing to the substrata. When necessary, c'oaning of surfaces to receive fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Pointed or primed steel surfaces may require a fireproofing bond test to determine if the paint torrnulotion will impair proper odhesion. Determination of the compatibility of paint or prirner with the sprayed and cementitious fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the paint or primer manufacturer. PROTECTION Provide masking, drop cloths or other satisfactory coverings so as to prevent oversproy of sprayed and aementitious fireproofiag. Close off and seal ductwork in areos where fireproofing is being applied. APPLICATION Equipment and application procedure shall conform to the material manufacturer's application instructions. Contractor shall control thickness, utilizing a workable depth gauge to meet minimum thickness as required, and cooperate with the Landlord's inspector in furnishing samples for tests. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Reinspect fireproofing for integrity of fire protection prior to concealment of work. Correct unacceptable work and provide further inspection to verify compliance with requirements. Architect or Landlord may select an independent testing laboratory to sample and verify the thickness and density of the fireproofing in cccordance with provisions of ASTM E605, "Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density of , Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members, the "Inspection Procedure for Field Applied Sprayed Fire Protection Materials, as published by the AWCI, or UBC Standard No. 7-6 entitled "Thickness and Density Determination for Spray-Applied Fireproofing." Provide results of the above test to all parties at the completion of each floor. CLEANING After the completion of fireproofing work, remove application equipment, and clean adjoining surfaces not to be sprayed with fireproofing materiel. During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING SUMMARY Section Includes: Firestopping as shown on Drawings and as specified. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Provide UL Classified or Warnock Hersey Listed firestopping system to prevent the spread of fire, smoke and gasses through penetrations in fire resistive walls, floors and partitions, including; but not limited to; the following areas: 1. Unprotected openings and openings accommodating penetrating items such as cables, cable trays, pipes, ducts, boxes and conduits through fire rated floors, walls and smoke barriers. 2. Head of wall openings between wall and connecting floor or roof deck assemblies. 3. Openings at curtainwalls between exterior walls and connec'sng floor slab perimeters. Verify the iollowing application with the manufacturer before including in specification. Firestop systems shall not be intended to support live loads and traffic unless specifically approved by Testing Agency. Firestop systems shall be approved by Code Authority. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Specifications, performance criteria, Drawings and instructions. Test Reports: Subrnit UL or Warnock Hersey test report description for fires topping system. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of firestop systems. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics: 1. ASTM E 136, ASTM E 119 and ASTM E 814, as applicable. 2. UL 1479 fire test to achieve required fire-rating as noted on Drawings. 3. Listing, UL or WH listed in building products directory. MIWAtig storage. MANUFACTURERS Furnish firestop systems acceptable to governing Code Authority from one' of the following Manufacturers: 1. U.S. Gypsum Co. 2. Tremco, Inc, 3, 3M Fire Protection Products Add other Manufacturers as required. MATERIALS Firestop System Materials - General: 1. Appropriate for penetration. 2. Include every component required for code opproved installation, including; but not limited to Firestopping putties or compound; Backing materiol; Wrap strips; Prirners, clips and collars. Properties: 1. Free of asbestos, halogens and volatile components after curing and shall not slump or sag, (except for self-leveling products). 2. Capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flomes, UL 1479 and U.B.C. Standard 7-5. 3. Non-combustible per ASTM E 136. 4. UV resistant where exposed to sunlight.. 5. Water resistant where exposed to moisture. 6, Firestop system snail accommodate movement withcut adversely affecting fire rating of wall/floor assembly. 7. Shrink resistant. 8. Paintable or capable of receiving finish materials in those areas which are exposed to view and which are scheduled to receive finishes. EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work. Comrnencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfoces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. PREPARATION / INSTALLATION Subsurface preparation and product Installation shall conform to requirements of qualified designs or manufacturer approved modifications as supported by engineering reports, and sholl be approved and accepted by the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose materiel, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping moteriol. Remove incompatible materials which affect bond. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage, if required. 2. Apply primer and fires top materials in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with the appropriote UL Fire Resistance Directory or with the oppropriate Warnock Hersey International Listing. CLEANING During be coorse of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of eAcess rnaterials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS SUMMARY Section Includes: Sealant and backing materials as shown on Drawings. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. Submit sample worranty to be signed jointly by applicator and manufacturer. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Requirernents: Observe manufacturer's temperature service range. Do not apply sealont when weather conditions will inhibit bonding and curing. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Verify, before proceeding with this Work, that required inspections of existing conditions have been cornpleted. Coordinate with other work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. WARRANTY Provide 5 year warranty, in writing and signed jointly by the installer ond sealant manufoctuer, to replace sealants which fail at no additional cost to the Owner because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, o do not cure, and which fail to achieve air-tight or d water-tight seal. MANUFACTURERS Note that every manufacturer listed below may not furnish every type of sealant required. Edit this listing to delete manufacturers if all of the Types of sealant listed in Part 2 ntianufactured by that manufacturer are deleted. Furnish products of one of the following manufacturers, subject to compliance with specifications requirements: 1. Tremco 2. Dow Coming Corp. 3. General Electric 4. Sika Corp. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. If sealants from separate manufacturers must be used and could come in contract with each other, provide written certification from every manufocturer involved that the sealants are compatible and will adhere to each other. MATERIALS General: Sealents, primers, back-up materials, preformed joint fillers, bond breakers and related materials shall be compatible with adjoining materials. The selection of proper sealant for a particular joint shall be in accordance with current published recommendations of the manufacturer. Provide standard or custom colors as selected, 4n general, colors shall match adjacent materials. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compotible with joint forming materials. Joint Filler (Backer): ASTM 01565; round closed cell polyethylene, urethane o neoprene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent; "SofRod" as manufactured by A.E.T. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. Gloss reducers are an option for traffic sealant, if desired. Gloss Reducer: Silica sand No. 20, color to match adjacent surface. Gloss reducer shall be provided at traffic sealant applications. PREPARATION Clean, prepare, and prime joints in accordance with rnanufacturer's instructions. Rernove loose materials and other foreign matter which may impair adhesion of sealant. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Examine joint dirnensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths, to allow sealants to perform properly. Use bond breaker where required. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by masking when necessary. INSTALLATION: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal openings and other locations which normely require sealant to seal against infiltration frorn air, water and most insects. Apply seolant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. Apply sealant under 081 $ressure with hand 0 power actuated go o other appropriate means. Gun' shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as detailed. Neatly point or tool joint surfaces to provide slightly concave surfaces, free of wrinkles and skips, uniformly smooth and with perfect adhesion along both sides of joint. CLEANING Clean adjacent surfaces of sealant as work progresses. Use solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by sealant manatecturer. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean. SECTION 08100 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SUM MARY Section Includes: Steel doors and frames as shown on arawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing elevations of each door type, typical and special details of construction, location and installation requirements for hardware, size ond thickness of material. DELIVERY AND STORAGE Deliver material under protective cover and store in dry, enclosed spaces at the site, in vertical position. Raise bottoms of doors at least 4 inches (100mm) above floor and provide wood slats between doors to avoid metal to metal contact. MANUFACTURERS Doors cad frames shall be furnished by the some Manufacturer. MATERIALS Sons: ANSI/SDI-100 flush seamless 18 gauge steel with honeycomb core. Frames: ANSI/SDI 100, 16 gauge steel. Glazing Beads: Aluminum. Steel: ASTM 366 cold-rolled or ASTM 6569 hot-rolled. Electrolytic zinc-coated meeting ASTM A591, Class 6 for exterior openings. Paint: Non-lifting, rust-inhibitive grey primer meeting ANSI A224.1, compatible with field finish specified in Section 09900, applied after bonderizing. FABRICATION- DOORS Construct hollow metal doors, flush and vision lite types as schedule on Drawings, in accordance with ANSI/S0I-100 with core os specified above. Reinforce top and bottom of doors horizontally by 16 gauge steel channels, full width, spot welded each face ot :east 3 inches on center. Bevel edge of lock ;tile. Joints at the edges of doors shall be mechanically interlocked or shall have a channel continuously welded where face sheets meet. Reinforce openings in doors for lites and vents on all sides with 14 gauge steel chonnel. Accurately mortise doors for locks and hinges. Provide adequate box type reinforcement with steel plates welded to the interior reinforcing channels and drilled and tapped, Provide reinforcement for all other items of harewure. Oo t g I I i te v o e p e e d n n s I c, hz e s c r r e e c w e he e d from t Fire- Rated Doors; Provide fire rated doom investigated and tested as fire door doors, complete with type of hardware to be used, Identify eoch fire door with recognized testing laboratory labels, indicating applicable fire rating of steel doors. Construct doors to comply with NFPA Standard No. 80. FABRICATION - FRAMES Construct to shapes and sizes shown, meeting various woll thicknesses in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100. Back weld corners (inside face) and grind outside face to remove any material which comes through seam. M . h dill n r 9 es a n d t ap m f o r weight, full Provide not less than three 18 gauge anchors per jamb, spaced for maxirnurn stiffness. Provide adjustable 18 gauge floor clips at each jamb, welded to bock face of jamb, punched for securing to floor with two spaced anchors. Make cutouts for required hardware from templates furnished Reinforce butt cutouts with rninirnum 8 gauge thick steel plate drilled and tapped and welded in place. Coordinate with hardware vendor. Provide strike stops of frames with holes for three rubber door silencers: on double door frames, provide for two silencers per door at head. Construct frames for UL labeled doors in oceod oneoc ith UL requirements and label as scheduled. FABRICATION - GLAZING FRAMES Construct in accordance with applicoble parts of door frame Specification and as detailed. Extend partition frames around all four sides of openings. Provide glazing stops, removable one side and integral from the other side, secured with countersunk flat head Phillips screws spaced at not more than 16 inches on center and 2 inches from corners. Miter stops at corners. PAINTING Bonderize and prime doors and frarnes with one shop coat of rust inhibitive primer. INSTALLATION Install metal door frames plumb, level and rigidly secure in place. Properly brace until built in. Follow recommendations of 501-100. Fill backs of frames solid with mortar at concrete and masonry construction. Install fire doors and frames to comply with NFPA 80. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS SUMMARY Section Includes: Wood doors os shown on Drawings, schedules and as specified. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's data showing door construction. QUALITY ASSURANCE Coordination: Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and obtaining necessary information from Hardware and Metal Frame Manufacturers. Door Manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating necessary information received by Contractor from Hardware and Metal Frame Manufacturers in order that doors shall be properly prepared to _receive hinges and hardware. Contractor shall provide door supplier with approved frame schedule, hardware schedule, and hordware templates. Furnish to aoor supplier 60 days prior to desired delivery date of doors. Regulatory Requirements: Fire doors shall be listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing and certification agency, in accordance with applicable building codes. The listed doors shall meet or exceed ASTM E152, UL-10(b), or NFPA 252. Provide Ile labels from Warnock-Hersey International (WHI), or Underwriters Laboratories (UL). Certification: Provide each fire rated and sound rated door with a label permanently attached at eye level, to the hinge stile, indicating the testing agency's approval for the rating required. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Prior to delivery, provide protection compatible with finish specified for door edges and faces. Deliver doors to the jobsite only when proper storage site is available. Store doors in on area having controlled temperature and humidity as recornmended by NWWDA, AWI and the door manufacturer. Store doors flat on factory pallets, or three full 2x4's, one centered and the other two 12 inches from each end. Do not stock doors on end, or on their vertical edge. Protect wood doors from construction activity, dirt, and exposure to sunlight. Always handle doors with clean hands or gloves. Do not drag doors across one another. Maintain factory packaging or other means of protection on doors, until date of Substantial Completion. WARRANTY Warrant doors from the date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. Periods of warranty after dote of installation: Interior solid core and mineral core: Life of installation. Replacement under warranty shall include removal of the defective door, hanging, installation of hardware, and finishing. FLUSH DOORS Cores:Solid Core: Shall conform to ANSI 9208.1 1L52, 32 lbs per cubic foot (513 kg/m3) density. Delete edge bandings for those core types deleted above. Edge Bandings: Stiles (Dimensions given are minimum sizes allowed after factory trimming to booksize or prefitting). Particleboard Core: 1-1/2 inch double banded laminated hardwood stile (no finger joints allowed) in outer and outer band to be at least 1/2 inch wide some species lumber as face veneer with the exception of birch doors which will have hard maple stiles. Rails (Dimensions given are minimum sizes allow,' after factory trimming to booksize or prefitting). Particleboard Core: 1 -1 /4 inch (32mm) minimurn rnill option hardwood rail. Face Veneers, Crossiocnds and Backers: When wood veneer or medium density overlay faces are specified, doors shall be 5 ply, mode up of a face veneer, crossloceding and o core unit, all securely bonded together utilizing type 1 (fully waterproof) adhesive and the hot press assembly technique. All plies must be placed at right angles to adjacent plies. Face veneers shall have a minimum thickness of 1/50 after foctory sonding and the individual pieces of veneer forming the face veneer must be spliced or edge glued together. Plastic larninate faced doors shall be a minimum 3-ply construction for particle core doors and minimum 5-ply construction for mineral core doors, Laminate sholl be NEMA LD-3, .050 inch, General Purpose Type, selected from Manufacturer's available sources. Stile edges and outer wood trim shall be mill option hardwood stained or painted to match or mill option hardwood faced with matching plastic laminate. Same species hardwood may be specified in a matching or contrasting transparent finish. Medium Density Overlay shall meet P51-74. Overlay shall be factory primed, readily sondable, weatherproof, and carry a Class "B" Fire Rating. Furnish MDO for paint grade doors. Paint grade Birch hardwood and hardwood surfaced doors shall no be considered as meeting this Specification. Glue: Type 1 for interior and exterior doors. LABELED FLUSH DOORS Mineral core flush veneered doors, 5-ply, shall be made up of face veneers, crossbanding, and a core unit securely bonded together utilizing Type I (folly waterproof) odhesive and the hot press assembly technique. Provide matching transom panels where scheduled. Face Veneer's and Crossbanding: Same cs upecEfied for non-labele doors. Core Unit: Asbestos free, noncombustible mieeral composite with a minimum of 28 pounds per cubic foot density when tested in accordance with ASTM 0303, with 10 percent maximum absorption weight with core in equilibrium at 90 percent relative humidity ond 70 degrees. Provide flcme resistant blocking as required by the hardware schedule. The door listing shall not limit the size or location of such blocking. For doors with closers include 6 inch (150rn1) top rail. Provide wide bottom rails for exit, rnanual and automatic flush bolts and automatic door bottoms. Rails: Top 15/16 inch, bottom 1-7/8 inches mil (one or two piece) of flame resistant material - salt Inc. Securely glue rails to core. Stiles: Manufacturer's standard for receiving a full mortise hinge. No salt treated components shall be used. UL or WH approved for lobeled doors meeting the following performance criteria: 1. Split Resistance: Average of ten best samples shall be not less than 900 pounds when tested in accordance with "Test Method to Determine Split Resistance of Hinge Edges of Composite Type Fire Doors" 2. Direct Screw Withdrawal: Avereage of ten best samples shall not be less than 650 pounds when tested for direct screw withdrawal in accordance with ASTM 51037; using a No 12 x 1 1/4 inch steel thread-to-the-head wood screw of the cadmium plated or rust-resistant type. Drill 5/332 inch pilot hole, approximately 1/8 inch beyond the length of the screw. 3. Cycle/Slam: 200,000 cycles with no loose hinge screws or other visible signs of failure when tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI A151.1, Section 2.5. Vision Frames: Furnish metal vision frames primed for field painting for doors with lites. Frames shall meet AWI standard, UL, or WHI approved. Manufacture labeled doors to the required size 'to os to provide proper clearances without field trimming. Machining of labeled doors must be completed before label is upplied to assure the full thickness of the edge bands. Machine fire doors to meet NFPA 80 requirements. Provide channels for concealed exit devices in conformance with UL requirements. INSTALLATION Doors shall be hung true and plumb with standard bevel and with uniform 3/32 inch clearance at jambs and head, and 1/2 inch bottom clearance, unless otherwise required. Mortise, drill or otherwise prepare doors for finish nardwore specified in Section 08700, Finish Hardware. Doors that are cut or planed for fitting shall be immediately resealed with a transparent wood sealer. Doors shall operate freely without sticking or binding, without hinge-bound conditions and with hardware installed, properly adjusted and functioning. Field Fin in accordance with Door Manufacturer's w CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean. SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES SUMMARY . Section Includes: Access doors as shown on Drawings and as specified. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's originol unopened packaging with labels intact. Deliver and store items in dry. protected areas. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. MANUFACTURERS Furnish products of one of the following Manufacturers: 1. Milcor In, 2. J.L. Industries 3. Bilco ACCESS DOORS Doors: Sizes os shown on the Drawings. Units shall be prirne painted steel at painted wall construction and stainless steel in tile and other locations as indicated, in types os required by wall construction, os follows (based on Milcor): 1. "DW," drywall walls. 2. "ATR," fire rated suspended drywall ceilings. Door and Frame: 16 gage steel. Provide screw driver operated cam. 16 goge steel shall be used for door and frame. Size as required or as indicated on the Drawings. Access Doors in Fire Rated Construction: Doors shell be UL or Warnock Hersey labeled and meet self -closing and self -latching requirements for fire rated ceiling assembly. INSTALLATION Install access doors in accordance wah Manufacturer's directions at locations shown on Drawings. Install plumb and level, true to line. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from pmrreses. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 08330 - COILING DOORS AND GRILLES SUMMARY Section Includes: Steel coiling doors and grilles as shown on the Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings indicating type of doors, operation, finishes and installation details. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver rnaterials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. Comply with Mar ofacturer's instructions for handling. EXAMINATION Verificafion of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and re . ort detrimental conditions in writing to Tenant. Commencernent of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. oordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. INSTALLATION Dons are to be installed by the manufacturer or authorized representative in strict accordance with Manufacturer's printed irstructions. Upon cornpletion, adjust doors and grilles for proper operation. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. 0 03%\th Osi N99% PEW OttOef, IM1111■101•1111 STATE CRY:W.1W, I BERNARD D,uTsc,9 MAr19 1998 11•1111•1111•111■ t3 L.h F LE. A2 -3 TITLE SPEC, I F ICAT IONS A2.3 SI I: OW 0 A JMNuM STOREFRONTS SUMMARY Section Includes: Mem:num doors and window wall frames. QUAL, ASSURANCE Staedards Extept as otherwise indicated, the requirementh for aluminum doors and frames, and the terminology used in this Section, are those of NAAMM, AAMA and AA and in porticulor, those of the "E. et Mork, ' by NAAMM. Reek:Icier, Requirements, r ANS A "Mc...no Buklings and Facilities Accessible to orm Usable by Reysically etandicapped People." re -335 "The Arnericens with Disabilities At or '990 ,ADA) 3 AEA Accessibty Qeideines cADAAG). .4 uniform Feoemi AccessitiOty Standards (UFAS). CONONS • iele mees,,thments. Zenenever possible, check the actual openings a Me co,,,,tion Work by accurate field measurement before tcbscatior oee show recorded measurements on final shop ercwrees Doomiriore in. schedule with construction orogrese .rectee cr, ovoic delcys of th e Work. Where necess,y, ptoceed tobrIcaton wIthout Feld measurement, ond cooraieele etai °lion totenonces te, ensure proper fit of kn ts MANoFA fi ',elects Me , ollowir,o manutocturecS, subject to comp:le-Ice specificetions reauirements: Stylemork. MATERIALS • 7rcm..n..; members, trons members, multions, ccopters. cna moemines: Extreaee 6053T5 elerninem alloy (ASTM Alloy G.S 35) Screws. m scetoneous tostemng eev,ces, onc internal comoOneMs: stciniess steel, Or zinc plated steel in cc,CMO^ce AST A - 16 Perirnete anchors shal . c:urninum Or ' . reve Me Steel OrOOerly is.cled from the ileociee eoskets. EPDM ecstomeric extresons. Siete Sect oee ANSi/ASTM A36, snceec to suit mullioe sections DOkAPOOYCNTS cee ies: "ne. reeuiree si7es to- door era , Grre ,M - r.,, , elment,. ere see, iteS Lome, w :re Veee•o,urer's Spec.caticns recommeedesees ree retches. ois min um oocrs one Homes Fur ler reek-ssery meter O. bear, ere,: eguiornent for tee complete oltowing. gloss time:Ong, :ronsitionai -emeers coreect.n; these componer ts, caareters ond mountings for tr moldisge ore ec ec morericis Set units plumb. eve anc true e nne, without wc, or rock et frames, doors or panels. secorely r pose Sepercle eturrinurr end other corm-Tole me, SO,CeS of corrosion or eiecorclye c eve, , pc ros or contact with other materiels Set s memoe, ome• members n a bec of comer:retie as snekre or ioim rife, er gaskets as shown to provide wee:re-peer eerstrectit, D,,:itAANG C ec- -em e..HAcces eromptry etter instolletien or fromes, exercis eg eare avoid dernege al the protective coating. Rernevr e%eer.S giceing nee sec:lord compounds, dirt, ono other s SECTiON 0670 - DOOR HARDWARE SUMMARY Section !refixes, ,rdwore en, related items for interior ond exterior doors, other than specified in specific door sections. SYSTEM DESCR Performance Requirements: Tee Monufacturer or Authorized Dist-ibutor coMir• n tn. tnere is an estcblished local ogency %tier, stocks o f complement of parts and offers service define normot worFUrg hours f or the fsh hardware to • terr•iseet enci tece the agency will swap) ports without delay ene at reesonabie cost. Fornisn nordwere items of proper design for use in doors and 'frames of tne tr cknesses, profile, security and similar , ea:Jirernents , nsicated, os necessary for proper installation ond fenction, regorcless of omissions or conflicts in the informotion tne Contract Documents. SUBMITTALS Sobmii proctor, cote of eoch tr of ordwore required for Prole.. oiOOtO re following, 1. Style and fn., • Locetions o, eccn item of ri ardware. Use established rombenrg sestern. 3. inciode c complete listing of eeelerneni on0 mOter mo,f0clurer, catalog number, finish, diogroms, (inse -sheets). schematics and all other pertinent dota. Ter,piptes ttty to Doer ono Frcrne MonJocturer(s) to enable ,oper accurate Si,,nO COO loCetlers of cutouts for herdwcre. Ceetificctine A- tne competion f installation, certify that meter . ataber.y instaried accordieg to Monefacturers prirted instrocreee Operoting eee Monte-ler Da.: Provice Owner with Monufact,et's cc, hst ono mcirtencrce instructions for eocn type of ncrowcee sepolred anc eecessary wrenches and roots required for prep.' meintenance of norawore. DUAL ITY ASSURAN CE Seendarcs: Comply w, tee folrowing, • ANSI/NFPA F,C - Pire Doors one Windows. 2 UL Stereare 305 Panic Harewore. Regulatory Reeelremems: Comply with tne following: 1 ANSI A177.1 "Mckieg Buildings erre Foceities Accessible t and Jobo py Peysie,lly noncricepped Poop." 2. Pup, Ocw "0" -336 "The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). 3. ADA Accessiell Cisiderines (ADAAG). Untform Feder°, Accessibility Standeres (UFAS). DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING Peckage each item of ecrdwore in origin. and individual eontainers, compete with all necessary fastenings, keys, instructions, end temp,etes for spotting mortising tools. Mork eoch container with es item number corresponding to the item nurrter on the fr.., nerd wore SChedule. Upon delivery of the • nordware 10 ,0 ,00 stte, check and sign for al, material delivered ono tnereofter be responsible for some. Provide a secured ores with sufficient spoce and shelving in wnich to store and ,ventory oil materials under lock and key. protect hordware 'rem oarroge at c,I times. When hardwore mest oo .stelleo ct the factory, the hardware suppli hooOtO.oOOOoOO :terns to the respective est:prier for their ese :e ,stoectior. The cast of this shipping -oo-o -- 000Uo bc,ne by tne hardware supplier. WARRANTY Womanly nordwore cgarnst defects n meter-it:Is and workmcnship for 2 yes. Repair, replace or otherwrse correct deficient moterials o no adaitionoi cost ts Owner. Locksets: 3 year warranty. Closers: 10 year warranty. MANUFACTURERS Tc the greatest exteM possible, op., on finish hardware of Me SOme type of item from only one Manufacturer. Products equaling or exceeding goolity requirements of the specified product os manufactured by the following ore acceptable: Verify that Manufacturers listed are acceptable for Project. . Butts: Stonley, McKinney. 2. Exit Devices: Von Ouprin, Preeision Detex 3. LoCksets: BEST,. 4. Closers: LCN, Norton, Dormo. • 5. Thresholds. Dcor Bottoms, Weetherstrippirg: Pernko, Heger, Ultr .6. Stops, Kickplotet, Pulls, Push Plate. BBW, Tnimco, Hager. 7, Push/Pull Latches, ABH, BBW, Trirnco. 8. Digital Locks: Unicon. EXAMINATION • Verification e Conditions: Examine conditions under which finish hardware will be installed. Report deficiencies to the Tenant. INSTALLATION Install hardware in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. Maintain ANSI standard moureng heights for doors, from finished floor sr center line of hardware item. CLEANING During the course of the Wok and on completion, remove ond dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean tondition 0 accordonce with Section 01500. SECPON 08800 GLAZING SUMMARY Section Includes Glass and glazing os shown on DooAgo and es specifiea. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Size gloss to withstand dead locds and positive and negative live loads octing norrnat to plone of gloss as calculated in accc mance witn ANSI/A000 E330. Limit etc00 deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass, with full recovery of glazing materials, weichever less, SUBMII"TALS A. Product Data: Submit structure!, physical ond environment. er,racteristice size limitations, special handling or inste,t reculrernentS for gloss ond plastic materials. QUA: Tv ASSURANCE Perform Work in c ccord.ance with FGMA Glazing Manual, FGMA Seolcm Manual, and Laminators Safety Gloss Association - Standaras Ver. uol for Glazing Installation Methods.. Stonaords, 1. ANSI/ASTM E330 - Simmer. Performance of Exterior Windows, Certain Walls, end Doors by Uniform Static AS Pressure Difference. 2. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Perf ormance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufocturer's origin. unopened packaging witn lobe's intact. Adequately protect against domage while stored et the site. Comply with Manufacturer s instructions for handling. WARrIANITY =d:ecY'fffe,==1,74T=nrtt t;LVesnt of some. Select materials as required for Project. Edit as required for Project. There ore other glazing materials and assemblies ow:Staple, including bullet-resistant gloss. Reference Sweet's rronufacturer's catalogs for specifications. GLASS MATERIALS F C ,, Vra t r h ls , f k ar rn eri n t irn Class 1 clear, Safety Glass: ASTM 01048, Kind fl fully tempered with horizontal tempering Condition A uncooted, Type 1 transparent flot, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select; conforming to ANSI Z97.1; 1/2 inch thick minimum. Wire Glass: ASTM C1036, Type II potterned and wired flot. Class 1 tronslucent, Quality q8 glazing 1/4 inch thick. , M , i e r o ro r. r A 1 e i c pe 1/.i tra n ngazt I k. flat, Class GLAZING ACCESSORIES Setting Blocks: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness tested for compatibility with glazing sealant, minimum length 4 inches. Spacers: Neoprene blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness, adhesive backed on one face only and tested for compatibility with specified glazing sealant. Interior Glazing Cornpound: Polymerized Butyl Rubber and Inert Fillers (pigments), solvent based with minimum 750 solids, non-sag consistency, tack-free time of 24 hours or less, paintoble non-staining. Exterior Glazing Compound: Conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grode NS, Use G. Compound shall be paintable, or colored to match frame. Glazing Tope: Preshimmed 10 percent solids, non-shrinking, butyl rubber tape compatible with sealants. If exposed, tape shall be paintable, or colored to match frame. Butt Glazing Sealant: GE 1200 Series Siiicone, black. Mirror Mastic: Polymer type mirror mastic resistant to water, shriek, cracking, vibration and thermal expansion. MARKINGS Tempered gless shall have each light permanently etched with Manufacturer's name and his compliance with ANSI Z-97.1. EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work ond report detrimental conditions in writing to Tenant Commencement . of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Examine framing or glazing channel surfaces, backing, removable stop design, and conditions under which glozing is to be performed.Coordinate with other Work which affects. connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. INSTALLATION Cornply with combined recommendationS of Glass Manufacturer and manufacturer of seolonts and other materials used in glazing., except where more stringent requirernents are shown or specified. Comply with "Glozing Manual" by FGMA. except as shown and specified otherwise by Manufacturers of glass and glazing materials. Inspect each piece of gloss immediately before installation, and discard those which hove observable edge darrage or face imperfections. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. Faces of gloss panels shall be uniformly aligned ond flush with no tolerance for misalignment. Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing.. so that gaskets will not pun away from corners and result rn voids or leaks in the glazing systern. ADHESIVE INSTALLATION OF MIRRORS Apply mirror mastic to cover not rnore than 25 percent of back of mirror. Set mirror in support on setting blocks or continuous gasket, and press against substrate to ensure bond of adhesive. Leave open ventilation space, 1/8 inch (3rnrn) or more in thickness between mirror and substrate, over 75 percent of mirror area (wherever there is no adhesive). ADJUSTING Remove ond replace glass which is broken, chipped, crocked. abraded or damaged in ony other way during the construction period, including natural couses, accidents and vandalism. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Remove labels after Work is completed. Leave Work in clean condition. PROTECTION Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by attachment of crossed streamers to froming held away from glass. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass. SECTION eploo - METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS SUMMARY Section Includes; Formed metal stud framing, furring, suspension SySteMS and accessories as Shown on Drawings and os specified. SUBM ITI ALS Submit data describing tAandard framing membor materials and finish, product criteria, load charts, limitations, and installation instructions. QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C 754 requirements, MANUFACTURERS Furnish products of one of the following Manufocturers subject to compliance with Specification requirements: 1. Gold Bond Building Products Div., Notional Gypsum, 2. Western 3. Manufacturing members of the Metal Stud Manufacturer's Association, Corvallis, Oregon, (503) 757-8991 FRAMING MATERIALS Studs, Runners and Furring Chonnelst ASTM C 645, electro-gulvanized to meet ASTM A 591, monufoctured frrem steel supplied in accordance with ASTM A 446, Grade A; ASTM A 525, 060 designation galvanized heet steel. 2. Thickness: ao gage for studs and runners, and 25 gnge for channels. Furnish 20 gage studs at single layer gypsum. board *eceiving ceramic tile finish and for walls over 14 feet high. 3. C-shaped, non-load bearing rolled steel, punched for utility access. Ceiiing Runners: Cold or hot-rolled steel, meet ASTM C 754. Honey ono Tie Wire; Meet ASTIA C 754. Furring and Bracing Members; Of some gauge, moteriol and finish as studs, thickness to suit purpose, Clips, Brackets: Galvanized wire or sheet metol designed tor attachment of furring members, Fasteners: GA 203, self -drilling, self -topping screws. Anchoroge Devices: Power driven, powder actuated, drilled expansion bolts or screws with sleeves as required for positive cnchoroge. Acoustic Sealent: As specified in Section 09250. Primer; FS TT-P-645, for touch-up of galvanized so-faces. EXAMINATION Verify that conditions ore ready to receive Work. Verify field measurements are 90 00000 on Drawings. Verify that rough-in utilities ore in proper location. Beginning of installation means ccceptance of substrate. METAL STUD ERECTION Meter stud framing in accordance with ASTM C 754. Coordinate instollation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechonicol Work placed in or behind portition frarnirg. Brace stud framing system ond moke rigid. Maintain clearance under structural building members to ovoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide extended leg ceiling runners. Blocking: Nail wood blocking to studs. Bolt or screw steel channels to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures. toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, and hardware. WALL FURRING INSTALLATION Erect wall furring for direct attachment to concrete, brick masonry ond concrete walls. Erect furring channels vertically. Secure M place on 01100191e channel flanges at rnaximum 24 inches. Space furring channels maximum 16 inches on center, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines, and butting walls. Install furring channels directly attached to concrete and brick masonry and concrete wails, as applicable, in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. ACOUSTICAL AND FIRE RATINGS install framing and furring as required for indicated acoustical and fire ratings. CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION Install in occordonce with ASTM C 754. Coordinate location of hangers with other Work. Install ceiling framing independent of walls, columns ond obove-ceiling Work. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt moin carrying channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches beyond each end of openings. Laterally broce entire suspension system. At lights or other openings that interrupt the main runner or furring channels reinforce grillage with 3/4 inch cold-rolled channels, wire tied atop and parallel to Inc main runner channels. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with metal furring. Provide seporote supports on each Sid e of joint. No hanger support shall be allowed from roof deck. Delete if there is not ceiling construction supported from steel frorning. Fabricate and bend curved furring to required curves and radii in the shop. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials. equipment and debris away from premises prior to closure. Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD SUMMARY Section Includes: Gypsum board and joint treatment as shown on the Drawings and os specified. SUBMITTALS Reports: Submit fire test report for fire rated assemblies, and acousfical performance test reports for acoustically-rated assemblies. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Conform to appicoble code for fire rated assemblies. Comply with applicable specificotion recommendations of GA-216 and GA-600 as published by the Gypsum Association. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Cornply with GA-216 and Manufacturer's directions. MANUFACTUERS Furnish products of one of the following Manufacturers, subject to compliance with Specification requirements: 1. Georgia-Pacific Corp. 2. Gold Bond Building Products Div„ National Gypsum Co. 3. United States Gypsum Co. GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS Standard Gypsum Board: ANSI/ASTM 036; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ANSI/ASTM C36; fire resistive and moisture resistant type, UL rated in thicknesses indicated, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board; ANSI/ASTM C630; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut. Gypsum Backing Board: ANSI/ASTM C442; [fire rated type; 5/8 inch thick; square edges, ends square cut, maximum permissible length. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: As specified in Section 09310 - Ceromic Tile, ACCESSORIES Adhesive: ASTM C557. Acoustical Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board, as recommended by Board Manufacturer. Corner Beads: 0A216; Type CB; electro -galvanized steel. Edge Trim: 00216; Type L bead; electro-galvanized steel and Type LC rolled-formed zinc. Control Joint: U.S. Gypsum No. 093, roll-formed zinc. Joint Moterials: ANSI/ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, water, and fasteners. For coated board and gypsum sheathing, use material recommended by Board Manufacturer. Screws: ASTM C1002 for steel drill screws. Type G for fastening to gypsum board, Type 5 for fastening to light gauge steel framing and Type W for fastening to wood framing. Wall Texture: As manufactured by USG or LaHabra Inc., multi-purpose, pre-packaged, non-asbestos type. INSPECTION Verify that site conditions are ready to receive Work and opening dirnensions are os instructed by the Manufacturer. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION Inetall gypsum board in accordance with GA-201 ond 05-216, and Manufacturer's instructions os applicable. Erect single layer standard gypsum board in most economicol direction, with ends and edges ocm:niog over firm bearing. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum boord vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firrn beoring. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal and wood furring or framing. DeubLe Layer Applications 1. Use gypsum backing board for first layer, placed perpendiculor to framing or furring members. 2. Uee fire rated gypsum backing board for fire rated portitIonS. 3, 'Place second layer perpendicular to first layer. 4. Offset joints of second loyer from joints of first layer. 5. Secure second layer to first with adhesive and sufficient support to hold in place. Apply adhesive in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board and with sealant. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as indicated on Drawings and as recommended by Board Manufacturer. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. JOINT TREATMENT Tope, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. Toping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind ceramic tile.. FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES Provide finish of gypsum board surfaces in accordance with the Gypsum Association "Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish" Surfaces shall be free of dust, dirt and oil before application of texture or skim coat. Remove overspray from adjoining construction. CLEANING After completion of wallboard installation, taping and texturing, remove rubbish, excess material and equipment from building and job site, leaving floors and other surfaces clean. During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. PROTECTION Protect Work from damage until acceptance. Maintain temperature of instolled gypsum board spaces in range of 55 degrees F. (13 degrees C.) to 90 degrees F. (32 degrees C.) until building is entirely closed. Ventilate as required to eliminate excessive moisture. Repair or replace damoged Work. SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC AND STONE TILE SUMMARY Section Includes: Ceramic Tile Work as shown on Drawings and as specified herein. SUBMITTALS Product Cato: Submit Manufacturer's data for tile and accessory materials. including recommended procedures for mixing materials ond setting tile. Samples: Submit samples of eoch type of ceramic tile required, marked with Manufacturer's name and location where tile is to be installed. QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform with applicable requirements of ANSI A-108 Series and the TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Tile shall bear the TCA grade seal. Usually not required unless installation ond aesthetics are critical to quality control. Pre-Installation Meeting: Prior to commencing the work of this Section, schedule and attend a meeting at the job site to discuss conformance with Project requirements. Blending disperses color variations in tile. Regulatory Requirements: Provide floor tiles with coeffkont of friction in accordance with ADA guidelines. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver manufactured materials in original, unbroken containers bearing name of Manufacturer, brand and grade seals. Keep materials dry, clean and protected against deterioration. MAINTENANCE Extra Materials: Furnish one (1) square foot of tile for each 100 square feet of each color and size of tile and grouting materiols used in the Project. If less than 100 square feet is installed, provide a minimum of one square foot of extra stock. TILE MATERIALS Colors and Patterns: Colors and patterns of tile as shown on Drawings. MORTARS Epoxy Mortar: Epoxy resin and epoxy hardener in accordance with ANSI 118.3 and acceptable with TCA Method. Thin Set Installation: Dry-Set per ANSI A118.1, or latex-portland cement mortar per ANSI A118.4, by an approved Manufacturer and acceptable with TCA Method. Adhesive Installation: Organic adhesive per ANSI 136.1, Type 1 [Type 2], and acceptable with TCA Method W242, Grout: Conforming to ANSI 118.3 and the TCA Handbook, by on approved Manufacturer. Grout shall be sealed. Colors shall be es noted on Drawings. Thresholds: Marble Institute of America, Class A, color selected by the Architect from standard colors of the approved manufacturer, shaped to provide a comfortable transition between tile and other floor finishes, with smooth matte surface finish and in the dimensions and thicknesses shown on the Drawings. INSTALLATION MATERIALS Cleavage Membrane/Moisture Barrier: As required for cleavage and to prevent penetration of small amounts of water, provide a system using 0.004 inch thick polyethylene sheeting complying with ASTM 02103, or 15 lb. asphalt-saturated felt complying with ASTM 5226. Anti-fracture load bearing bondable membranes are to be supplied when minor shrinkage cracks are to be bridged in light commercial ond residential installations. Cementitious Backer Units: Provide cementitious backer units conforming to ANSI A118.9. Welded Wire Fabric Reinforcement: Provide 2" x 2" rnesh of 16/16 gage wire, or 3" x 3" mesh of 13/13 gage wire, or 1-1/2" x 2" mesh of 16/13 gage wire, complying with ASTM 0185. Provide mesh in flat sheets, or flatten before installing. Expansion/Control Joint Booking Material: Provide closed cell polyethylene foam weighing not less than 2.7 lbs. per cubic feet, and in dimension approximately 20 percent thicker than width of the expansion joint in which used, Exponsion/Control Joint Sealant: Provide in colors selected by the Tenant. 1. At joints between floors and walls, and at perimeter of metal door frames, provide one-part silicone material. 2. At joints in traffic areas, and at perimeter joints, provide two-port polyurethane material with Shore A hardness of 35 - 45. Edge Strips: Design as required for the condition of use. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: Georgia-Pacific Dens-Shield, Modulars Inc. Wonder-Board, or USG Durabond Division Durock Tile Backer Board, moisture-resistant backer board for application of ceramic tile in wet areas. Furnish with joint tape. Waterproof Membrane: Mapei Corporation Planicrete W multi-component synthetic polymer waterproofing membrane and tile-setting adhesive, trowel-applied; or sheet waterproofing membrane meeting Uniform Plurnbing Code and so labeled. EXAMINATION Exornine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with or is concealed by this Work. Before proceeding, make certain required inspections have been made. Where a Portland cement mortar setting will be installed or where tile units will be thin-set directly to the substrata, do not commence installation of the setting bed until substrata are within the following tolerances: 1. Horizontal surfaces: Level within 1/8 inch M ten feet in all directions; 2. Vertical surfaces: Level within 1/8 inch in eight feet in all directions. Conditions of Surfaces to Receive Tile: Verify that surfaces to receive mortar setting bed and tile are firm, dry clean, and free from oily or waxy films and curing compounds. Verify that grounds, anchors, plags, recess frames, bucks, electrical work, mechanical work, and similar iterns in or behind the tile have been installed before proceeding with installation of mortar bed or tilt . If the concrete substrate hos a hard steel trowel finish or if curing compounds are used, then the cor :rete rnirst be heavily scarified. PREPARATION Lay out Work so that no tile of less than half size occurs. t Maintain full courses to produce nearest attainable heights without cutting tile. Align joints M wall tile vertically and horizontally except where other patterns are shown or specified. Align joints in walls to conform to patterns selected. Align joints in floor tile aL right angles to each other and straight with wolls and conforrn to patterns selected or indicoted. Locate accessories in tile walls as indicated on Drawings. Where the size of accessory does not line up with the jointing pattern of adjacent tiIe,I the cutting of tile and arrangernent of joints around the accessories shall be as directed. INSTALLATION General Requirements for Ceramic Tile Installation: Instoll tile in accordance with ANSI Specifications 108.1 through A118.1 and Manufacturer's recommendations. Thin Est: Install tile nnd thresholds using TCA Method for substrate condition and type for latex or dry-set mortar bed. Grout: Mix and apdly in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Mix only as much grout as con be used in one hour. Waterproof Membrane (Adhesive): Utilize where membrane is required beneath tile. Waterproof coves at wet areas in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations to a minimum recommended above floor. Allow adhesive type waterproof membrane to cure before applying bonding materials. CLEANING Wipe surfaces clean after grouting, remove traces of mortar and grout. Do not use acid solution for cleaning glazed tile. During the course of the Work and on completion, rernove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work M clean condition. PROTECTION Close spaces to traffic or other Work until tile is firmly set. Protect from damage until acceptance. Repair domaged Work at no additional cost to Owner. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled floors for at least 7 days. Place large, flat boards in walkways and wheelways where use of newly tiled floor is unavoidable. SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Section Includes: AcoUstical suspended ceilings as shown on Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing complete layout of systems including attachments, intersections of members and edge conditions. Product Data: Provide data on metal grid system components and acoustical units. Samples: Submit 2 samples of each type of unit specified, including color selection when applicable. Submit samples of Manufacturer's full color selection for selection by Architect. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Standards: Comply with ASTM C635, "Standard Specification for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings" and ASTM C636, "Recornmended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Loy-In Panels." 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Protect finished surfaces with removable L or coating which will not bond when exposed to sunlight. s Sr e roge: Adequately protect against damage while stored at the Handling: Comply with Manufacturer's in 1.05 MAINTENANCE Extra Materials: Provide an additional 5 perceM of each type of acoustical unit installed, M unopened labeled cartons, to the Owner at completion of Work, for his maMtenance use, ot no additional cost. Provide, at minimum, one full carton of each type of acoustical unit. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Furnish products of the following Manufacturers, except as approved otherwise by the Architect, subject- to compliance with Specification requirements. 1. USG Interiors, Inc. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM Ceiling Suspension System: Donn Suspension System, Narrow 9/16" (14mrn) Face, Centricitee, DXT, Colors as selected. Intermediate duty with components formed from commercial quality cold rolled steel electro-zinc coated and pre-painted white enamel finish. Main-Runners: Minimum of 1-1/2 inch (36m) in height with an exposed capped face of 9/16 inch (38rnm) in width, nominally 12 feet (3600mm) long. Cross-Tees: Minirnum of 1-1/4 inch (32rnm) in height with an exposed capped face of 9/16 inch (38mrn) in width. Hanger Wire: Galvanized steel conforming to Federal Specification FF-QQ-W-461, Finish 5, Class 1 annealed, and not less than 12 gage (2.0mm). Finish: Exposed faces of main and cross runners shall be a baked enamerpoint finish, in color as selected 0 in sy u n m d ra s n f tno the yste i r, sm sp ec if ied wit h Wa a t grid. wall angle, MS174. Standard colors to m 2.03-6tEILING PANELS Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Acoustone molded mineral fiber panels. Glacier pattern, integral colors as selected 1. Size: 24 inch x 24 inch x 3/4 inch(600mm x 600mm x 16mm 2. Light reflectance of LR-1 (over 75 percent), per Fed. Spec. 05-5-1185 and ASTM E1264. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A per ASTM E1264 and Fed. Spec. 55-5-1 156, Flame Spread 25 or under, per ASTM E-84 (UL Label). 4. NRC: .70 - .80 in suspended mounting. 5. CAC: 40-44 (continuous ceiling). 6. Edge Detail: Fineline (FL) kerfed edge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions M writing; with a copy to Tenant. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Verify, before proceeding with this Work, that required inspections of existing conditions hove been completed. 3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636 and as supplemented in this Section. Locate system on mom axis according to reflected ceiling plan. InstalI after major above-ceiling Work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other Work. Supply hangers or inserts for installation in concrete with instructions for their correct placement. Hang suspensMn system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, ovoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, *reinforce the nearest affected hdngers and related carrying channels to span the extre distance. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 inches (150mm) of each corner; or support components independently. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. Install edge molding at Mtersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter miner- Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interru,. dons. Forrn expansion joints as detailed. Form to accommodate plus or minus 1 inch movement. Maintain visual closure. 3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN UNITS Install acoustical units in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Loy directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis Fit border trim neatly ogainst abutting surfaces. Install units after above-ceiling Work is complete. Install acoustical units level in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents, Cut panels to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim. Field rabbett panel edge. Double cut and field paint exposed edges of tegular units. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closers to match edge molding. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6mm in 3000mm). 3.05 ADJUSTING Remove damaged or soiled panels and replace with new units, as directed by Architect. 3.06 CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equiprnent and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition in accordance with Section 01500. SECTION 09511 SUSPENSION CEILING EDGE TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Section Includes: Compasso Specialty Ceiling Suspension Trirn as shown on Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Edge trim system for suspended ceiling system, consisting of 8" x 9/16 metal pans curved to inside and outside radii ranging from 18" to 288" and sweeping through included angles from 15 degrees to 90 degrees. Attachment to grid system is provided by a specially designed Compasso attachment clip, which snops into ond locks against hems of Compasso trim and is screw-attached to the bulb of the intersecting Donn Suspension system member. Independent sections of trim are joined together using the Composso splice plate. 1. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing complete layout of systems including attachments, intersections of members and edge conditions. 1. Reflected Ceiling Plans: Indicate layout arrangement of ceiling design, dimensions and locations of related integrated lighting and air distribution components. 2. Installation Drawings: Detail complete installation including all trim pieces, attachment clips, splice plates and corner nieces, installation of related lighting and air distribution comp.,nents, access requirements, and sound absorption requirements. 3. Manufacturer's data: Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts or standard drawings showing details of system with project conditions clearly identified and manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. Product Data: Provide data on metal grid system cornponents and acoustical units. Sarnples: 1. Submit 2 representative samples of color and finish of all exposed materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Subcontractor Qualifications: Installed shall have not less than three years of successful experience in the installation of ceiling systems on projects with requirements similar to requirements specified. Ri uerthuoirretrirelesnt hoeing g re a Codes ana regulations of o Source quality control: 1. Test reports: Manufacturer will provide test certification for minimum requirements as tested in accordance with applicable industry standards ond/or to meet performance standards specified by various agencies. 2. Changes from system: System performance following any substitution of materials or change in assembly design must be certified by the manufacturer. 1.05 REFERENCES Standards: Comply with ASTM 0635, "Standard Specification for Acoustical Tile and Loy-In Panel Ceilings", ASTM C636, "Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels" and CISCA Ceiling Systems Installation Handbook. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials to site M Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Protect finished surfaces with removable wrapping or coating which will not bond when exposed to sunlight. Examination: Promptly examine delivered materials, file freight cloims for damage duHng shipment, and order replacement material, as required. Storage: Adequately protect against domage while stored at the site. HaTdling: Comply cith Manufacturer's instructiors. 1.07 MAINTENANCE Extra Materials: Maintenance rnaterials: Submit one percent of amount of ceiling components installed. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS Coordination with other work: • 1. Mechanical work: ductwork above ceiling shall be complete, and perrnonent heating and cooling systerns operating to climate conditions prior to installation of ceiling components. 2. Electrical work: Installation of conduit above ceiling shalt be complete before installation of ceiling components. 3. Fire protection work: fire protection lines and/or equipment occurring above ceiling shall be completed ond tested before ceiling components are installed. Protection: Protect completed work above ceiling system from damage during installation of ceiling components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER Compass° suspension tHm for use with any standard Donn suspension system as manufactured by USC Interiors, Inc., Chicago, Illinois, U>S>A> 2.02 MATERIALS 8" Compasso system. 1. 8" Composso trim: 8" wide face, 9/16 horizontal legs with hems formed for attachment to the Compasso mounting clip; commercial quality cold-rolled 24 gauge steel, factory fifilshed in standard color as indicated. 2. Splice plates: steel M finish to match trim pans; formed for snap-fit into 8" pans. 3. Attachment clips: hot-dipped galvanized steel in finishes to match pons; formed for snap-fit into 8" pan and attached to Donn Centricitee suspension system mernbers. 4. 90 degree corner pieces, to match Compass° trim. 2.03 FABRICATION Trim pans. Edges formed to snap onto ottachment clips and provide positive mechanical lock with no visible fasteners. Factory finished to match approved samples. Splice plates: formed to snap into and provide positive lock between abutting pans with no visible fasteners. Factory finished to match trim pans. Mounting clips: Formed to snap into trim pans and provide positive mechanical lock with no visible fasteners while providing a variable angle., screw -fastened connection to suspension members which intersect the trim. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Examine areas to receive Work and report detrimentel conditions which will adversely affect installation in writing, with a copy to Tenant. Commencement of Work will b construed as acceptance of existing conditions. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Verify, before proceeding with this Work, that required inspections of existing conditions hove been completed. Work to be concealed: Verify work above support systern is complete, tested. and installed in manner which will not affect layout and installation of ceiling system. Fire-rated assembly: Construction above ceiling system shall meet requirements as applicable to provide fire-resistance rating specified. 3.02 PREPARATION Field dimensions: Installed must verify actual field dimensions prior to installation. Renovation work: Installing contractor shalt verify that existing ceiling structure is adequate to support additional Cogopasso ceiling suspension requirement. Coordination: Ceordinate and schedule installation of ceiling systern with work of other trades affected by this installation, with particular attention given to mechanical and electrical work required to be installed and operating before ceiling work can begin. 3.03 INSTALLATION Reference: Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Follow architects' details for thermal and building expansion joint treatments. Hanger wires: 1. Spacing: Space hanger wires maximum 48" c.o. along length of carrier system, attached directly to structure above. 2. Limitation: Do not support hanger wires from mechanical and/or electrical equipment, piping, or other equipment occurring above ceiling. 3. Provide additional fixture support as requirrttd in accordence with local building codes or other regulatory agencies. Compass° system: Install according to procedure provided by rnanufacturer and in accordance with approved shop drawings. 1. Perimeter connection detail recommended. lighw tnr g s. components: Reer f to Electrical specifications and i Air distribution components: Refer to Mechanical specifications and drawings. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES Maximum Variation frorn Flat and Level Surface: 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6mm in 30000m). Deflection on installed system: Maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. 3.05 ADJUSTING Remove damaged or soiled panels and replace with new units, as directed by Manufacturer. 3.06 CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away frorn premises. Leave Work in clean condition in cccordance with Section 01500. SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SUMMARY Section Includes: Resilient tile flooring and accessories as shown on Drowings ond as specified. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit data on specific products, describing physical and performance characteristics, sizes, patterns and colors available. Maintenance Data: Subrnit maintenance procedures, recortirnended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re-waxing. QUALITY ASSURANCE Quolifications: Installation shall be by qualified installer approved by the Manufacturer of the materials. Regulatory Requirements: flame spread index; slip resistance of floor surfaces and changes in level shall be in accordance with applicable law. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Adequately protect against darnage while stored at the site. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions for handling. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environment. Requirements: Installation shall not begin until Work of other Trades is substantially completed ond the area or ronms where flooring is to be installed leas been maintained at a minimum ternperature of 70 degrees F. for ot least 48 hours. Moisture content and bondobility of concrete sub-floors shall be determined by a field testing method recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Mointain ambient tempemture required by Adhesive Manufacturer three days prior to, auring, ana 24 hours after installation of moterials. Mt.NTENANCE Extra Materials: Provide 12 square feetof flooring and 12 lineal feet of base of each moteriol specified. TILE FLOORING Vinyl Cornposition Tile: ASTM F1066 Class 2, Composition 1, 12 inch x 12 size. 1/8 inch thick; design, pattert and color as indicated, BASE Base; FS SS-W-40, Type I rubber; or Type 2 vinyl 4 inch high; 1/8 inch thick; top set covered. 0. 0041v , 7 NO PE.0.0 estAlck FILE. A2 - TITLE SPEC IF I CAT IONS A2.4 ACTTIISSURe Adhesives 5uitabie I, the uraeifiour substrate conditions involved o, recoMmended by the Manufacturer of the flooring materials Adhesives shall be x ote stabilized type Asphalt erni-Isions ore not acceptable CeRck P , RInf Wcfelfzrool type as recommended by trie Vanufoctuiei Edge Sttips inch (25mm) wide with beveled edge. Materioi to Seoler. Type recommenced by Flooring Manufacturer. EXAMINATON Examine subsurfaces to receive Work anc report detrimentoi conditions in writiro , Architect. Commencement e Work will construec cs acceotonce of subsurfaces Inspect the sub-floor nece ye nesiiiert tiooring. Do not icy floor covering until sub-fioors ore - emcee condition to receVe some. Sub-floors snon be brocrn cert.,. free cif foreign motter ond thoroughly cleon before instziiatior Verify concrete floors OTC Ory torcobie PRiToARK, IC Remnve sut zges arid bumps Fill low spots, cracks, ,o nts, no and other aefects witt subfloor filler. App'y, trowei. zhr scat tine to leave a smooth, fiat, hard surface. rot,nitit 'nom u.ea u ,Iler is cured Vacuum clean s,,ps,rate Aool primer tc ' surfaces os recommended by sioanng Norufacture, - 7ILE FORiNG irstol accordance wit, Vlan,..facturers' inst,uctons and r■ with "Recornmeroed Work Procedures for ResiLent Cover nos" ce the Res ion; rioor Covering 'nstitute Loy tiie fooninc with joints porolle to buiiding lines and with symitnethcol palterns Terminate fiowinq ot cen,erjin, of coot openings where ocljocent floor rinish is dissimilar. install ecge strips unprotectec or -exposed ecges. and where flooring terminates. Scribe fiooring to WOI S, col,nns, cabinets, floor ox onO other oPaurtenances , pron.:, tight joints. ,NSTAL,'ION - SASE Ft join, tight a, vertical. Araimain minimum measurement of incnes between jo els, triter internal corners instal base on s,ic backing Ecro tigrt to walI and haor surfaces. Scribe or, tiz zoor frames and ctnet irlerfuntions. C-SANiiNC, Arten r oaring nos OCOO eater, ond j ust orior to opening T tnotfic thorough, ',eon acsorocnce with No kicking is reouirea. Rerrioxe st, off, s ana canesiue from loo• covering anc ad,,cent su'aces -sire Aitar,octurers recommender, methods and eave otton o oorizitich. During Inc co,se the Work and remove excess motes., ecuic.ment and ceoris and aszose o' owa, trom a•emises .ec., Work , aeon condition • Oe m le:, ," foorna, nos 5secome wok sectea ct least 4E hours, z moirczned temperature al not iess teen 70 eecreee 1 aegrees anc nct permil fixtures, Sr:CTiON 09665 - IXEENT SHEET F_OORING SUMMAR Section ,ciudes: Resi Tent shee flooring and accessories as 5 on Drawings and as specified. st,RmITTALS Subm,t data or specific products, describing physical and .rformonce cnoracteflstics, patterns and colors available. S...breet recintenance oroceoums and recommended maintenance emrials ASSuRANCE Regulatory Requirements. Conform , ftame spread index. Slip resistonce of floor surfaces and changes in level shall be in accoroonce with cablioc5le DE.IVERv, SeORAGE AND HANDLING emiiver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened ocorcogi• g with label$ int.:. Adequately protect against damage • stored al the site. Comply with Manufacturer's Msd/ctions for ecedling. PROJECT/SITE CONDI,ONS oeeelrements: Ins shall n. begin until Work of other Trod. is substantially completed and the area or ,oms wnere flooring is to be instceed h t a minimum temperature of 70 degrees F. for at least 48 hours. m els, re corhent and bonaability e concrete sub-floors shall be aemernined by f ield testing method fecomrnended by flooring rem-wt.:ere, Maintain ameient tempercture required by Adhesive Veneefaceurer three days prior to, during, and 24 nours cfter installation of materiels. MANITE.NANCE - 5 - 00 4:0000 remnants e sreet flooring for delivery to Tenant. SHEE7 FLOORING Valyi Sneen ASem F1303, Type Gracie 1; color through total tilieeceess nee ecttern os se:este ACCESSORIES Adh.ives: Se eelele • tre underfloor substrate conditions involved as recornrxenaec cy the Manufacturer of the flooring matericis Adnesives sece ee waterproof , stabilized type. Crock crid Joint Wcterproof type as recommended by the Monufocsurer, Edge Strip.: Type furnished or opproved by neer Monufacturer. Z 01 EXAMINATION Excmine sunsurfaces to receive. Work cnd report detrimental conditions. Commencement of Woo wit, be construed cs acceptance of subsurfaces. inspect the sub-floor to receive resilient flooring. Z. not lay floor covering until sub-floors ore in proper ccrd'itiort , receive some. Sub-floors shall be broom clean, free of foreign rn,fter and thoroughly clean before installation_ Verify concrete floors are dry and bondoble. PREPAP.ATiOe Remove sub-floor ridges end bumps. aro all telegraphing defects. Fill low spats, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. Apply, trowel, ond float filler to leave a smooth, fIct, nano surface. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. Vacuum ciecn substrate. Apply primer to floor surfaces as recommended by Flooring Manufacturer. ,NSTALLATION - SrfEE FLOORING ttott accordance with Manufacturers' instructions and accordance with "Recommended Work Procedures for Resiiient Floor Coverings" of tne Resiiient Floor Covering Institute. Termincte flooring az centenire of coor openings wnere odjacent floor finish is dissimiio•. instoll edge strips at unprotected or exposed eages, td 0°00 flooring terrninotes. Scribe flooring to wellt . columns, catenets, floor outlets, and other eePurteeeneee procuce tight joints. Deiete =COM we.c.eg M net reouirec. Seam Weicing: Seam wela floor covenng joints 0 accordance with Manufacturer s airections. Trim weldec seams flat after seams have co,ed, ,nsoect for voids oetween welds ond adjacent flooring. CLEANING After flooring has become wed seated and just prior to opening it to traffic, thoroughly clean in accordance with Manufacturer recomrnendaticns.?Remove dirt, debris ond adhesive from floor covering and adjacent surfaces using Manufacturer's recommended methods and leave installation in a condition. During the course of the Work and on compietion, rernove excess materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. Minimize traffic until flooring hos oecorne well seated ot leost 48 hours, at c maintained temperature of not less than 70 degrees F., ond do not permit fixtures, equipment, trucks, or similar items on flooring. SECTION 09680 -CARPET SUMMARY Section Includes: Comet ond accessories as show.. on Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Specifications 011d recommended proeedures for ini.tolling carpet, adhesive ond accessories. Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings indicating seam locations and edging conditions in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Test Reports: Submit reports for flammability, smoke density od static propensity from independent laboratory no more than 2 years old. Contractor shall be provide written moisture and alkali test results pertaining to the concrete slob prior to instheetion. Contract Closeout Submittols: SubMit the following: Submit 2 copies of Manufacturer's inStructions for carpet care ond cleaning. instructions shall include shampooing ond removal of stains end burns; WarrontYi QUALITY ASSURANCE Carpet Instoller Qualifications: Minimum of 5 years commercial installation experience. Standards: Comply wan the following: 1 Federal Flame Standard (Pill Test): Passes (DOC-FF - 1-70). 2. Flammability Requirements - Flooring Rodiant Panel: Class one - Exceeds 0.45 Watts per cm2 (ASTM 0 in direct gluei-down opplication). 3. Optic, Smoke Density Requirements (ASTM 662-79): Less than 450 (NOS Smoke Density Chamber - NFPA-258). 4. Static Rropensity: Under 3.0 00 (AATCC-134). DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging witn each roll having register number tags attached or register identification stenciled on mill wrappings and intact. Store in well ventilated spaces protected from damage. dirt. stains, mthisture on d other adverse conditions. PROJECT CONDITIONS Verity installafion dimensions by making f Mid measurements. WARRANTY .Monuf octurer seek warront carpet against excessive surface wear for IC yecirs frcrn date of substantial compietion when properly instolied arc maintained. Excessive surface wear is defined as mom than 10 percent loss of pile f iber. Areas having excesnive s/rfoce wear shall be replaced ot Menufocturer's expense, ...leg oboe MAINTENANCE Carpet scraps ond trimmings more than 3 feet in one dimension shall be neatly packaged in small quantities and delivered to Tenort at Project Closeout. Include as overage one piece of oar.: of ea., color not less than 4 square yards. ACCESSORIES Underloyment: Portland cement -latex concrete floor filler for teveiing concrete floor os recommended by Carpet Manufacturer. Floor Primer: Monuf acturer's approved floor prirner applied to all ore05 that are to receive glue-down carpeting. Edge Strip: Metal or vinyl reducer strip for areas, doorways cnd other areas where edge of carpet is exposed. Carpet Gripper: Tockless type for stretch installation. EXAMiNATION Eeamine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions. Commencement of Work will be construed os acceptance of subsurfaces. Check concrete for excessive moisture content or hydro-static moisture content. Excessive moisture is defined O no more tnan 2.5 pounds per 1000 squore feet in 24 hours. Check concrete for ocidity/olkolinity which shall test in the 6.0 to 8.0 range. Coordinate with other Work which offects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. PREPARATION inspect surfaces to receive carpet, make tests recommended by Carpet Manufacturer, to ke necessary corrective action. Grind ridges in concrete floors level and srnooth. Fill crocks, construction joints and other surface imperfections with latex underlayrnent compound troweled level with adjocent surfaces. Telegraphing of irregulorities in subfloor shall be sufficient cause for rejection. Remove foreign and incornpotible moteriols and vacuum clean surfaces immediately prior to installation. Existing Surface Preparation: At existing floors, remove existing floors in areas indicated to receive carpet. to provide on occeptable surface for direct glue-down carpet os follows: 1. Provide clean floor surfaces. 2. Flood apply full strength floor stripping solution. Allow to stand for several minutes and, prior to drying, scrub with disc scrubber with screen mesh or stiff bristle brush. 3. Flood rinse with hot water and completely remove rinse water with squeegee and/or wet-vac. 4. Repeat any or all of above steps as required to insure complete removal of wax and stripper. 5. Allow floor to dry completely. 6. Repoir floor as required by Carpet Manufacturer prior to installing carpet. INSTALLATION - GLUE-DOWN Install carpeting material and adhesive in strict accordance with Manufacturer s recommendations and in accordance with CRI 104-1993. "Standard for Installation of Commercial Textile Floor Covering Materials" os published by the Carpet and Rug institute. Lay carpet materials tight and free of irregularities. Cut and fit carpeting accurately and srnoothly ott WOil and floor surfaces, around projections and into trim strips o binding bars with a minimum number of seams. Install no lengths or fillers which ore less than 2 (600rren) in length. Make installation continuous under removable portable and/or accoMion partitions. Carpet Seams: 1. Locate seorns M accordance with approved seam diagram. 2. Seam layout shall provide a minimum total seam length with minimum head seams. 3. Do not locate head seams in areas of heavy traffic. 4. Butt match seams in carpeting material with no cut yard ends allowed and with carpet tufting running in some direction throughout Project installation. 5. Stagger carpet cross cuts or seams by a minirnum of 10 feet. 6. Required topes or adhesives used shall be in strict accordance with corpet and product Manufacturer's recommendations for type of searn, material and use intended. Edge Strips: 1. Install where floor carpeting terminates and where carpeting abuts a dissimilar floor moteriol. 2. Securely fasten edge strips with concealed fasteners. Center under doors at doorways. CLEANING Remove spots, smears, sfiens, and similar defects immediotely with a material recommended by Carpet Manufacturer. Thoroughly vocuurn and clean carpet installation offer other Trades have been completed 0 when otherwise directed. installed carpeting material shall be left free from adhesives, scraps, carpet ripples, scollop and puckers. Carpet spots shall be cleaned with spot remover approved by Corpet Manufacturer and loose threads removed with sharp scissors. Installed carpeting material shall be free frorn defects at time of final acceptance by Owner. During the course of the Work and on completion, mmove and dispose of excess materials, equipment ond debris away frorn prernises. Leave Wok in clean condition. PROTECTION Protect installed carpet against soiling abuse or damage by other Trades, and cover completed Work as necessary to ensure protection. Repair or replace damaged Wok. SECTION 09836 -TEXTURED WALL COATING SUMMARY Section Includes: Preparation of surfaces. installation of accessories and application 4 textured wall coating. SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's comprehensive product description marked to suit project requirements; including manufacturer's specifications ond installotion recommendations. Samples: Provide color and texture somple for Tenant's approval. Somple shall be 24- 0 24- mountea on gypsum sheathing of each finish, texture and color. Each sample shoe be prepared using the same tools and techniques proposed for the actual installation. Certificates: Submit o copy of approved applicator's current certificate of approval from manufacturer. QUALITY ASSURANCE Application of texture coating rnateriols shall be performed by journeymen qualified in the trowel trodds and trained by Manufactumr at on applicator school. Mock zee: 1, Construct 0 meek-up Seetion on well using prOp.ed materials, color and texture, The wimple wall shall provide a stondord of workmanship, range of color and texture, and shell include fleshings ono control joints Ohtoin Taiiant'S appmvol of resultant finish prior to proceeding with Work. 2. Construct successive sample panels unte the stondard opproved, 3. When accepted, sample wall shall be the standard of comparison tor the remoinder of the work, 4. Upon completiOn and accept.. Of the project, retrieve the sample wall from the site ond dispose in a legal monrer, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver meteriole ta site in manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Adequately protect ogoinst damage while stored at the site, Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling PROJECT/STE CONDITIONS Environmentol Requirements: Ambient air temperature shall be 40 degrees F or greater and rising at the time of installation of materials, and remain so for at least 24 hours thereafter, For installation in ambient temperatures less than 40 degrees mainthin supplementary heat for ot Mast 24 hours after installation, Subsequent to installation, the wall shall remain free of residual moisture. WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's standard limited 5 year warranty for materials. MANUFACTURERS Specifications are based upon products as toot: octured by rexcoot. EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Representative of the manuf octurer shall inspect and approve substrate prior to the application of coating. Substrates shall be flat within 1/8 inch within any 4 feet. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for application of additive 0 leveling coot to assure a smooth surface. PREPARATION Clean surfaces of oil, grease or other residue. Remove loose particles or other foreign matter by wire brushing, sand blasting or other acceptable method. Prime ferrous metal surfaces with rust inhibiting primer. Prime new galvanized surfaces with copper sulfate wash. Rinse with water. Fill joints and defects 1/8 inch or deeper with filler material for a flat, smooth finish. Repeat as necessary. The manufacturer's latest published information shall be followed for standard detail treatments. Repair thermol and shrinkage crocks. Feather edges of patches out o minimum of 2 inches each side of crack and mound 1/16 over crack. Apply additional filler as required. APPLICATION Apply finish coot in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Apply in accordance with approved mock-to. Avoid cold joints or staging marks. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During construction the work shall be inspected by the Tenant or authorized representative. CLEANING During the dispose of premises. course of the Work and on completion, remove and excess materials, equipment and debris away from Leave Work in clean condition. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING SUMMARY Section Includes: Painting as specified and as noted on Drawings. Surf aces requiring finishing and left unfinished by the requirerrients of other Sections shall be painted or finished as port of the Work of this Section. DEFINITIONS Touch-Up: Pointing of items missed by pointer ot no additional cost to Owner. Re-Point: Repairs to paint work for damages caused by other trades. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit schedule of manufacturers of products required for the Work, together with specifications recommended by each monufocturer. QUALITY ASSURANCE Preporotion, application and workmanship shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and applicable provisions of the following: 1. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America - "Painting Specification Manual," for Type 1, Standard job, except where specified otherwise. 2. Gypsum Association - GA210, "Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver moteriols to site in manufacturer's sealed containers, legends and labels, intact. Adequately protect against damage while stored at site. In no case shall the amount or method of moterials stored exceed the arnount permitted or the manner allowed by local ordinances. state laws, or fire underwriter regulations. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: Do not apply exterior paint in damp or rainy weather or until ofter the surface has dried thoroughly from the effects of such weather. During interior application, maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F. unless otherwise directed by manufacturer's printed instructions. Hold temperature os constant as possible. Provide adequate ventilation ot all times so the humidity cannot rise above the dew point of the coldest surface to be pointed. Moisture-containing surfaces, such as concrete, stucco ond cement plaster shall have a moisture content of less than 8 percent as measured by moisture meter. Remove surface salt deposits prior to painting. Verify that pH is neutral, or within acceptable lirnits of Paint Manufacturer. Paint after thoroughly cured. MAINTENANCE Extro Materials: Upon completion of the Work, furnish Owner with Otto fresh gallon of each type and color of paint and finish used on this Project. Label containers with manufacturer's name, botch. color, shelf life, instructions, and cautions. MANUFACTURERS Furnish products only of the manufacturers listed in the finish schedule. MATERIALS Materials used shall comply with applicable Federal and local oir pollution regulations, lead content laws, and current VOC requirements. Materials sholl be "top of the line, first quality" products. Alternate moteriols submitted for prior approval shall have . qualities and materials equal to the other listed manufacturer s top of the line, first quality products. Materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface snail be the products of a single manufacturer. Points shall be ready mixed except for field catalyzed coatings, Contractor shall provide either waterborne or solventborne products at contractor's option and as follows: Waterborne: Provide where low odor and fast dry ore desired. Non-blocking materials shall be used for doors, door jambs, railings and other locations subject to handling, or where surfaces will come into contact with other painted surfaces or belongings. Solventborne: Provide where harder finish is required (such as "wet" areas) and odor will not create problems with occupants. These products shall not be used where color retention is o concern. EXAMINATION' Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report it conditions detrimental to Work. Commencement of Wc,k 0111 be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. PROTECTION Before pointing, remove hardware, accessories, electrical plates, lighting fixtures and similar items. Provide protection for such items, including adjacent surfaces as required or directed/ On completion of each space, replace above items. Mask permanent labels. Provide, distribute, and maintain a sufficient supply of clean drop cloths and other protective coverings. in SURFACE PREPARATION Surfaces requiring painting or finishing shall be thoroughly dry and cured, free of dirt, dust, grease, oil and other foreign matter. Repair voids, cracks, nicks, ond other surface defects, with appiopliute eetching material. Finish flush with surrounding surfaces. Spot prime marred or damaged snop coate on Metal surfacee with appropriate Metal primer. Determine moisture content Of plaster, stucco, cementitious materials, wood, ond other moisture-holding materials by .e Of a reliable electronic Moisture meter. Surfaces shall ee prepared in accordance with finieh Manufaeturer'S printed instructions prior to application of the finish, Wood: Sandpaper to smooth and even surface and then dust off. After primer or stain coat hoe been applied, thoroughly fill noil hol00 and other surface irnperfections with putty tinted with printer or stain to match wood color. Sand woodwork between coats to a smooth surface. Cover knots and sop streaks with a thin coot of shellac. Finish door and window edges after finol fitting. Finish interior of cabinets in the some manner as the exterior unless otherwise specified. Seal interior of drawers unless otherwise specified. Bockpriming: Backprime exterior woodwork, which M 00 ,000100 paint finish, with exterior primer paint. Bockprime interior woodwork, which M to receive paint or enamel finish, with enamel under000ter paint. Bockprime interior and exterior woodwork, which M to receive stain and/or varnish finish with VOC compliant varnish. Back-prime wood trim before installation. Steel and Iron: Rernove grease, rust and rust scale and touch-up chipped or abraded places on items that have been shop cocted. When area wa be exposed to view, sandpaper the entire treated area smooth, feather the edge of surrounding undomoged prime coat ond spot prime in o manner to eliminate evidence of repair. Where steel or iron at existing Work hove a heavy coating of scale, remove by sand blasting, sanding, descaling, grinding or wire brushing, as necessary, to produce a satisfactory surface for pointing. Galvanized Metal and Aluminum: Thoroughly clean by wiping surfaces with surf ace conditioner or solvent. Prime galvanized metal with galvanized iron primer os recommended by paint manufacturer. A test sample of the complete pointing system should be applied and checked for adhesion before final painting begins. Clean visible portions of throats of galvanized steel ductwork with solvent; wipe dry with clean rags and point flat block. Concrete: The method of surface preparation shall be at Contractor's discretion, provided the results are satisfactory to the Tenant, ond method is in compliance with applicable codes and requirements. Before first paint coat is applied, spot prime noils and other exposed metal occurring in the surfaces with a rust inhibitive primer as recommended by paint e e manufacturer. Prepare existing surfaces to be pointed by rernoving dirt, dose oil and grease stains and efflorescence. Plaster and Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill cracks, holes or imperfections in with compatible patching material and smooth off to match adjoining surfaces. Before painting, surfaces shall be first tested for dryness with a moisture testing device. Apply no paint or sealer on gypsum boord or plaster when the moisture content exceeds 8 percent. Test sufficient areas in each spoce and as often as necessary to determine if the surface hos the proper moisture content for pointing. If the moisture content is between 8 percent and 12 percent, prime with alkali resistant primer. If 8 percent or less, prime with specified primer. Remove the dry salt deposits from plaster surfaces by brushing with a stiff brush before pointing. Existing Surfaces: Clean, sand, patch, repair, and prepare existing surfaces to be painted so that such existing finished surfaces ore indistinguishable from new surfaces. Surfaces which cannot be prepared or pointed as specified shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Tenant in writing. WORKMANSHIP Apply products to achieve paint monufacturee's printed specifications for dry mil thickness Apply each coat of paint evenly and cornply with manufacturer s drying tirne before applying subsequent coats. Finished work shall be uniform, of approved color, smooth and free from runs, sags, clogging or excessive flooding. Make edges of point adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean, without overlapping. Where varnishes or enamel is used, lightly sand dust ond clean undercoats to obtain a smooth finish coat. Sand carefully between each coat of finish on smooth surfaces for y mei adhesion of subsequent coots. APPLICATION The number of coats scheduled M the minimum nember of coats required. Additional coot(s) shall be applied, ot no additional cost to the Tenant, to completely hide base material, provide uniform color and to produce satisfactory finish results. Apply coatings without thinning except as specifically required by label directions, or required by these specifications. In such cases, thinning shall be the minimum reduction permitted. Plumbing, Mechanical and Electrical: Exterior and interior exposed water, gas, waste piping, sprinkler piping, conduit, lighting and electrical panels, telephone terminal boxes, galvanized ducts and insulated ducts, etc., shall be pointed unless gtherwise directed. Paint exposed unfinished fixtures, metal r Jets, switch boxes, control panels, devices, starters, junction boxes, vents, drains, an other similar items. Spray paint prime coated (not pre-finished) grilles and registers with enamel or lacquer to match walls and ceilings. Paint materials shall not sag, run or bind movable ports of grilles, registers, louvers, baffles, and other similar items. Throats of ducts shall be given one coat of flat black paint, wherever visibility of the interior of the duct M allowed through registers 0 other similar Remo. At fiber lined duct, use black latex paint. Examine the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and Specifications to determine the amount of exposed work to be painted. Paint exposed surfaces of every member; paint items inaccessible after installation before installation, if required to be pointed. Edges, tops, and bottoms of wood doors shall be finished and sealed with the same finish as the door faces, to meet door manufacturer's warranty requirements. Paint items fitted with finish hardware after hardware hos been temporarily removed. Heating and other equipment on or adjacent to walls or surfaces scheduled for painting, shall be disconnected, using workmen skilled in appropriote trades, and moved temporarily to permit pointing of surface. Following completion of painting, replace and reconnect items. Each succeeding pigmented coat shall be distinguishably lighter than the preeious coat. Tint prirne and undercoats to a color similar to finish coat. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility to recoat work in question. Brush, wipe or roll stain in 2 coat application. Avoid lap marks by maintaining "wet-edge" continually being merged with existing liquid coverage and stop only at natural edges, turns and breaking places. Do not point over Underwriters' Laboratory labels, fusible links, exposed sprinkler heads, and other similar items. Paint piping, electrical or other equiprnent, conduit, vents, and other similar items, on roof or other exterior locations as directed. Finish closets and the interior of cabinets with same color as adjoining rooms, unless otherwise specified. Finish other surfaces same as nearest or adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown or scheduled. Point surface of walls which will be concealed by cabinets, chalkboards or other items attached to wall. ADJUSTING At completion, do touch-up and re-paint work as diredted by the Tenant and leave finish surfaces in good condition acceptable to the Tenant. CLEANING During the course of the Work, remove misplaced point and stain spots or spills. Leave Work in clean condition acceptable to Tenant. Remove oily rags and waste daily, taking precaution to prevent fire. SCHEDULES Schedule of Finishes: Refer to the "Finish Schedule" on the Drawing for designated finishes of areas. EXTERIOR PAINT FINISHES This schedule uses the generic names listed in - Table of Painting Products. Ferrous Metals: Apply to exposed steel such as beams and column connectors, metal doom and frames, grilles, light fixture standards in parking areas, metal handrails, coiling doors, canopy overhangs and other exposed miscellaneous ferrous metals. Two or more coats of finish (3rd coot) rnay be required to achieve full hide and color uniformity. 1. 1st Coot: Red Oxide Ferrous Metal Primer. 2. 2nd Coot: Same moteriol as 3rd coot in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. 3rd Coat: Flat: Point, Flat - Waterborne (100% Acrylic). Semi-Gloss unless noted otherwise. Enamel, Semi-Gloss - Waterborne (Non-Blocking). Gloss: Enamel, Gloss - Waterborne (Non-Blocking). Galvanized Metals: Apply to exposed galvanized metal such as copings, louvers and metal floshings. 1. Vinyl Wosh Pretreatment (if required by paint manufacturer): Solvent .clean metal to remove foreign matter or any coating applied by the metal manufacturer. 2. 1st Cot: Galvanized Metol Primer. 3. 2nd Coat: Same material as 3rd coat os recommended by manufacturer. 4. 3rd Coot: Flat: Paint, Flat - Waterborne (1005 Acrylic) unless noted otherwise. Semi-Gloss: Enamel, Semi-Gloss - Waterborne. Gloss: Enamel, Gloss - Waterborne. Alurninum: Apply to exterior louvers and other miscellaneous exposed exterior unfinished aluminum surfaces. 1 Vinyl Wash Pretreatment: Solvent clean metal to rernove foreign matter or any coating applied by the metal manufacturer. 2. 1st Coot: Aluminum Primer 3. 2nd Coot: Same material as 3rd coat as recommended by manufacturer. 4. 3M Coot: Flat: Point, Flat - Waterborne (1005 Acrylic). Semi-Gloss unless noted otherwise. Enamel, Serni -Gloss - Waterborne (Non-Blocking). Gloss: Enamel, Gloss - Waterborne (Non-Blocking). Concrete Masonry Units, Concrete and Stucco: Apply to exterior cernentitious surfaces as indicated 0 noted. Precast concrete lintels, beams, caps, sills, etc. at exterior of buildings shall not be painted. 1. 101 Coat: Concrete Masonry Block Filler. 2. 2nd Coot: Concrete and Stucco Primer. • 3. 3rd Coat: Flat: Paint, Flat - Waterborne (1000 Acrylic) unless noted otherwise. One of the coots shall be roller applied. Semi-Gloss: Enamel, Semi-Gloss - Waterborne. Gloss: Enamel, Gloss - Waterborne. INTERIOR PAINT FINISHES This schedule uses the generic names listed in - Table of Painting Products. Interior Concrete Masonry (Non-Wet Areas): Apply to exposed interior concrete masonry block units except areas specified above for enamel finish. 1. 1st Coat: Block Filler, w/o Aggregate. Work lot Coot into surface of block and mortar joints to fill all pits and voids. 2. 20 Coat: Vinyl Acrylic Wall Sealer or same material as 3rd Coat as recommended by manufacturer. 3. 3rd ond 4th Coats: Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss. Ferrous Metals: Apply to exposed metals such as steel doors, hollow metal f rames, metal beam saddles, colurnns, grilles and registers, stair and hand railings, ladders, and other exposed miscellaneous metals. 1. 1st Coot: Ferrous ■sletal Primer 2. 2nd Coot: Enamel Undercooter/Primer or sarne material as 3M Coat as recommended by manufacturer. 3. 3rd Coat: Eggshell: Enamel, Eggshell - Acrylic (Non-Blocking) or Alkyd. Semi-Gloss: Enamel, Semi-Gloss - Acrylic (Non-Blocking) or Alkyd. Gloss: Enamel Gloss - Acrylic (Non-Blocking) or Alkyd. Interior Wood Finishes (Enamel): Apply to wood door frames, columns, exposed and concealed casework and millwork, wood-window wall construction, medium density plywood surfaces, shelving, roll-up wood doors, perforated and plain type hardboard, particleboard and other exposed miscellaneous wood and trim, except wood specified for a transparent or stain finish. 1. 1st Coat: Enarnel Undercooter/Primer. 2. 20 and 3M Coat: Eggshell: Acrylic Enamel, Eggshell Semi-Gloss: Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Gloss: Acrylic Enamel Gloss Interior Wood Finish (Flat): Apply to plywood telephone backing boards and other miscellaneous softwood as noted, specified or scheduled. ' 1. 1st Coat: Enamel Undercoater/Primer. 2. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Vinyl Acrylic, Flat Galvanized Metals: Apply to exposed galvanized metal. 1. Pretreatment: Solveet clean metal to rernove foreign matter or any coating applied by the metal rnonufacturer. 2. 1St Coat: Galvanized Metal Primer 3. 2nd and 3rd Coats: Eggshell: Acrylic Enamel. Eggshell Semi-Gloss (if noted on Drawings): Acrylic Enamel, Semi-Gloss Gloss (if noted on Drawings): Acrylic Enomel Gloss , Aluminum: Apply to interior louvers and other miscellaneous exposed unfinished aluminum surfoces. 1. Pretreatment: Solvent clean metal to remove foreign matter or any coating applied by the metal monufacturer. 2. 1st Coot: Aluminum Prirner 3. 2nd and 3rd Coats: Eggshell: Enamel, Eggshell Semi-Gloss (if noted on Drawings): Enamel, Semi-Gloss Gloss (if noted on Drawings): Enamel Gloss Gypsurn Boord, Plaster and Concrete (Wet Areas): Apply to board, plaster and concrete surfaces in toilet rooms, janitor morns, kitchens, and other areas as scheduled. 1. 1st Coot: Eno rnel Undercoater/Primer - Solventborne, unless noted otherwise. 2. 2nd and 3M Coots: Eggshell: Enamel, Eggshell - Solventborne. Semi-Gloss: Enamel, Semi-Gloss or Epoxy Enamel, Gloss - Solventborne. Gypsum Board, Plaster and Concrete (Non-Wet Areas): Apply to gypsum board, plaster and concrete except for wet areas. 1. 1st Coat: Primer/Sealer. Waterborne Primer/Sealer - Solvent borne (Alkyd) shall be used at new untextured smooth gypsum board surfaces covered with powdery or unstable soft top joint cement. 2. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Eggshell: Enarnel, Eggshell Semi-Gloss (if noted on Drawings): Enamel, Semi-Gloss Flat (if noted on Drawings): Paint, Flat tile or board. MANUFACTURERS Furnish application products of one of the following Manufacturers: 1. Dunn-Edwards Corporation 2. Genon Contract Wollcoverings, GenCorp Polymer Products gyps eeP SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS summATRY Section Includes: Wall coverings as shown on Drawings and as specified. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. Store materiols flat M a clean, dry 000 with maintained temperature above 40 degrees F. to 50 degrees F. for at least 3 days before and during the application period. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions for handling. _ MATERIALS Primer-Sealer: Where drywall, plaster or concrete are to receive wall covering, coat surface with one coat of primer-sealer. s Adhesives: Type recommended for the specific wall covering type and wall substrate, and shall contain mildew inhibitor. EXAMINATION Inspect wall covering for flaws, imperfections, shading or color inconsistency prior to installation. Examine subsurfaces to , mceive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Tenant. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Exarnination includes bond, moisture and alkali testing as required or recommended by Manufacturer. Moisture meter readings of backing surfaces shall be less than 4 percent. Backing shall be thoroughly dry, clean of dust and dirt, paint spots and 'free from irnperfections that may show through the finished installation. PREPARATION Surface Preparation: Prime substrate 'surfaces with one coat of primer-sealer. INSTALLATION Follow the Adhesive Manufacturer's directions 1 or mixing ond applying adhesive. Apply poste to the fo brie back using a roller or poste brush. Hang smooth, by peeking . strips on the wall, overlapping the edges and "double-cutting through both thicknesses. Use 0 0.04 inch or 0.06 inch zinc or aluminum strip between wall and materiel when cutting, to ovoid gouging the wall. Use stiff -bristled brush or flexible broad knife to eliminate air pockets ond to secure the wall covering to the wall surface. Fill spaces above and below windows and similar areas in sequence from the roll, not later when full-length pieces have been installed. Remove neness paste from each wan as it is rnade and before proceeding to next seam. Use sponge dampened with plain warm water. Wipe seam clean with dry cloth towel. Examine each scorn carefully when completed. Trim additional selvage where required to achieve o color and pattern match at seams. Completed wall covering shall be secure, smooth and clean, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. CLEANING Clean wall covering surfaces after installation, remove traces of adhesive per Manufacturer's recommendations. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition Acceptable to the Tenant. SECTION 09985 - FRP WALL PANELS SUMMARY Section Includes: Prefinished wall panels. SUBMITTALS Product Dota: Manufacturer's Specifications and installation instructions for each materiol and accessory. Submit cleaning and maintenance instructions in accordance with Section 01700. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials clearly labeled to identify Manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade and fire hazard classification. Store horizontally in original undamaged packages. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: Install materials when temperature and humidity conditions approximate conditions that will exi t when building is occupied. MATERIALS Panels and Accessories: Kemply as manufactured by Dyrotech Industries, Joliet, IL. Provide the following 1. Fibergloss reinforced plastic, 0.09 inches thick with embossed finish laminated to one side of a 1/2 inch thick APA, CD Exposure 1 grade plywood. Colors textures ond patterns as selected. 2. Moldings at panel edges to be 2 piece batten type with snap-on trim. Adhesive: Manufacturer's recommended type for use with selected materials, waterproof, mildew resistant nonstaining type. Cooking: Latex type as approved by Adhesive and Wall Paneling Manufacturer. Moldings: Extruded anodized aluminum trim pieces. Use at internal and external corners. Miscellaneous Items: Furnish and install supplementary or miscella nous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation whether or not specified 0 indicated. EXAMINATION Examine substrate and conditions under which the material is to be installed. Verify that surfaces, when tested with moisture meter, have proper moisture content. Verify that nails and scm00 are recessed, with joints and depressions taped, finish ond sealed. Remove contaminants frorn areas to be covered. Do not proceed with Work until Work of other Trades which passes through wall covering has been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Start of Work indicates acceptance of responsibility for performance and any required remedial Work. INSTALLATION Install panels in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions using full sheet rnastic coverage method. Remove plumbing escutcheons, switchplates, wall plates, and surface-mounted fixtures,' and cut wall paneling evenly to fit. Replace items after completion of Work. Where applicable, install paneling before installation of plumbing, casings, bases, cabinets and other items to be applied over paneling. CLEANING Remove excess adhesive and smudges with soft cloth and mineral spirits. SECTION 10400 - IDENTIFYING DEVICES SUMMARY Section Includes: Facility name on building exterior and dedicatory plaque as shown on Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's brochures indicating materials and finishes. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Store items in dry, protected areas. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. Keep fee of corrosion or other damage. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Verify dimensions shown on Drawings by taking field measurements. EXAMINATION Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrirnental - - conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. INSTALLATION Install plumb and level in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Securely fasten wall mounted items to solid backing. Clean and polish. Unless shown on Drawings list location and text for door signage, metal letters and plaque. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess materials, equiprnent and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition acceptable to Tenant. SECTION 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 101 102 1.03 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Eire protection specialties os shown on Drawings and as specified. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's dota and installation instructions for each item, including dimensions and anchorage details. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Cornply with ANSI/UL 92 and 711. B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to ANSI/NFPA 10 and to the following: 1. ANSI A117.1 "Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Phyisically Handicapped People." 2. Public Law 101-336 * The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). 1 ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG), 4. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS). 5. The Arizonans with Disabilities Act of 1992 Administrative Rules (Az DAAG) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A, Furnish products of one of the following Manufacturers, except as approved by the Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 2. J.L. Industries 3. General 4. Knox 5. Supra Products Co. 2.02 EQUIPMENT Multi-Pure, le Dry Chernica I Extinguisher 1. Capacity and UL Rating: 5 lbs., 2A-108:C. 2. Tank: DOT approved steel cylinder. 3. Metal valves and siphon tube. 4. Replaceable molded valve stem seal. 5. Pressure gauge. Wall Bracket: Manufacturer's standard J -type for wall hung extinguishers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. a Coordination: Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. install items in ooto0 otoeo 110 Manufacturer's directions. Install cabinets plumb and level at heights shown on Drawings. B. Comply with regulatory requirements ond anchor securely. C. Verify that, extinguishers are charged and tagged. D. Place extinguishers in cabinets ond on wall brackets. 3.03 CLEANING A. During the c ourse of the Work and on completion, remove ond dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition in accordance with Section 01500. SECTION 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES SUMMARY Section Includes Toilet accessories as shown on Drawings and as specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. ANSI A117.1 "Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People." 2. Public Low 101-336 "The Arnedcans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). 3. ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). 4. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS). SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit Drawings and brochures of toilet accessory iterns showing sizes, construction and mounting techniques. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened packaging with labels intact. Protect finished surfaces with removable wrapping or coating which will not bond when exposed to sunlight. Adequotely protect against damage while stored at site Comply with Manufacturer's instructions for handiing. MATERIALS Stainless Steel: AISI, Type 302/304, with satin No. 4 finish. Unless specified 0 indicated, the use of other stainless steel alloys. Sheet Steel: Cold roiled, commercial quality, ASTM A366. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on meta l, ASTM 8456, Type SC 2. Mirror Glass: FS 50-5-451, Type I, Class 1, Quality 1, 1/4 inch (6rnm) thick, with silver coating, copper protective coating, and non-metallic paint covering. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM Al23, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Locks: Tumbler type, keyed alike unless specified otherwise. Fasteners: Theft-proof screws. Use no adhesive mountings. Backing Plates: 16 gage cold- rolled steel for mounting grab bam in stud partitions. TOILET ACCESSORIES Grob Bars: Bobrick 8-6209.99, stothless steel, 1 inches diameter, 42 inches long, concealed mounting, peened non-slip finish, in sizes and locations as shown on Drawings. Grab bars shall support at least 900 pounds. Furnish with concealed anchors and anchor plates suited to grab bar location. Hat and Coat Hook: Bobrick 8-682. EXAMINATION Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. Coordination with other Work: Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be concealed by this Work. INSTALLATION Install items in accordance with Manufacturer's published instructions and approved installation drawings in locations as shown on Drawings, ond in compliance with ANSI A117.1 as applicable. Secure toilet room accessories to adjacent walls ond partitions in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions for each item and each type of substrate construction and as follows: 1. Attachments of Recessed Accessories: Place shims between framing ond cabinet at screw attachment points. 2. Attachment of Surface Mounted Accessories: At stud walls, provide concealed blocking or backing at screw points to allow attachments with No. 18 x 1 -1 /2 inch sheet rnetal screws. At solid walls, tool plugs, expansion shields or toggle bolts shall be provided. Mirrors shall be locked to wall hangers by tie htening locking screws concealed in lower frame. Soap dispensers shall be mounted with 4 inch clearance from filler top to underside of any horizontal projection. Grab Bars: Framed wall construction: Install concealed anchor plates to studs. Attachment to studs must be sufficient to withstand a horizontal pull of 300 pounds. Accurately position and fasten before wall finish is applied. After woll surface is finiehed, secure concealed mounting plate to anchor plate using nless steel machine screws furnished by the Manufacturer. Seal wall penetrations with sealant as specified in Section 07900 to prevent moisture penetrotion through joints around fixtures. CLEANING During the course of the Work and on completion, remove ond dispose of excess materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition. • REVISIONS DATE] MIIII•111111•11•111=11111 5742 I S=Zfit S M% MAY 19 1998 111111■1=111111•111 FILE A2 - 51)WC, DRAWN 5.5. CHECKED 5.5. DATE MAY b, 1995 SC.ALE AS SHOWN JOB NUMDER 98146.00 TITLE SPEC IF ICAT IONS AZ5 (STOCK (79 r;,41) 'I 2 18X48 A Mi ROi - Ri ✓GE TOP OF i - : 18X48 A �- SHR INK 'WRA P rNSIDEI RIGHT HEL.V I'•.' G AF F STOC 18X36 A 18X48 A STEREO ABOVE te A A 6 A ADJACENT TENANT 1111111111.111_' G77 1 � 1 iEN ` �r , I m® 16 A -II 0 • • • • • • • • _ _ . : I2•KI- S:- tt•KI•T•YK Ant 00 0 6 n 7 ■ . r L i ■ - 9 ry 96j IBIP -1 P 1 M - 1C P - lA BRIGHT 1 M -3 BEGIN INGS 0 `c:► M - 13D IBIP - i 16)P - 3 (Dr -1 6 A M - 6 cv M - IC 51P -3 (DIP - 3 M - IC m (DIP - 3 00770 11 2 M - IG TY ENTERTAIN 44, 44, M - 136 P -1A (Br -1 161P -3 (61P -3 (6)F -3 IBIP -1 P - ID LIFELONG LEARNING 111111 M -6D SOFTWARE -3 SPACE D404 M - 1C YOUR BRAIN 0 M -4A DEMO 00 rim eto p m ry CASE M -2A r' 7 00 M -130 000 IMO 195 TYP. P -6A CASHWRAP M -2A CW - 1 M -2A AT YOUR LEISURE 16)6 - o M -3 or (B)6 -1 M P - IB (B)M - 1.4EL 1'x'1 MN MO M - 13D P- n (6)P -1 (BIM -1.4 WO pERS • I � I MIME DISCOV 3 -0 19 - 0" i A A5 � -1rr RIES 2 - 8 3 VIDEO M TE 1616 -3 (616 -3 IBIP - I (DIP -1 1616 -3 !616 -3 (6r -3 1616 -I 10)6 - (6)6 -3 (Dr -3 (BIP' -3 (Dr -1 (616 -1 (D)6 -3 (DIP -3 (6)6 -3 1616 -I 1616 -1 1616 -3 16)6 -3 (DIP -3 (BIP - I (DIP -1 .1 A "DEMO 4 M -3 ARTS M -56 15" P -ID 78 M -13D SIM 196 ENT (DIP -1 166 -1 P -IA M -3 M -3 91 71 SERVICE /EXIT CORRIDOR O C AE ASHWRAP WITH ACCESSIBLE COUNTER %J ATA ®) FIXTURE PLAN SGALE3 /4 "•1 -0" SEE PLAN VIEW REAR ELEVATION t1AH71G1P PULLOUT WRIT*. LED. LOCATION 44' -0" KEYNOTES 1. LEASE LINE. CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD. 21. CONSTRUCT IC BARRICADE - INSTALLED BY G.G. COORDINATE :ELOCATION. 035T PROTECTION AND OPENING RE6 JIREMENTS W /LANDLORD. ITEMIZE 6140 INCLUDE 601.6 IN GENERAL BID. 5 LANDLORD CRITERIA AND TENANT'S LEASE FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE DOUBLE DOOR ACCESS TO SPACE, ALIGNED WITH STORE ENTRY. 32. CHANNEL CONC. SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ELECT. FILL FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACE. COORDINATE LOCATION W /ELEC.TRICAL. 53. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 54. STEREO LOCATION. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ANn INSTALLED BY TENANT. 56. UNDERGROUND OR UNDER SLAB ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FEED. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ GASH WRAP AND FIXTURES IN DISPLAY AREAS. FILL 6140 PATCH SLAB PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 65. NEW SLAT WALL APPLIED OVER GYPSUM BOARD BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR - NO BLOCKING REQUIRED. 69. PAINTED EXIT LANE ON EXISTING CONC. FLOOR. REPAINT EXISTING STRIPES OR PAINT NEW AS REQUIRED FOR PASSAGE WAY INDICATED. SPACING AND LINE WIDTH PER LOCAL BUILDING OFF ICIAL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 71. PIECE IN STONE 6A5E TO BUTT TIGHT AGAIN`T FIXTURE AND FIXTURE DA5E AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION + PRIOR TO RUBBER BASE 'APPLICATION. MATCH TILE AS REQUIRED TO PROFILE OF FIXTURE BASE. 77. E.G. TO PROVIDE 7 -0" PIGTAIL FROM J -BOX. E,G, TO CONNECT TO FIXTURE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL OUTLET OR J -BOX. 78. ADD 3/4" ARC RING WHERE REQUIRED 6Y BUILDING OFFICIAL TO EXTEND BOX TO FRONT FACE OF SLATWALL. 79. CLOSURE P TOP BY F.G. TYP. 84. ROUND BRASS FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. CENTER FIXTURE ON DUPLEX OUTLET AT TILE CIRCLE. LOCATE OUTLETS ON CENTER AXIS /RADIAL. 85. TELEPHONE /INTERCOM LOCATION. F.G. TO GUT OUT SLATWALL OK CABINET TO ACCESS J -DOX5 IN WALL. E.G. TO PROVIDE J - BOXES. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 86. J -BOX P FIXTURE INTERIOR INSTALLLED DY F.G. E.G. TO PROVIDE FLOOR SURFACE MOUNTED J -BOX AND CONNECT POWER. 87. SET FIXTURE IN CENTER OF TILE AREA. 91 INSTALLER TO SEAL SLATE TILE WITH "JASCO" #1108. GLOSS AND SEAL. APPLY THREE COATS PER INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW MIN. 24 HOURS FROM LAST COAT TO DELIVERY OF TENANT'S MERCHANDISE. COORDINATE SCHEDULE` *'WITH TENANT. 92. MOP AND BROOM HOLDER BAR PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. P 5 -0" AFF. 93. UNFINISHED SLATWALL INSTALLED BY G.G. FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF SHELVING UNIT AND 12 -0" A.F.F. AT WALL LOGAT IONS. INSTALL ABOVE TOILET AND STOCKROOM DOORS AT STOCKROOM SIDE. AT ENDS OF ROLLING SHELVES. INSTALL FULL WIDTH OF INDIVIDUAL ROLLING UNITS. 94. PROVIDE 2 ", FINISHED GWB SURFACE FROM EDGE OF DOOR FRAME TO EDGE OF SLATWALL. 95. FLEX CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD INSTALLED FROM STUB UP TO FINAL LOCATION BY E.G. IN CHASE BENEATH COUNTER AND UP BACK (INTERIOR 1DE). COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLAN. 96. SAFE - PROVIDED BY TENANT. INSTALLED AND BOLTED TO FLOOR DY G.G. COORDINATE FINAL LOGAT ION W /TENANT. 97. SLATWALL ON TOILET ROOM WALLS PROVIDED DY INSTALLED BY G.G.. DOTT P 4 -6 ABOVE FIN. FLR. 98. DATUM LAYOUT POINT FOR CASHWRAP DISPLAY AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES SEE FLOOR PLAN AND CASHWRAP LAYOUT DETAIL. 101 SLATWALL ON WALLS ABOVE TOILET AND CORRIDOR TO 60" ABOVE LID. PROVIDED BY F.G. AND INSTALLED BY G.G. FIELD VERIFY AREA W /TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING FROM F.G. 102. BOTTOM OF SLATWALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK P +48 ". (13. VIDEO "CONE OF DARKNESS" CABINET SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORT DETAILS. 136. SET SPRINKLER HEADS MIN. 16' ABOVE TOP OF STORAGE SHELVING. 150. PREMANUFACTURED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 165. G.G. SHALL NOTIFY THE F.G. OF ALL THE FINISHED COLUMN 0IMEN5IONS OR COLUMN PROTECTION ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS AT THE COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION AND ALSO REPORT THE ROUGH FRAMED DIMENSION PRIOR TO APPLICAT ION OF THE GWD. COPY REPORT TO TENANT. COORDINATE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS WITH NEW PROJECT REQUIREMENTS + NOTIFY TENANT OF DISCREPANCIES. 176. ELECTRICAL AND /OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS MOUNTED ON BACK OF CASHWRAP BY E.G. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS. 194. METAL STUD BT1GIN6 CLIPPED TO WALL STUDS AND ANCHORED TO METAL. IIPRITE OF UNIT 195. AT INTERIOR COLUMNS COORDINATE PAINT _INE W/ SLATWALL OR FIXTURE INSTALLATION BY F.C. AT PERIMETER COLUMNS FIN. TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. 196. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY, COVER + OUTLET TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. COLOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELEGTRICAL_ PLANS. 197. CUTOUT IN FIXTURE BY F.G. TO ACCESS ELECTRICAL OUTLET OR J -BOX. 203. TOP SET RUBBER BASE (WITHOUT COVE) INSTALLED ON PERIMETER FIXTURES BY GC. ROLLED GOODS ONLY. 214. INSTALL TOP SET RUBBER BASE (WITHOUT COVE) ON GWB WALL. GUT IN TIGHT TO DOOR FRAMES, END WALLS AND FIXTURE OASES. SEAL GAPS. TYP. 220. J -BOX FOR FIXTURE POWER /LIGHTING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL. E.G. TO PROVIDE BOX. SEVEN FOOT LONG PIGTAIL, + CONNECT LIGHTS AT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. LINE OF GLAZIN 9' -0' DIA. FLR. ENTR REV I5IONS FILE' PLAN5.DW DATE DRAWN M.5. IMINEM 98146.00 TITLE FIXTURE PLAN A4.0 OF SHEETS STOCKROOM HOLD FURROU'T AT STOCKROOM COLUMN T 16HT TO C.OLLJMN . EXTEND TO •'4 -0 AFF ON- SET NEW TOILET EXISTING WASTE LOCATIO Ib3 FIELD VERIFY LOCATION Ltl 46 Itir RETAIL SERVICE/EXIT CORRIDOR ONE HOUR TENANT EXIT CORRIDOR F 230 SII vqoti e TYP. SOFTWARE ELEC 0000 ADJACENT TENANT OCCDCD 0 II OUTLET _ '. II I it EXTEND COLUMN FURRING TO 6 ABOVE CEILING - fr FLOOR PLAN SCALE1/4 -0' WALL LEGEND MUM =I= MEM EXISTING DEMISING WALL ONE HOUR WALL -5EE SHEET All STORE FRONT WALL FURR -OUT WALL NON -RATED WALL EXISTING ONE HOUR PARTITION EXISTING PARTITION NEW (OR PORTION) DEMISING WALL NEW STOREFRONT GLASS TYP. 000 - l1 ▪ T ELEPHONE AUDIO POWER WA. OVA r �n 3 W - p J BOX 44 -0" - /J BOX -`", -II - 1 - - -1 - �I OUTLET P DECK FOR VIDEO I. LEASE LINE, CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD. 6. EXISTING DOOR. FRAME AND HARDWARE TO BE RELOCATED, AN?/OR RECONDITIONED AND REUSED. 8. EXISTING WATER CLOSET. LAVATORY AND ACCESSORIES TO BE REGONG TIONED AND REUSED. MODIFY AS REQUIRED FOR HANDIGAPPED COMPLIANCE. RECONDITION TO A LIKE NEW GONO! PION ANO RELOCATE TO NEW POSITION IF NEGESARY. OTHERWISE REMOVE IF NOT SALVAGEABLE. 14. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - PROTEGT FROM DAMAGE. G.L. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED PRIOR TO OR DURING CONSTRUCTION TO "LIKE NEW CONDITION PER LANDLORD STANDARDS. 21. CONSTRUCTION OARRIGADE - INSTALLED E' GI, COORDINATE RELOCATION, DUST PROTECTION AND OPENING REQUIREMENTS W /LANDLORD. ITEMIZE AND INCLUDE COST IN GENERAL BID. SEE LANDLORD CRITERIA AND TENANT'S LEASE FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE DOUBLE DOOR ACCESS TO SPACE. ALIGNED WITH STORE ENTRY. 22. EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN. RECONDITION AND CLEAN FOR REUSE. 23. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER - PkOTEGT FROM DAMAGE. 24. EXISTING MALL DECK /STRUCTURE - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 27. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO G.G. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT 51-1ALL BE DURING DEMOLITION + PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 29. ALL EXISTING MALL UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPAIR AND /OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WILL DE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 32. CHANNEL GONG. SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ELECT. FILL FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACE. COORDINATE LOCATION W /ELEGTRIGAL. 34. PORTION OF EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO BE REMOVED FOR NEW EXIT DOOR. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND FLOOR PLAN. 36. G.G. SHALL FIELD LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BELOW 14' -0' AT START OF DEMOLITION AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS TO THE NEW MECHANICAL OR ELECTRIC-AL SYSTEM TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH THE NEW TENANT REQUIREMENTS. 40. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING MALL FLOORING FOR NEW TENANT FLOORING. CAREFULLY SCRIBE AND GUT TO MINIMIZE REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR. COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD ANO LANDLORD APPROVED FLOORING CONSULTANT. 46. NEW FURRED OUT WALL.. 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS o 16' O.G. TO 14 A.F.F.O AREAS WITHOUT SOFFIT AND TO CEILING P SOFFITED AREAS. U.N.O. RETURN AND FINISH GWB AT TOP TO BACK WALL WHERE EXPOSED. 48. OPAQUE CONCRETE PAINT FINISH ON EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR. COLOR TO MATCH PT-I0. NOTIFY TENANT FOR DIRECTION IF EXISTING FLOORING WILL NOT ACCEPT PAINT FINISH. 49. PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICE TO TENANT TO INSTALL PAINTED 1/2" FT PLYWOOD WAINSCOT TO 48" A.F.F ON CORRIDOR WALLS. SCRIBE TIGHT TO CORNERS AND DOOR FRAMES AND SEAL P FLOOR. PROVIDE I X 3 SOLID W000 EDGE TRIM AT TOP AND RB -3 BASE. 52. LINE OF MALL FLOORING - G.G. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 53. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 56. UNDERGROUND OR UNDER SLAB ELECTRIC-AL CONDUIT FEED. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ GASH WRAP AND FIXTURES IN DISPLAY AREAS. FILL AND PATCH SLAB PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 57. PROVIDE NEW TOILET ACCESSORIES (WHERE EXISTING ARE NOT SALVAGEABLE OR MISSING) WHICH COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ACCEPTED ADA REQUIREMENTS. WHERE EXISTING FIXTURES ARE SALVAGEABLE AND COMPLY WITH CURRENT :',DA STANDARDS. RECONDITION + REUSE IN LIEU OF PROVIDING NEW. VERIFY DURING DEMOLITION / PREGONSTRUGTION SURVEY. 59. RATED METAL THRESHOLD AT RATED DOORS ONLY. INSTALL NEW IF NOT EXISTING. 66. DIMENSION(5) INDICATED 15 TO FACE OF EXISTING OR NEW WALL GYPSUM BOARD. TYP. OUTLET OUTLET KEYNOTES MALL AIS lary 69. PAINTED EXIT LANE ON EXISTING GONG. FLOOR. REPAINT EXISTING STRIPES OR PAINT NEW AS REQUIRED FOR PASSAGE WAY INDICATED. SPACING AND LINE WIDTH PER LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 70. TENANT TILE LAYOUT STARTING POINT. 73. REMOVE EXISTING G.W.O. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONDUIT, OUTLETS, J -00X5, + FIRE5TOP5. REPLACE AND PATCH WALL SURFACE TO LIKE NEW. MATCH WALL RATING WHERE REQUIRED. NO SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT AND J -BOXES WILL BE AGGEPTED. 75. NEV./ 5/8" TYPE "X' G.W.D. INSTALLED BY G.G. FULL HEIGHT ON EXISTING LANDLORD INSTALLED DEMISING WALL STUDS VERIFY LANDLORD INSTALLATION OF STUDS WITH TENANT LEASE REQUIREMD.fl5 + LANDLORD. 77. E.G. TO PROVIDE 7' -0" PIGTAIL FROM J -BOX. E.G. TO CONNECT TO FIXTURE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL OUTLET OR J -BOX. 78. ADD 3/4' ARC- RING WHERE REQUIRED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL TO EXTEND BOX TO FRONT FACE OF SLATWALL. 81 NEW MALL FLOORING FLUSH TO AND MATCHING EXISTING. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID AND INSTALLATION. 83. APPLY LATICRETE 9235 WATEgPKOOF MEMBRANE ON FLOOR SLAB AND UP WALL 6 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE SHEET VINYL. FLOORING AND BASE. USE A WATER BASED ADHESIVE. 64. ROUND BRASS FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. CENTER FIXTURE ON DUPLEX OUTLET AT TILE GIRGLE. LOCATE OUTLETS ON CENTER AXIS /RADIAL. 85. TELEPHONE /INTERCOM LOCATION. F.G. TO GUT OUT SLATWALL OR CABINET TO ACCESS J -60X5 IN WALL. E.G. TO PROVIDE J- BOXES. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 86. J-DOX 0 FIXTURE INTERIOR INSTALLLED DY F.G. E.G. TO PROVIDE FLOOR SURFACE MOUNTED J -BOX AND CONNECT POWER. 88. INSTALL NEW TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TO MATCH EXISTING DAMAGED SURFACES. 89. FINISH CORRIDOR SIDE OF SERVICE ENTRANCE TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS, COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD + FLOOR REQUIREMENTS. 91 INSTALLER TO SEAL SLATE TILE WITH "JA5CO" 41108. GLOSS AND SEAL. APPLY THREE GOATS PER INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW MIN. 24 HOURS FROM LAST GOAT TO DELIVERY OF TENANT'S MERCHANDISE. COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH TENANT. 92. MOP AND BROOM HOLDER BAR PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. P 3 -0 AFF. 94. PROVIDE 2 FINISHED 5810 SURFACE FROM EDGE OF DOOR FRAME TO EDGE OF SLATWALL. 95. FLEX CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD INSTALLED FROM STUB UP TO FINAL LOCATION BY E.G. IN CHASE BENEATH COUNTER AND UP BACK (INTERIOR SIDE). COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLAN. 98. DATUM LAYOUT POINT FOR GASHWRAP DISPLAY AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES SEE FLOOR PLAN AND GASHVtrRAP LAYOUT DETAIL. 99. MOISTURE RESISTENT TYPE X GWD AT ALL TOILET ROOM WALLS. APPLY OVER EXISTING GWD WHERE REQUIRED TO 4' -O A.F.F. + INSTALL REGULAR TYPE X TO CEILING FLUSH TO NEW MR GWB. INSTALL MR TO CEILING AT NEW WALLS. 100. SMOOTH FINISH, PAINTED, TYPE 'X' GWB. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS, AND EXPOSED WALLS P RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPECIFICATIONS. 103. NEW NEUTRAL, PIER TO DE INSTALLED DY LANDLORD. COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND TENANT LEASE AGREEMENT. 04. RECONDITION EXISTING BUZZER AT REMODELS. PROVIDE NEW PER ELECTRICAL AT NEW CONSTRUCTION. 113. VIDEO "GONE OF DARKNESS" CABINET SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORT DETAILS. 121. CENTER OF DOME CENTER OF FLOOR TILE CIRCLE. 127. CURVED SOFFIT SURFACE EDGES AND (0611865 SHALL BE SMOOTH AND WITHOUT DIMPLES. BUMPS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 136. SET SPRINKLER HEADS MIN. 18 ABOVE TOP OF STORAGE SHELVING. 147. FRAME GRILL PIER TO PROVIDE I/4" FROM GUIDE CORNER TO FINISHED SURFACE. BUTT WALL BASE TIGHT TO EDGE OF GUIDE. 150. PREMANUFACTURED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 165. G.G. SHALL NOTIFY THE F.G. OF ALL THE FINISHED COLUMN DIMENSIONS OR COLUMN PROTECTION ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS AT THE COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION ANO ALSO REPORT THE ROUGH FRAMED DIMENSION PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE GWB. COPY REPORT TO TENANT. COORDINATE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS WITH NEW PROJECT REQUIREMENTS + NOTIFY TENANT OF DISCREPANCIES. 166. ONE HOUR RATED LID CONSISTING OF 8 X 18 GA. FRAMING AT MAXIMUM 16 D.G. WITH TWO LAYERS OF 5/8 TYPE X GWB TOP + BOTTOM. INSTALL 3/4' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD AT TOP SIDE OVER GWt, 167. DOOR BUZZER SURFACE MOUNTED BEHIND SLATWALL PANEL. SET aA +7 -0 AFF. COORDINATE LOCATION OF BUZZER AND BUTTON AT SERVICE DOOR WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS. 168. E.G. TO INSTALL VCR COAX CABLE J - BOXES W/ CONDUIT TO MANAGERS DESK AND PULL CABLE. 176. ELECTRICAL AND /OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS MOUNTED ON BACK OF GASHWRAP BY E.G. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS. 182. SIGN BRACKET SUPPORT TUBES BEHIND SOFFIT. PROVIDED BY 51GN MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND SIGN MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT FINISH TO BE TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKET AT PENETRATION THROUGH SOFFIT FACE. ESCUTCHEONS TO SIT TIGHT TO FACE- NO GAPS. 183. NEW WALL INF ILL P EXISTING, REMOVED DOORWAY. TAPE. SPACKLE AND SAND ONLY. FINISH CORRIDOR OR CORRIDOR 51DE. TO LANDLORD STANDARDS. 184. 6X18 GAGE STUD FULL WIDTH OF FEATURE WALL ALCOVE. SCREW FLAT TO BACK SIDE OF WALL 5TUD5.3 SCREWS TO SECURE TO EACH WALL STUD. 190. GUT. SHAPE. AND SEAL GWB TIGHT TO ALL BRACE, PIPE, CONDUIT. AND DUCT PENETRATIONS. CONDUIT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH DEMISING WALLS AND SOFFIT WALLS, SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO DECK AS POSSIBLE. NOTIFY TENANT OF ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS BELOW 14 -0" A.F.F. FOR DIRECTION. WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TENANT, TYPICAL. 193. INSTALL GYP. BD. AT RATED WALLS FULL HEIGHT. FIRE TAPE ALL PENETRATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 195. AT INTERIOR COLUMNS COORDINATE PAINT LINE W/ SLATWALL OR FIXTURE INSTALLATION BY F.G. AT • PERIMETER COLUMNS FIN. TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. 196. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET, MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY. COVER + OUTLET 10 MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS. 211. TAPE. SPACKLE AND SAND FULL HEIGHT AT STOCKROOMS. PAINT ONE COAT ONLY TO 12 -0 A.F.F. VERIFY COLOR WITH TENANT. 214. INSTALL TOP SET RUBBER DANE (WITHOUT COVET ON GWB WALL. GUT IN TIGHT TO DOOR FRAMES, END WALLS AND FIXTURE BASES. SEAL GAPS, TYP. 220. J -BOX FOR FIXTURE POWER /LIGHTING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL. E.G. TO PROVIDE BOX. SEVEN FOOT LONG PIGTAIL. + CONNECT LIGHTS AT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. REVISIONS ec/ 0 DATE 1 FILE. PLANS.DWC7 TITLE FI,.00g PLAN A5.0 OF SHEETS CUNT INUE HOUR RATED GWD LID OVER SERVICE DOOR ALCOVE O ©G® LL 135 STOCKROOM FU 130 I h I FOIO 13' -6i" 166 174 175 I• ADJACENT TENANT Dol c6- 0 11 MECH. SERVICE /EXIT CORRIDOR o -4 4 4 4 TA o„ o� SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET 51 FOR SUPPORT ABOVE DOME REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SGALEI /4 "• KEYNOTES IMMIMMMENNE 5742 REGIS J� A 40 i BERNARD PIA ?. 16`:,.1 MAY 19 1998 or) CC Fr N U O if Ipun�l� O bD es 0 N 1. LEASE LINE. CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD. ' 14. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - PR,'TEGT FROM DAMAGE. G.G. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED PR- )R TO OR DURING CONSTRUCTION TO NEW NEW" CONDITION PER LANDLORD STANDARDS. 24. EX STING MALL DECK /STRUCTURE - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 25. EXISTING INSTA HOT TO REMAIN, RECONDITION TO LIKE NEW. HARDWIRE TO J -BOX IF PLUG IN TYPE. 2 ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO G.G. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DURING DEMOLITION PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL DE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 29. ALL EXISTING MALL UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPAIR AND /OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WILL BE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO. STARTING THE WORK. 51, EXISTING SMOKE STOP TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO LIKE NEW CONSTRUCTION. IF NOT EXISTING, INSTALL NEW SMOKE STOP. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. 73. REMOVE EXISTING G.W.B. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONDUIT. OUTLETS. J -80X5. + FIRESTOPS. REPLACE AND PATCH WALL SURFACE TO LIKE NEW. MATCH WALL RATING WHERE REQUIRED. NO SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT AND J -BOXES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 75. NEW 5/8" TYPE "X" G.W.B. INSTALLED BY G.G. FULL HEIGHT ON EXISTING LANDLORD INSTALLED DEMISING WALL STUDS. VERIFY LANDLORD INSTALLATION OF STUDS WITH TENANT LEASE REQUIREMENTS + LANDLORD. 76. ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON LID. INSTALL DOUBLE FRAMING 0 12" O.L. BENEATH + TO IT EACH SIDE DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL FOR SUPPORT BELOW OI5T5 88. INSTALL NEW TYPE "X" GYP. DD. TO MATCH EXISTING 0 DAMAGED SURFACES. 98. DATUM LAYOUT POINT FOR GASHWRAP DISPLAY AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES SEE FLOOR PLAN AND GASHWRAP LAYOUT DETAIL. 100. SMOOTH FINISH, PAINTED. TYPE 'X' GWD. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS, AND EXPOSED WALLS a RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPECIFICATIONS. 101. SLATWALL ON WALLS ABOVE TOILET AND CORRIDOR TO 60" ABOVE LID. PROVIDED DY F.G. AND INSTALLED DY G.G. FIELD VERIFY AREA W /TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING FROM F.G. 105. FACTORY FINISHED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID SYSTEM. FACTORY FINISHED GRID AND INTEGRAL COLORED 24 DY 24 PANELS 09. COORDINATE LOCATION OF NEON AND RECESSED DOME LIGHT TRANSFORMERS ADOVE DOME. SEE DOME DETAIL AND ELEC.. 113. VIDEO "GONE OF DARKNESS" CABINET SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORT DETAILS. 114. OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PAINT ALL SURFACES, INCLUDING HANGER WIRES. CONDUITS, DUCT WORK, GABLES, ETC. DO NOT PAINT LIGHT REFLECTORS. 119. RECESSED DOWN LIGHT IN GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT OR CEILING. SET TRIM RINGS TIGHT TO SURFACE- NO GAPS. 12L CENTER OF DOME • CENTER OF FLOOR TILE CIRCLE. 122. SUPPLY /RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS PAINTED BY G.G. SET FLANGE TIGHT TO CEILING. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS PERMITTED. PROVIDE DAMPERS AT FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL. 123. DO NOT INSTALL DUCTS OR PIPES OVER ALCOVE. MOVE EXISTING AS REQUIRED COORDINATE WITH M.P.E. AND TENANT. 127. CURVED SOFFIT SURFACE EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL DE SMOOTH AND WITHOUT DIMPLES, DUMPS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 128. CEILING MOUNTED WHITE DUPLEX OUTLET WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL. 129. SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING ADOVE GASHWRAP TO DE SEMI - RECESSED W/ WHITE ESCOTCHEONS STOREFRONT SOFFIT. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL DE CONCEALED W/ IVORY ESCUTCHEONS. 130. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES IN CORRIDOR, SET TIGHT TO CEILING SURFACE. DO NOT PAINT. 131 WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT W /CONGEALED REMOTE BATTERY PACK. CENTER ON OPENING. 132. SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK LIGHT. SET TIGHT TO CEILING - TYPICAL P GYP. DD. SOFFITS. FACTORY WHITE FINISH. DO NOT PAINT TRACK. 135. CHAIN HUNG LIGHT FIXTURE. SET BOTTOM 0 14' -0" A.F.F. COORDINATE WITH HEIGHT OF EXISTING STRUCTURE, AND HEIGHT AND LOCATION OF SHELVING UNITS. 136, SET SPRINKLER HEADS MIN. 18" ABOVE TOP OF STORAGE SHELVING. 137. EXPOSED UNFINISHED STRUCTURE. 130. GWD LID ON METAL FRAMING. ONE HOUR RATED AT EXIT CORRIDORS, NON -RATED AT TOILET LID, U.N.O. 139. HOLD TOILET ROOM EXHAUST DUCT TIGHT TO WALL. 141. CENTER LIGHTS, SPEAKERS, AND SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL. SET TRW RINGS. FLANGES, AND ESCUTCHEONS TIGHT TO SURFACE. 143. MOUNT LIGHT TRACK TO CEILING GRID. 144. SHADOWLINE REVEAL FULL PERIMETER OF SPACE. COLOR TO MATCH FIELD. SET TIGHT TO WALL. NO GAPS. BUTT ENDS TIGHT• 00. PREMANUFAC!URED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED DT SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRIGAT ION. 166. ONE HOUR RATED LID CONSISTING OF 8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT MAXIMUM 16" O.G. WITH TWO LAYERS OF 5/8' TYPE 'X' GWD TOP + BOTTOM. INSTALL 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD AT TOP SIDE OVER GWD. 167, DOOR BUZZER SURFACE MOUNTED BEHIND SLATWALL PANEL. SET P *7' -0" AFF. COORDINATE LOCATION OF BUZZER AND DUTTON AT SERVILE DOOR WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS. 174. FIRE SPRINKLER DROP IN WALL AND DOWN INTO LID BELOW. SEAL, FIRE TAPE PENETRATIONS. REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING RATED G.WD. IN EXISTING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER. 175. ANCHOR LID FRAMING LEDGER THROUGH GWD AND INTO WALL STUDS. MINIMUM 5 SCREWS TO EACH 6' STUD AND 3 @ 3 -5/8' SOFFIT STUDS. 182. SIGN BRACKET SUPPORT TUBES BEHIND SOFFIT. PROVIDED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED DY G.L. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND SIGN MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT FINISH TO DE TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKET AT PENETRATION THROUGH SOFFIT FACE. ESCUTCHEONS TO 51T TIGHT TO FACE- NO GAPS. 184. 6X18 GAGE STUD FULL WIDTH OF FEATURE WALL ALCOVE. SCREW FLAT TO BACK SIDE OF WALL STUDS.3 SCREWS TO SECURE TO EACH WALL STUD. 190. CUT, SHAPE. AND SEAL GWB TIGHT TO ALL DRAGE. PIPE, CONDUIT. AND DUCT PENETRATIONS. CONDUIT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH DEMISING WALLS AND SOFFIT WALLS. SHALL DE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO DECK AS POSSIBLE. NOTIFY TENANT OF ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS BELOW 14 -O' A.F.F. FOR DIRECTION. WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TENANT. TYPICAL. W3. INSTALL GYP. DD. AT RATED WALLS FULL HEIGHT, FIRE TAPE ALL PENETRATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 200. SPRAY APPLIED 'ZOLOTONE' FINISH 0/ GWD. PROTECT. 204. SMOOTH FINISH. 5/8' TYPE 'X GWD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD SOFFIT. 211 TAPE, SPACKLE AND SAND FULL HEIGHT AT STOCKROOMS. PAINT ONE COAT ONLY TO 12 -0" A.F.F. VERIFY COLOR WITH TENANT. 213. 5/8" TYPE X' GWD AT CEILING + SIDES. AT FIXTURE ALCOVE /NICHE. OVER MET. FRAMING. TAPE. SPACKLE, AND SAND- NO TEXTURE. PAINT BLACK. INSTALL GWB AT CEILING ON CENTER ALCOVE ONLY 220. J -BOX FOR FIXTURE POWER /LIGHTING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL. E.G. TO PROVIDE BOX. SEVEN FOOT LONG PIGTAIL. + CONNECT LIGHTS AT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. • REVISIONS 1 DATE i FILE PLANS.DWG TITLE REFLECTED GEEING PLAN A6 1.0 OF SHEET`•• 4 9 5 WALL LID FRAME DOOR FACE 94 DOOR STOCKROOM 1136 WALL '215 r -8 :.3 BASE AT FEATURE WALL SIDE5 AND FACE 131 153 (1 1 SERVICE /EXIT CO' R WALL 27129 137 BASE PERIMETER FIXTURES r EXIT CORRIDOR 1 HR BELOW WALL D9(6-0172. I. FLOOR DOME INTERIOR .'..„ - .,, \ AND TOP 5IDE 91 \ h OUTLINE 1'; OF G. GRID GL ABOVE / DOME FLOOR ADJACENT TENANT SERVICE /EXIT CORRIDOR BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY NO SUBSTITUTES PT' PT7 PT8 P11 PT10 PT11 SF3 5F4 5F -7" RETAIL EGGSHELL - WALLS FLAT 'FILING ONLY SEMI &LOS5 - DOORS AND FRAMES BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 WARM WHITE 960 EGG51-ELL SUBMIT SAMPLE BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 SILVERTONE / 052 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 MANILA / 246 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE BENJAMIN MOORE 800 B32 B212 MIDNIGHT BLUE / 826 SEMI - &LOSS - AT TOP OF DOME FLAT - DOME INTERIOR SUBMIT SAMPLE BENJAMIN MOORE 800 532 8292 STEEL GREY / 1461 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 A INTER. READY MIX -BLACK / SATIN. SUBMIT FAUX PAINT FINISH "STARRY NIGHT" BY APPLICATOR SELECTED WY S.O.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY 5.OK. NO ACCEPTABLE 'JEST ITUT ON FAUX PAINT FINISH "SILVER PATINA" BY APPL!GATOR SELECTED BY 5.O.K. F 1NAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL WE 0Y S.O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION DUROPLEX 800 537 6111 COLOR GS3 14291.02RI BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY 5.0.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL DE BY 5.O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION KNOCK -DOWN. NON - DIRECTIONAL MUST SUBMIT SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION GOO r FINISH /SOFFIT PLAN Ti 0010 CEILING SYSTEM 0 +12' -0 I/2° A.F.F. P1_4 PL3 SAMPLE CPTB V51 R02 R03 19' -02" FINISH SCHEDULE 50 -14 ZOLATONE 773 929 0148 REF.* ZL -00031 BY AM-IGATORR SELECTED BY 50.0. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE 01 5.O.K. NO .ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION MUST SUBMIT 13I &X10" SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION KEYNOTES MANU. NEVAMAR CORP. GUST.800 -264 -0778 X 7604 COLOR•OGHRE TEMPURA /TM - 2 - IT FINISH TEXTURED MANU NEVAMAR CORP. CUAT.800 - 264 -077B X 7604 COLOR•GALVANO /GV -6 - IT FINISH TEXTURED MAN°„'• 0 MILLS GUST. REF. 818.333.4585 COLOR. AZ268.8120 SECTOR CARPET SJPPL TED BY S.O.K. ARMSTRONG 800 292 6308 PATTERN. CLASSIC. CORLON SUFFIELD COLOR/NO' SLATE / 86007 SIZE. 6 -0' WIDE FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR /NO. WP -016 / TAUPE SIZE 4 HIGH. NO TOE .A RETAIL AREAS 100' ROLLED GOODS ONLY FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR/NO. WF -01 / BLACK DAHLIA SIZE. 4" HIGH. NO TOE 0 RETAIL AREAL ROLLED GOODS ONLY 211. TAPE, SPACKLE AND SAND FULL HEIGHT AT STOCKROOMS. PAINT ONE GOAT ONLY TO 12 -0" A.F.F. VERIFY COLOR WITH TENANT. 213. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB AT CEILING + SIDES. AT FIXTURE ALCOVE /NICHE. OVER MET. FRAMING. TAPE, SPACKLE. AND SAND- NO TEXTURE. PAINT BLACK. INSTALL GWB AT GE IL INC. ON CENTER ALCOVE ONLY. 214. INSTALL TOP SET RUBBER BASE IWITHOUT COVE) ON GWB WALL. CUT IN TIGHT TO DOOR FRAMES. END WALLS AND FIXTURE BASES. SEAL GAPS, TYP. 215. FRP PANELS - EPDXY TO GWB. SEAL GAPS AND CRACKS. 218. FIELD NOTCH SOFFIT TRIM TO MATCH SHADOWLINE AT INTERSECTION, CUT NOTCH STRAIGHT AND BUTT TIGHT TO SOFFIT TRIM. NO GAPS. TOUGH UP DOLOR AS NEEDED. TYPICAL 5L1 RAJAH RED SLATE DISTRIBUTOR. EUROCAL SLATE 310 823 7753 DAVE DILLS SIZE. 12" X 12" X 3/8' GROUT' LATICRETE 203 393 1684 3/8" THK 500 SER1E5 335 MOCHA (11 SL2 VERMONT GREEN DISTRIBUTOR EUROCAL SLATE 310 823 7753 DAVE DILLS SIZE. 12" X 12" X 114" GROUT. LATICRETE 203 393 1684 3/32" 7HK 500 SERIES :. -12 PLATINUM (11 ACT - ACT - 15' -0" CUTS + HOLES FOR DOME, ROD r' WHERE SUPPORTS THRU GEM- ING 1 TILES SHALL BE GUT CLEAN + TIGHT. NO GAPS PERMITTED. USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR 5ILVERTONE / 052 SIZE. 24" X 24" X 3/4" GLACIER PATTERN, FINELINE KERFED EDGE GR IDS DONN, GENTR IC ITE, DX T. FINELINE 9/16". COLOR TO MATCH SHADOW- INE WALL ANGLE. M5174, COLOR TO MATCH USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR' MANILA / 246 SIZE. 24" X 24" X 3/4" &LACIER PATTERN. FINELINE KERFED EDGE GRID. DONN, GENTR IC, ITE, DXT. FINELINE 9/16 ", COLOR TO MATCH SHADOWLINE WALL ANGLE, M5174, COLOR TO MATCH COMPAS50 SPECIALTY CEILING EDGE TRIM TO MATCH SUSPENDED GRID COLOR SHAPES PREFABRICATED TO SOFFIT CURVE AND ASSEMBLED BY MANUFACTURER KEYNOTES 148. STONE TILE SET ON GWB PRIOR TO FINAL WALL FINISH INSTALLATION. BUTT STONE BASE AT CORNERS TIGHT. EXPOSED EDGES AT STOREFRONT TO DE PERPENDICULAR TO LEASE LINE. SEAL GAPS BETWEEN TILE + WALL SURFACE W/ SEALANT TO MATCH WALL SURFACE. BUTT TIGHT TO ADJACENT SURFACES 0 ENDS. 150. PREMANUFACTURED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 153. INSTALL CEILING WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. OTHERWISE FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT CORRIDOR. 182. SIGN BRACKET SUPPORT TUBES BEHIND SOFFIT. PROVIDED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND SIGN MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT FINISH TO DE TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKET AT PENETRATION THROUGH SOFFIT FACE. ESCUTCHEONS TO SIT TIGHT TO FACE- NO GAPS. 190. GUT. SHAPE. AND SEAL GWB TIGHT TO ALL DRAGE, PIPE, CONDUIT, AND DUCT PENETRATIONS. CONDUIT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH DEMISING WALLS AND SOFFIT WALLS, SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO DECK AS POSSIBLE. NOTIFY TENANT OF ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS DELOW 14' -0" A.F.F. FOR DIRECTION. WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TENANT, TYPICAL. 200. SPRAY APPLIED 'ZOLOTONE' FINISH 0/ GWB. PROTECT. 203. TOP SET RUBBER BASE (WITHOUT COVE) INSTALLED ON PERIMETER FIXTURES BY G.G. ROLLED GOODS ONLY. 204. SMOOTH FINISH, 5/8 TYPE 'X' GWB ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD SOF 206. WALL FINISH APPLIED TO FULL SURFACE PRIOR TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 208. WALL BREAK PROVIDE CLEAN, SHARP, VERTICAL CORNER. 1 LAYOUT 5 POINT F0 GRID 10' -5" 6 ART INC, CEILING V I FRONT OF NEUTRAL PIER. ,EXTEND D Y O. <1 h 8 TYP I. LEASE LINE, CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD. 27. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO 00. PRIOR TO START ING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DURING DEMOLITION + PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 29. ALL EXISTING MALI. UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPAIR AND /OK REPLACEMENT OF ALL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DUF:ING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WILL DE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING HE WORK. 48. OPAQUE CC:CRETE PAINT FINISH ON TASTING CONCRETE FLOOR. COLOR TO MATCH PT -10. NOTIFY TENANT FOR DIRECTION IF EXISTING Fl CORING W'LL NOT ACCEPT PAINT FINISH. 49. PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICE TO TENANT TO INSTALL PAINTED I/2" FT PLYWOOD WAINSCOT TO 48" AFF ON CORRIDOR WALLS SCRIBE TIGHT TO CORNERS AND DOOR FRAMES AND SEAL 0 FLOOR. PROVIDE 1 X 3 SOLID WOOD EDGE TRIM AT TOP AND RB -3 BASE. 53. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 70. TENANT TILE LAYOUT STARTING POINT 73. REMOVE EXISTING G.W.D. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONDUIT, OUTLETS, J -BOXS, + FIRESTOPS. REPLACE AND PATCH WALL SURFACE TO LIKE NEW MATCH WALL RATING WHERE REQUIRED. NO SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT AND J - BOXES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 76. ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON LID. INSTALL DOUBLE FRAMING 0 12" O.G. BENEATH + TO 12" EACH 510E DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL FOR SUPPORT BELOW 01575. 88. INSTALL NEW TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TO MATCH FXIS T INC. DAMAGED SURFACES 91. INSTALLER TO SEAL SLATE TILE WITH "JA5C0" 81108. GL055 AND SEAL. APPLY THREE COATS PER INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW M IN. 24 HOURS FROM LAST GOAT TO DELIVERY OF TENANT'S MERCHANDISE_ COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH TENANT. 94. PROVIDE 2', FINISHED GWB SURFACE FROM EDGE OF DOOR FRAME TO EDGE OF SLATWALL. 98. DATUM LAYOUT POINT FOR GASHWRAP DISPLAY AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES SEE FLOOR PLAN AND GASHWRAP LAYOUT DETAIL. 100. SMOOTH FINISH, PAINTED. TYPE 'X' GWB. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS. AND EXPOSED WALLS 0 RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPEC I F IGAT I ONS. 01. SLATWALL ON WALLS ABOVE TOILET AND CORRIDOR TO 60" ABOVE LID. PROVIDED BY EC. AND INSTALLED BY G.G. = IELD VERIFY AREA W /TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING FROM F.G. 105. FACTORY FINISHED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID SYSTEM. FACTORY FINISHED GRID AND INTEGRAL COLORED 24 BY 24 PANELS. 109. COORDINATE LOCATION OF NEON AND RECESSED DO00 ' IGHT TRANSFORMERS ABOVE DOME. SEE DOME DETAIL AND ELEC. 113. VIDEO "CONE OF DARKNESS" CABINET SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. REF_R TO STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORT DETAILS. 114. OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PAINT ALL SURFACES, INCLUDING HANGER WIRES, CONDUITS. DUCT WORK, CABLES, ETC. DO NOT PAINT LIGHT REFLECTORS. 127. CURVED SOFFIT SURFACE EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL DE SMOOTH AND WITHOUT DIMPLES. BUMPS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 129. SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING ABOVE GASHWRAP TO DE SEMI - RECESSED W/ WHITE ESCOTCHEONS' STOREFRONT SOFFIT, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL DE CONCEALED W/ IVORY ESCUTCHEONS. 131. WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT W/CONCEALED REMOTE BATTERY PACK. CENTER ON OPENING. 136. SET SPRINKLER HEADS MIN. 18" ABOVE TOP OF STORAGE SHELVING 137. EXPOSED, UNFINISHED STRUCTURE. 139. HOLD TOILET ROOM EXHAUST DUCT TIGHT TO WALL. 141. CENTER LIGHTS. SPEAKERS. AND SPRINKLED. HEADS IN CENTER OF .ACOUSTICAL PANEL. SET TRIM RINGS. FLANGES, AND ESCUTCHEONS TIGHT TO SURFACE. 144. SHADOWLINE REVEAL FULL PERIMETER OF SPACE. COLOR TO MATCH FIELD. SET TIGHT TO WALL. NO GAPS. BUTT ENDS TIGHT. MALL o BOTTOM o TOP TYP. @ FRONT + BACK SIDES OF SOFFIT MITER TILE + BUTT TIGHT TO ADJACENT MALL. SURFACES. TYP. INSTALL SLATE..' ABOVE FIXTURE TO SOFFIT AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION KEYNOTES • REVISIONS 1 DATE FILE PLANS .DWC& TITLE FINISH /5OFF IT PLAN A6.1 OF 54007 PROVIDE I/4" CLEAR GLASS MIRROR BAND ON 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYP. D. TO MATCH EXISTING . SEE NOTE BELOW BUTT REVEAL TIGHT TO TOP OF TILE BASE TYP. BUTT TILE BASE TIGHT TO SIDE OF NEUTRAL PIER TYP 881100 23 (145 8' 196, 78 IEIE J 300 5 45.0 r 30.0` TYP. 0 10 FLUSH P OCO 0 CV O sa 00 0 00 00 14 14 14 11 f ,. 30.• 0G FIXT. _ 4 GLASS 1 = 1 • 10 - • 0 00 • 1► A ! 10 NON Ic - 11 EXTENDED 1 r AI 45.4y I � _�� � / / 0 XISTING / \ / 76 \ / III / I ! I I 1 / H -11 11 III `\r Dct6 O(7Z F'xT. GLASS l ! NON �� ExTENDEDI' EXTENDED OF LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE TYP. 184 7 02 1' -6" VERIFY 5 O ENLARGED STORE FRONT PLAN SCALE l/2 " =1' - 0 RE OF KNOWLEDGE MANUALLY OPERATED ROLL -UP GRILLE ENTRY 000 00 STOKE OF lOVO LAYOUT STARTING .. POINT FOR SLATE VENEER AT PROJECTED STOREFRONT P Ce TYP. EA. SIDE OF STROREFRONT 3' -6" 3' -6' O STORE FRONT ELEVATION SGALE1 /2 "4 -0" TOP OF PROJECTION PAINTED TO MATCH SLATE VENEER. G.G. TO SELECT COLOR AND SUBMIT TO TENANT FOR APPROVAL L TYP. 7' -02' 9 -63' MALL FLOORING INFILL JOINT PATTERN TO MATCH MALL BORDER /FIELD JOINT PATTERN GOORD. W/ LANDLORD FIELD REP. TYP. O BUTT JOINT OUTSIDE + INSIDE CORNERS. © MITER JOINT. EXTENDED FLUSH EDGE TO BUTT TEGHT WALL SURFACE - SCRIBE + BUTT TIGHT TO WALL NO GAPS. © END P WALL. TIGHT MITR - -- EDGES O E ALIGN BOTH SIDES O FACTORY FINISHED TIGHT. FACTORY EDGE P FULL PC5. FLUSH.-- \\A FINISHED EDGE STAINED EDGE P GUT PG5. BY G.G. TYP. ALL CONDITIONS ALL PCS. TO ALIGN WALL - AND SET FLUSH W/ FACE OF WALL. FACTORY EDGE 0 FULL PCT., STAINED BY G.G. P GUT PGS. FACTORY FINISHED EDGE ® FREE END GLASS LEASE LINE O WINDOW (PLAN) CENTER ON GLASS 0 RUNNING AND STACKED BOND - t GLASS BUTT TIGHT TIGHT BUTT 1/8 O METAL WALL BASE 1/4 P TILE WALL BASE CONDITIONS © GRILLE GUIDE FLUSH TO EDGE AND BUTT TIGHT. O REVEAL 0 /� SLATE TILE DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. TIGHT JOINT BUTT TIGHT. FIXTURE BUTT TIGHT O GLASS HEAD FULL TILE LAYOUT STARTING POINT • CENTER OF SOFFIT O GLASS HEAD KEYNOTES 1 LEASE LINE, CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD. 23. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 27. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO G.G. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DURING DEMOLITION + PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE APTROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 2'9. ALL EXISTING MALL UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPAIR AND /OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR GONSTRUGTION WILL WE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AN LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 52. LINE OF MALL FLOORING - G.G. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 53. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 60. CLEAR I/2 TEMPERED GLASS IN METAL BASE AND HEAD CHANNEL. GLASS PANELS ARE 45" MAXIMUM IN WIDTH. COORDINATE W /STORE FRONT ELEVATION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 00 NOT CHANGE NUMBER OF PANELS INDICATED UNLESS APPROVED BY TENANT. 61. ROLL UP GRILLE ON CONGEALED GUIDE TRACK CENTERED ON JAMB PIERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. 63. STOREFRONT BULKHEAD SUPPORT FRAMING. SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ONLY NOT 70 DECK. EXTEND SOFFIT WALL STUDS AND GWB TO DECK AND SEAL TIGHT. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 67. 3/16" WIDE ALUMINUM EDGE TRIM TO MATCH CORNER OF COLUMN BASE. 70. TENANT TILE LAYOUT STARTING POINT. 71. PIECE IN STONE BASE TO BUTT TIGHT AGAINST FIXTURE AND FIXTURE BASE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION + PRIOR TO RUBBER BASE APPLICATION. MATCH TILE AS REQUIRED TO PROFILE OF FIXTURE BASE. 75. NEW 5/8' TYPE &.W0'. INSTALLED BY G.G. FULL HEIGHT ON EXISTING LANDLORD INSTALLED DEMISING WALL STUDS. VERIFY LANDLORD INSTALLATION OF STUDS WITH TENANT LEASE REQUIREMENTS + LANDLORD. 78. ADD 3/4' ARC RING WHERE REQUIRED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL TO EXTEND BOX TO FRONT FACE OF SLATWALL. 8!. NEW MALL FLOORING FLUSH TO AND MATCHING EXISTING. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID AND INSTALLATION. 84. ROUND BRASS FLUSH FLOOR. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. CENTER FIXTURE ON DUPLEX OUTLET AT TILE CIRCLE. LOCATE OUTLETS ON CENTER AXIS /RADIAL. 88. INSTALL NEW TYPE 'X" GYP. BD. TO MATCH EXISTING 0 DAMAGED SURFACES. 91. INSTALLER TO SEAL SLATE TILE WITH "JASCO" #108. GLOSS AND SEAL APPLY THREE GOATS PER INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW MIN. 24 HOURS FROM LAST GOAT TO DELIVERY OF TENANTS MERCHANDISE. COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH TENANT. 100. SMOOTH FINISH. PAINTED, TYPE 'X' GWB. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS, AND EXPOSED WALLS 0 RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPECIFICATIONS. 129. SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING ABOVE GASHWRAP TO BE SEMI - RECESSED W/ WHITE ESCOTCHEONS• P STOREFRONT SOFFIT, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CONGEALED W/ IVORY ESCUTCHEONS. 145. CONTINUOUS 3/4" BRUSHED ALUMINUM REVEAL BY G.L. SET TIGHT TO MALL FLOOR AT BASE. MITER CORNERS 5151-1T AND NEAT. SILICONE IN PLACE, NO SCREWS. 146. BALANCE STONE GUT AT EACH END. TYPICAL. LAYOUT FROM CENTER LINE OF WALL SURFACE AND INSTALL SO THAT THE END PIECES ARE EQUAL. NO PIECE SHALL BE LESS THAN ONE HALF THE SIZE OF THE FIELD TILE. 147. FRAME GRILL PIER TO PROVIDE I/4" FROM GUIDE CORNER TO FINISHED SURFACE. BUTT WALL BASE TIGHT TO EDGE OF GUIDE. 148. STONE TILE SET ON GWB PRIOR TO FINAL WALL FINISH INSTALLATION. BUTT STONE BASE AT CORNERS TIGHT. EXPOSED EDGES AT STOREFRONT TO DE PERPENDICULAR TO LEASE LINE. SEAL GAPS BETWEEN TILE + WALL SURFACE W/ SEALANT TO MATCH WALL SURFACE. BUTT TIGHT TO ADJACENT SURFACES 0 ENDS. 150. PREMANUFACTURED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 154. BUTT ENDS OF SILL AND HEAD SECTIONS TIGHT TOGETHER. AT FIELD JOINTS PROVIDE INVISIBLE SEAM ALIGNED W/ GLASS JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED DUE TO EXTRUSION LENGTH. 158. NEW 5/5 TYPE'X GWB SMOKE STOP PROVIDED + INSTALLED BY G.G. ONTO BACKSIDE OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD STUDS. FIRE TAPE AND SPAKLE JOINT AND PENETRATIONS. 162 EXTRUDED METAL BASE AND HEAD WITH VINYL SETTING BLOCKS AND GASKETS FOR GLASS. NO SILICONE UNLESS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 164. KOLL -UP GRILLE LOCKS, TWO KEYED CYLINDERS. THUMB TURNS P INTERIOR SIDE WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE OR MALL CRITERIA ONLY. 169. ACCESSIBLE DECAL MOUNTED ON INTERIOR GLASS SURFACE. ADJACENT TO ENTRANCE. PROVIDED DY SIGN CONTRACTOR + INSTALLED BY G.G. AS DIRECTED BY TENANT. 177. GLASS BASE INSTALLED PRIOR TO WALL 5A5E. MITER GLASS BASE AND HEAD CORNERS 5151-1T AT INTERSECTIONS INSTALL TIGHT TO WALL BASE OR FINISH SURFACE AT ENDS. 178. SCREW TOGETHER TYPE, 2" DIAMETER ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CLIPS. MATCH GLASS BASE + HEAD FINISH. CLIPS PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. AT ANGLED SECTIONS. BEND CLIP TO MATCH GLASS PROFILE AT FRONT + DACE SIDE AND SILICONE TOGETHER TO GLASS. 179. 2 HIGH VINYL LETTERS (PROVIDED AND INSTALLED 05 SIGN CONTRACTOR) P SECOND SURFACE OF GLASS. CENTER ON PANEL. 182 SIGN BRACKET SUPPORT TUBES BEHIND SOFFIT. PROVIDED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND SIGN MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT FINISH TO BE TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKET AT PENETRATION - THROUGH SOFFIT FADE. ESCUTCHEONS TO 51T TIGHT TO FACE- NO GAPS. 189. GRILL SUPPORT TUBE BRACED TO STRUCTURE BY INSTALLER. 193. INSTALL GYP. BD. AT RATED WALLS FULL HEIGHT. FIRE TAPE ALL PENETRATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 196. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY. COVER + OUTLET TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS. 206. WALL FINISH APPLIED TO FULL SURFACE PRIOR TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 208. WALL BREAK PROVIDE GLEAN, SHARP, VERTICAL CORNER. 217. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT. G.G. TO COORDINATE CONNECTION AND SUPPORT WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE MODIFICATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. F INTERIOR WALL VERIFY SIZE OF - INFILL PIECE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION SOFFIT. NOTES - 1. SCORE DACE SIDE P CURVED SOFFIT. 2. FULL TILES 0 TOP. CUT PIECES 0 BOTTOM 3, START SOFFIT 0 C�, W/ FULL PIECE. 4. EQUAL PIECES F EACH END. 5. CAULK EXPOSED SCORES P BOTTOM OF CURVED SOFFIT. 6 WORK FROM STOREFRONT GRILL PIER TOWARDS NEUTRAL PIER. 7, BUTT TIGHT TO WINDOW HEAD. 5. INSTALL PRIOR TO SIGN AND EXIT LIGHT INSTALLATIONS. 9 GUT TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKETS. 0 ON INSTALLA TILES. S ARRANTYF OF E.11,'RA 11. PIECES ON SURFACES PARALLEL a 1Q9g STOREFRONT HAVE Er,GES 114' ? . PERPENDICULAR TO STOREFRONT 12. WINDOW FRAME INSTALLED PRIOR NI T CB,SI'TE TO TILE. PEF` 13. AT INSIDE. CONSIDER REVEAL FOR PGS. LESS THAN 12'. REVISIONS ,� BERNA�_ Cr JTSCN STATE OF 4:Ai4WCtR`! MAY 19 1998 FILE: A7 - O.DWC7 DRAWN L.M. /J.G. CHECKED S.S. DATE MAY 15. 1996 SCALE AS SHOWN JOB NUMBER 96146.00 • TITLE ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN + ELEV A7.0 • O STRuLTURE - VERIFY: STOCKROOM 1 ,8/1 55. BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY 2 STOCKROOM La. . 1HOMA5 TANK ENGINE PROVIDED E5`," TENANT, \STALLED By GC, 2 -9 SECTION @ FEATURE WALL D ,C,A,_E12-1 8 RETAIL 100 ® WALL SECTION @ CORRIDOR 641) 190 193 COORDINATE 1_ CATION OF IUTILITY PENETRATIONS AND CLEAKA GES FROM EXISTING 5TUCI1URE AND fELK. HOLD ALL PEN RATIONS Al, CLOSE TO STRUCTURE AS OSSIBLE. T MAL AT DEM. WALLS, STOREFRONT ND INT PARTITIONS 0 DEMISING WALL STUDS 1 HR RATED EXISTING DEMISING UL#465 SEE SHEET AL1 ONE HOUR RATED SERVICE EXIT CORRIDOR CORRIDOR <Th RETAIL BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY 'DOTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY WHERE REQUIRED STOCKROOM ri _SECTION © STOCKROOM \Li SGAL EI/2 I -0 RETAIL HR RATED EXISTING DEMISING WALL SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION U.L. 0465 SIM. SEE SHEET All GO (; SECTION DEMISING WALL \72 SCALE I/2" I -0' p9% #D17c NOTE. G.C. TO EXISTING LOGAT 10 DURING EXISTING INSTALLA TUBES A EXISTING LOCAT 10 DOT OM OF STR TURE- TYP 0 NEW 0 EXIST. DOTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY ADJACENT RETAIL * SECTION © ENTRY SGALE1/2"4 -0 COORDINATE LOCATION OF UTILITY PENETRATIONS AND CLEARANCES FROM - ---EXISTING STRUCTURE AND DECK. HOLD ALL PENETRATIONS AS CLOSE TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIDLE, TYPICAL AT DEM. WALLS. STOREFRONT AND INT. PARTITIONS. VARIES RETAIL TYP EXTENDED NON-EXTENDED PAINT TOP TO MATCH SLATE TILE FACE :?; OORDINATE LOCATION OF ESULKHEAD WITH SPECIFIED OF GRILLE SUPPORT TUBES EMOLITION. NOTIFY TENANT IF CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT ION OF GRILLE SUPPORT D IF THEY WILL NOT CLEAR CONSTRUCTION. VERIFY FINAL_ W/ TENANT PRIOR TO INSTALLA ION. COORDINATE ALSO WITH ST UCTURAL. ,OTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY Tyr ADJACENT TENANT 1 FR RATED EXISTING DEMISING WALL SEE SHEET All FOR CONSTRUCTION V__./ SECTION © WALL & GWB SOFFIT _ SCALE i/2 -I -0 GO V__% SECTION SCALE V2 I -0' COORDINATE LOCATION AND CLEARANCES FROM TRANSFROMER TO SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION WITH-MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES AND MINIMUM LOCAL If5UILDING CODE ALLOWANCES STOCKROOM CAC 217. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT. ac. TO COORDINATE CONNECTION AND SUPPORT WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS, COORDINATE MODIFICATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 220. J -BOX FOR FIXTURE POWER/LIGHTING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL EC, TO PROVIDE BOX. SEVEN FOOT LONG PIGTAIL. + CONNECT LIGHTS AT FIXTURE INSTALLATION, 221. FAUX STONE FASCIA PROVIDED BY TENANT' AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE W/ TENANT. 222. 30' X WIDTH OF GRILLE SERVICE PLATFORM - 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD (FIRE TREATED) SCREW TO STUDS. 00 " \_7:1 WALL SECTION @ TOILET SCALE I/2 I -0 NON-EXTENDED r'AINT TOP TO MATCH SLATE TILE FACE INSTALL FULL TILE ON EDGE OF PIER. @ STOREFRONT GLAZING DOTTOM OF STRUCTURE- VERIFY EXISTING DEMISING WALL STUDS I HE RATED EXISTING DEMISING WALL UL #465 SIM. SEE SHEET All FOR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION SERVICE CORRIDOR 185. FIRESTOP AT ALL CEILING INTERSECTIONS 0 RATED WALLS. 189. GRILL- SUPPORT TUBE DRACED TO STRUCTURE BY INSTALLER. 190. CUT. SHAPE, AND SEAL. GWD TIGHT TO ALL BRACE, PIPE, CONDUIT, AND DUCT PENETRATIONS. CONDUIT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH DEMISING WALLS AND 50110 WALLS, SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO DECK AS F'OSSIBLE, NOTIFY TENANT OF ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS BELOW 14-0" A.F.F. FOR DIRECTION, WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TENANT. TYPICAL. 191, BUTT GW15 TIGHT TO FLOOR + SEAL_ CONTINOUS, TYP. 192 FIXTURE INSTALLED DY F.G. 193. INSTALL. GYP. BD. AT RATED WALLS FULL HEIGHT, FIRE TAPE ALL PENETRATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 194. METAL STUD BRACING CLIPPED TO WALL STUDS AND ANCHORED TO METAL UPRITE OF UNIT 196, DUPLEX ELECTRICAL. OUTLET. MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY. COVER + OUTLET TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS. 197, CUTOUT IN FIXTURE BY F.C. TO ACCESS ELECTRICAL OUTLET OR 3 -BOX. 202. J-BOX INSIDE WALL FOR FIXTURE LIGHTING/ELECTRICAL HOOKUP BY E.G. SET 7'-7 VT A.F.F. TO CENTER. TYPICAL P ALL ILLUMINATED FIXTURE GROUPS, PROVIDE 4 PIGTAIL FOR FIXTURE HOOK UP. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL. 203. TOP SET RUDDER DANE (WITHOUT COVE) INSTALLED ON PERIMETER FIXTURES DY G.C. ROLLED GOODS ONLY, 204. SMOOTH FINISH, 5/8 TYPE 'X' GWD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD SOFFIT. 206. WALL FINISH APPLIED TO FULL- SURFACE PRIOR TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 211 TAPE. SPACKLE AN/D SAND FULL HEIGHT AT STOCKROOMS. PAINT ONE COAT ONLY TO 12-0" A,FE. VERIFY COLOR WITH TENANT. 213. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWD AT CEILING A SIDES. AT FIXTURE ALCOVE/NICHE. OVER MET. FRAMING. TAPE. SPACKLE. AND SAND- NO TEXTURE. PAINT BLACK, INSTALL GWD AT CEILING ON CENTER ALCOVE ONLY. 215. FRP PANELS- EPDXY TO CAID. SEAL. GAPS AND CRACKS. KEYNOTES 1. LEASE LINE, CONTROL LINE OR BULKHEAD, 14. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. GC. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED PRIOR TO OR DURING CONSTRUCTION TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION PER LANDLORD STANDARDS. B. EXISTING WALL FURROUT TO REMAIN, STRIP EXISTING ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES, 24. EXISTING MALL DECK/STRUCTURE - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 27. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL_ AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL. ESE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO GC. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT SHALL DE DURING DEMOLITION + PRIOK TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 29 ALL EXISTING MALL UTILITIES SHALL OE PROTECTED. REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR 1,ONSTRUCTION WILL BE AT THE GENERAL- CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 40, REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING MALL FLOORING FOR NEW TENANT FLOORING CAREFULLY SCRIBE AND CUT TO MINIMIZE REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR. COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD AND LANDLORD APPROVED FLOORING CONSULTANT. 46. NEW FURRED OUT WALL. 5/8" GYP. DD. OVER METAL STUDS 0.0. TO 14-0" A.F.F.0 AREAS WITHOUT SOFFIT AND TO CEILING 0 SOFFITED AREAS, UN.O. RETURN AND FINISH &WC AT TOP TO BACK WALL WHERE EXPOSED. 49. PROVIDE ALTERNATE FRIGE TO TENANT TO INSTALL PAINTED i/T FT F'LYWOOD WAINSCCI TO 48 A.F.F CN CORRIDOR WALLS. SCRIBE TIGHT TO CORNERS AND DOOR. FRAMES AND SEAL P FLOOR. PROVIDE 1 X 3 SOLID WOOD EDGE TRW AT TOP AND RE5-3 BASE_ 51. EXISTING SMOKE STOP TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO LIKE NEW CONSTRUCTION. IF NOT EXISTING, INSTALL NEW SMOKE STOP. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. 52. LINE OF MALL FLOORING - G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 57. PROVIDE NEW TOILET ACCESSORIES WHERE EXISTING ARE NOT SALVAGEABLE OR MISSING) WHICH COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL_ ACCEPTED ADA REQUIREMENTS. WHERE EXISTING FIXTURES ARE SALVAGEABLE AND COMPLY WITH CURRENT ADA STANDARDS. RECONDITION + REUSE IN LIEU OF PROV/DING NEW. VERIFY DURING DEMOLITION / PRECONSTRUCTION SURVEY. 60. CLEAR V2 TEMPERED GLASS IN METAL BASE AND HEAD CHANNEL. GLASS PANELS ARE 48' MAXIMUM IN WIDTH. COORDINATE W/STORE FRONT ELEVATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DO NOT CHANGE NUMBER OF PANELS INDICATED UNLE5S APPROVED BY TENANT. 61. ROLL_ UP GRILLE ON CONCEALED GUIDE TRACK CENTERED ON JAMB PIERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALL,E0 DT TENANT. 63. STOREFRONT BULKHEAD SUPPORT FRAMING. SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ONLY NOT TO DECK. EXTEND SOFFIT WALL STUDS AND (MB TO DECK AND SEAL TIGHT. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 64. COORDINATE EXTENT OF EXISTING FURROUT WITH NEW PLAN REQUIREMENTS. NEILL MISSING AREAS W/ NEW FURROUT TO MATCH WHERE REQUIRED. REMOVE PORTIONS OF EXISTING FURROUT NOT NEEDED. 65. NEW SLAT WALL APPLIED OVER GYPSUM BOARD BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR - NO BLOCKING REQUIRED. 73. REMOVE EXISTING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL_ NEW CONDUIT, OUTLETS. J -DOXS, FIRESTOPS. REPLACE AND PATCH WALL SURFACE TO LIKE NEW. MATCH WALL RATING WHERE REQUIRED. NO SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT AND 1-B0XE5 WILL BE ACCEPTED. 75. NEW 5/8 TYPE"X" avv.D. INSTALLED DY G.C. FULL HEIGHT ON EXISTING LANDLORD INSTALLED DEMISING WALL STUDS. VERIFY LANDLORD INSTALLATION OF STUDS WITH TENANT LEASE REQUIREMENTS + LANDLORD. 76. ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON LID. INSTALL_ DOUBLE FRAMING 0 12" 0.0. BENEATH + TO 12" EACH SIDE DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL FOR SUPPORT BELOW 01575. 81. NEW MALL FLOORING FLUSH TO AND MATCHING EXISTING. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID AND INSTALLATION. 83. APPLY LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE ON FLOOR SLAB AND UP WALL 6" PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE SHEET VINYL FLOORING AND BASE. USE A WATER BASED ADHESIVE. 88, INSTALL NEW TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TO MATCH EXISTING P DAMAGED SURFACES. 97. SLATWALL. ON TOILET ROOM WALLS PROVIDED BY INSTALLED Erl 0.0. OTT 0 4-8 ABOVE FIN. FLR. 99. MOISTURE RESISTENT TYPE 'X' GWD AT ALL TOILET ROOM WALLS. APPLY OVER. EXISTING &WES WHERE REQUIRED TO 4'-0" A.F.F. • INSTALL REGULAR TYPE 'X TO CEILING FLUSH TO NEW MR 6WD. INSTALL MR TO CEILING AT NEW WALLS. 00. SMOOTH FINISH, PAINTED. TYPE 'X' (MD. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL_ AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS. AND EXF'OSED WALLB P RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPECIFICATIONS. 101. SLATWALL ON WALLS ABOVE TOILET AND CORRIDOR TO 60" ABOVE LID. PROVIDED BY F.C. AND INSTALLED BY GC. FIELD VERIFY AREA W/TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING FROM KC. 105. FACTORY FINISHED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID SYSTEM. FACTORY FINISHED GRID AND INTEGRAL COLORED 24 BY 24 PANELS. 111. SPRINKLER HEADS IN SOFFIT ABOVE CASHWIRAP TO DE SEMI-RECESSED W/ WHITE ESCOTCHEONS P STOREFRONT, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL DE CONCEALED W/ IVORY ESCUTCHEON& UNISTRUT AREAS SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL DE STANDARD TYPE AND SET @ 2" ABOVE THE TOP OF THE UNISTRUT. 112. 6-0" SQUARE CENTER TO CENTER) SHOP PRIMED UNISTRUT GRID AT 12-0" A.F.F.. PAINT ALL SURFACES. OPEN END DOWN. INSTALL CONNECTORS 0 BOTTOM SIDE. 114. OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PAINT ALL SURFACES, INCLUDING HANGER WIRES. CONDUITS, DUCT WORK, CABLES, ETC. DO NOT PAINT LIGHT REFLECTORS. 119. RECESSED DOWN LIGHT IN GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT OR CEILING. SET TRIM RINGS TIGHT TO SURFACE- NO GAPS. 125. DIRECTION OF LID FRAMING- METAL STUDS AT 16" LOCATE DIRECTLY OVER VERTICAL_ WALL STUDS. 127. CURVED SOFFIT SURFACE EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL DE SMOOTH AND W)THOUT DIMPLES. BUMPS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 129 SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING ABOVE CASHWRAP TO DE SEMI-RECESSED W/ WHITE ESCOTCHEONS STOREFRONT SOFFIT. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL. BE CONCEALED W/ IVORY ESCUTCHEONS. I30. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES IN CORRIDOR, SET TIGHT TO CEILING SURFACE. DO NOT PAINT. 131. WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT W/CONCEALED REMOTE BATTERY PACK. CENTER ON OPENING. 132. SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK LIGHT. SET TIGHT TO CEILING - TYPICAL 0 GYP. BD. SOFFITS. FACTORY WHITE FINISH. DO NOT PAINT TRACK. 134. ALL UNISTRUT, LIGHT ASSEMBLIES, SPEAKERS, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSSERS TO BE FAINTED ALIKE. INCLUDING TOPS. 136. SET SPRINKLER HEADS MIN. 181 ABOVE TOP OF STORAGE SHELVING. 137. EXPOSED, UNFINISHED STRUCTURE. 138. GWB LID ON METAL FRAMING. ONE HOUR RATED AT EXIT CORRIDORS. NON-RATED AT TOILET LID, U.N.O. 139. HOLD TOILET ROOM EXHAUST DUCT TIGHT TO WALL. 141. CENTER LIGHTS, SPEAKERS, AND SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL. SET TRIM RINGS, FLANGES. AND ESCUTCHEONS TIGHT TO SURFACE. 43. MOUNT LIGHT TRACK TO C-EILING GRID. 44. SHADOWLINE REVEAL FULL PERIMETER OF SPACE. COLOR TO MATCH FIELD. SET TIGHT TO WALL. NO GAPS. BUTT ENDS TIGHT. 47. FRAME GRILL PIER TO PROVIDE 1/4 FROM GUIDE CORNER TO FINISHED SURFACE. BUTT WALL BASE TIGHT TO EDGE OF GUIDE. 48. STONE TILE SET ON &WID PRIOR TO FINAL WALL FINISH INSTALLATION. BUTT STONE BASE AT CORNERS TIGHT. EXPOSED EDGES AT STOREFRONT TO BE PERPENDICULAR TO LEASE LINE. SEAL GAPS BETWEEN TILE + WALL SURFACE W/ SEALANT TO MATCH ,ALL SURFACE. BUTT TIGHT TO ADJACENT SURFACES P ENDS. 150, PREMANUFACTURED SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN MAM:FACTURER SHALL SUDMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANL FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 154. BUTT ENDS OF SILL AND HEAD SECTIONS TIGHT TOGETHER. AT FIELD JOINTS PROVIDE INVISIBLE SEAM ALIGNED W/ GLASS JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED DUE TO EXTRUSION LENGTH, 160. 1 X 4 PAINTED WOOD TRIM. SET TIGHT TO WALL. Bl. FINISH COLOR OF GRILLE POCKET TO MATCH SOFFIT. 162. EXTRUDED METAL BASE AND HEAD WITH VINYL SETTING BLOCKS AND GASKETS FOR &LASS. NO SILICONE UNLESS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 166. ONLi HOUR RATED LID CONSISTING OF 8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT MAXIMUM 16' 0.1. WITH TWO LAYERS OF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWIS TOP 5 DOTTOM. INSTALL_ 3/4 FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD AT TOP SIDE OVER GWB. 174. FIRE SPRINKLER DROP IN WALL AND DOWN INTO LID BELOW SEAL. FIRE TAPE PENETRATIONS. REMOVE AND REF'LACE EXISTING RATED 5,W,D, IN EXISTING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER. 75. ANCHOR LID FRAMING LEDGER THROUGH GV/5 AND INTO WALL STUDS. MINIMUM 5 SCREWS TO EACH 6" STUD AND 3 * 3-5/8" SOFFIT STUDS. 177, GLASS BASE INSTALLED PRIOR TO WALL DASE, MITE.RecOVED GLASS BASE AND HEAD CORNERS TIGHT AT INTERSECTIONS INSTALL TIGHT TO WALL DASE OR." FINISH SURFACE AT ENDS, 180, SYNTHETIC PLASTER FINISH OVER 5/8" TYPE ")<" 182, SIGN BRACKET SUPPORT ""UDES BEHIND SOFFIT. MAW PROVIDED DY 5155 MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED 01 G.C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND 5155 MANUFACTURER, STOREFRONT FINISH TO DE TIGHT TO SIGN BRACKET AT PENETRATION THROUGH SOFFIT FACE. ESCUTCHEONS TO SIT TIGHT TO FACE- NO GAPS, 184. 6"Xle, GAGE STUD FULL WIDTH OF FEATURE WALL ALCOVE. SCREW FLAT TO BACK SIDE OF WAL.L 5TUDS.3 SCREWS TO SECURE TO EACH WALL STUD. MAY 19 1998 woolimarriml REVISIONS 114 -0 cf) 0 4 E1 CCI FILE A8 - 0.CDWG DRAWN L.M. CHECKED 5.5. DATE MAY 5, H98 SCALE AS SHOWN 98146 00 TITLE WALL SECT IONS A8.0 DATE 51-IEETS MIRROR 15 X 30 CENTER ON LAV f'f1A19 /mil 1,11/ � Tl A!• ER OR C LE V A 1 ION SCALE.1/4'4 -O 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION SGALF /4" o.. ALL WALLS, DOOR FRAMES. AND CEILING TO BE •fi SEMI -GLOSS SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MOTION SENSOR LOGAT ION. PROVIDE DISABLED ACCESS SYMBOL 0 I EXTERIOR OF DOOR. SEE DET. ON GEN. NOTE SHEET A2 6 COVE BASE TO MATCH FLOORING, TYP. SEE RGP FOR CEILING GAP r_ 13 1217 O INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I1 /4 =1 -0 SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE COORDINATE WITH ELECT I KCAL FRP WAINSCOT, TYP_ WR GWB TO 4-0MIN ALL WALLS, TYP. INSTALL GOAT HOOKS 0 INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR 0 4-8" AFF O INSULATE WATER SUPPLY PIPING AND DRAIN 100 73 98 • • 190 G.G. TO REPAIR EXISTING COL. FIRESPRAY AS REQUIRED SLATWALL PROVIDED BY F.G. + INSTALLED BY G.L. SEAL FRP TO WALL, CONT. TYPICAL NOTE FRP TO *4-0" ALL WALLS. IPT -1 SEMI -GLOSS) FROM TOP OF FRP TO CEILING ALL WALLS. SEAL MOLDING TO WALLS + AT BASE. _ 8 TOILET ELEVATIONS D - 0 O 5GALEi/4 "•f -0' EXTEND (-O0. FURROUT TO 6' ABV. GLG. _b5 T.P.D. BOPRI(-K GRAB BAR GRAB BAR LAVATORY FAUCET DRAIN WATER HEATER WATER CLOSET SEAT FLOOR DRAIN RAP PRIMER - FLOOR CLEANQUT HOSE BI -*T. 000 a_ 24 <7 Z J.R. SMITH. 5032 SERIES FLOOR GLEANOUT SIM. GASH WRAP NI000 BRONZE HOSE BIBS MODEL NO, V00860T ®INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I /4 =I -0 e T TOILET ROOM FIXTURE AND) ACCESSORY LEGEND NOTES 1. COORDINATE FIXTURE TYPES WITH PLUMBING, 2. ACCESSORIES LISTED ARE INTENDED TO BE USED AS GU LINES FOR TYPE AND FUNCTION. IF NOT AVAILABLE LOCALLY. SUBMIT SUMMARY OF ACCESSORIES AN MANUFACTURER TO TENANT FOR APPROVAL. 3. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, SHEET A 1.0 FOR SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES. MARK /DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND ODEL NO. E5-6857 8- 490X48 - SEE 11 /A10 FOR ANCHORING INFORMATION BOER ILK BOBRIGK 0- 490X36 - SEE I1 /AI0 FOR ANCHORING INFORMATION AMERICAN STD. "LUCERNE" WALL M NTED. LAVATORY, MODEL 0356.421 VITREOUS CHINA. ADA APPROVED T PE.�. ISE SPECIALLY DESIGNED DELUXE NGLE -LEVEL MIXING FAUCET AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 4362.02 CAST. BRASS GRID STRAINER. OFFSET P -TPA TO CLEAR KNEE SPACE. SUPPLY SHA OE V3RAPPED FOR HANDICAPPED SCALD PROTECTION. IN -SINK ERATOR MODEL ISE UW ULT WARM IyyATER HEATER. 115 V, 6.5 AMP } 750 WATT, 6' W X 12 H X 6" D 1 TER HEATER SHALL BE U.L, LISTED 1 WITH FLOW CONTROL FITTINGS. PROM I E DUPLE ,OUTLET IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT. AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" WATER AVER. MODEL 2108.408, FLOOR MOUNTED. VITREOUS CHINA. SIPHON JET ACTION, NLONGATED BOWL, FLUSH TANK. 2 319 BOLT GAPS WITH RETAINER CLIPS OLSONITE'. NO. 44, WHITE OPEN FRONT 6EAT WITH CONGEALED CHECK HINGE AND WITHOUT COVER J.R. SMITH FLOOR DRAIN, MODEL NO. 2005-A -P, CAST IRON BODY. 5" DIA, POLISHED BRONZE STRAINER, FLASH COLLAR AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION.' 7- PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS TRAP PRIMER. MODEL NO. P -2, COPPER BODY ADJUSTABLE WITH 1/2" COPPER TYPE L" TO FLOOR DRAIN ( SEE DRAWING I. SIM SURFACE 'MOUNTED ON FIXTURE LID TIGHT AGAINST WALL OMIT CEILING ABOVE DOME FOR SUPPORT SEE SHEET Al2 + 51 NO ELECTRICAL IN WALL THIS AREA O BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY. NO SUBSTITUTES EGGSHELL - WALLS FLAT - CEILING ONLY SEMI 61_055 - DOOR5 AND FRAMES oe PT1 BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 WARM WHITE 960 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PT7 BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 5292 SILVERTONE / 052 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PT8 BENJAMIN MOORE 500 532 8292 MANILA / 246 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PT9 BENJAMIN MOORE 500 832 8292 MIDNIGHT BLUE / 826 SEMI-GLOSS- AT TOP OF DOME FLAT- DOME INTERIOR SUBMIT SAMPLE PTO BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 STEEL GREY / 1461 EGGSHELL SUBMIT SAMPLE PTII BENJAMIN MOORE 800 832 8292 INTER. READY MIX -BLACK / SATIN. SUBMIT SAMPLE 5F3 FAUX PAINT FINISH "STARRY NIGHT" BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY 5.O.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY 5,0.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION 5F4 FAUX PAINT FINISH "SILVER PATINA" BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY S.O.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY S,O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION SF -7A DUROPLEX 800 537 6111 COLOR C53 1429L0281 BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY S.O.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY S.O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION KNOCK -DOWN, NON - DIRECTIONAL MUST SUBMIT SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION m® PL4 PL3 GPTS 551 K62 R03 O 205. TAPE, SPACKLE AND SAND ONLY. U.N.O. 206. WALL FINISH APPLIED TO FULL SURFACE PRIOR TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 207. LIMIT OF PAINT FINISH - TAPE AND SPACKLE ONLY ON SURFACES HIDDEN BEHIND FIXTURES. 208. WALL BREAK PROVIDE CLEAN, SHARP, VERTICAL CORNER. 209. 18' HIGH - STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE W/ STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. 213. 5/8" TYPE X GWB AT CEILING + SIDES. AT FIXTURE ALCOVE /NICHE. OVER MET. FRAMING. TAPE, SPACKLE. AND SAND- NO TEXTURE. PAINT BLACK. INSTALL GWB AT CEILING ON CENTER ALCOVE ONLY. 214. INSTALL TOP SET RUBBER BASE (WITHOUT COVET ON GWB WALL. GUT IN TIGHT TO DOOR FRAMES, END WALLS AND FIXTURE BASES. SEAL GAPS. TYP. 217. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT. G.G. TO COORDINATE CONNECTION AND SUPPORT WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE MODIFICATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 220. J -BOX FOR FIXTURE POWER /LIGHTING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL. E.L. TO PROVIDE BOX. SEVEN FOOT LONG PIGTAIL. + CONNECT LIGHTS AT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 221. FAUX STONE FASCIA PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE W/ TENANT. FINISH SCHEDULE 5F -14 ZOLATONE 773 929 0148 REF.3 ZL -00831 BY APPLICATOR SELECTED BY 5.0.K. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF FINISH SHALL BE BY S.O.K. NO ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION MUST SUBMIT 13) 8X10' SAMPLE TO WHITE HOT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION MANU NEVAMAR CORP. GUST.800 - 264 - 0778 X 7604 GOLOR•OGHRE TEMPURA/TM-2-IT FINISH TEXTURED MANU NEVAMAR CORP. GUST.800 -264 - 0778 X 7604 COLOR /GV - 6 -1T FINISH TEXTURED MANU GENTLY MILLS GUST. REF 818.3334585 COLOR AZ26B.8120 SECTOR CARPET SUPPLIED BY S.O.K. ARMSTRONG 800 292 6308 PATTERN CLASSIC (-ORLON SUFFIELD COLOR /NO SLATE / 56807 SIZE 6-0' WIDE FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR /NO WP -016 / TAUPE SIZE 4' HIGH, NO TOE 0 RETAIL AREAS 100 ROLLED GOODS ONLY FLEXCO 205 383 7474 COLOR /NO WF -01 / BLACK DAHLIA SIZE 4" HIGH, NO TOE 0 RETAIL AREAS ROLLED GOODS ONLY SL1 ALT -7 AGT -8 KEYNOTES 14. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. G.C. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED PRIOR TO OR DURING CONSTRUCTION TO "LIKE NEW CONDITION PER LANDLORD STANDARDS. 24. EXISTING MALL DECK /STRUCTURE - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 27. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROTECTED. REPORT DAMAGED OR MISSING SECTIONS TO G.G. ( '8108 TO STARTING WORK. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DURING DEMOLITION + PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCHES AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL OE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 29. ALL EXISTING t2ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE_ ' ROTECTED. REPAIR AND /OR REPLACEMENT OF AIL ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WILL BE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSL.. SURVEY THE PROJECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 51. EXISTING SMOKE STOP TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO LIKE NEW CONSTRUCTION. IF NOT EXISTING, INSTALL NEW SMOKE STOP. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. 60. CLEAR 1/2 TEMPERED; GLASS IN METAL BASE AND HEAD CHANNEL. GLASS PANELS ARE 48" MAXIMUM IN WIDTH. COORDINATE W /STORE FRONT ELEVATION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DO NOT CHANGE NUMBER OF PANELS INDICATED UNLESS APPROVED BY TENANT. 61. ROLL UP GRILLE ON CONGEALED GUIDE TRACK CENTERED ON JAMB PIERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. 63. STOREFRONT BULKHEAD SUPPORT FRAMING. SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ONLY NOT TO DECK. EXTEND SOFFIT WALL STUDS AND GWB TO DECK AND SEAL TIGHT. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 65. NEW SLAT WALL APPLIED OVER GYPSUM BOARD BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR - NO BLOCKING REQUIRED. 71. PIECE IN STONE BASE TO BUTT TIGHT AGAINST FIXTURE AND FIXTURE BASE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION + PRIOR TO RUDDER BASE APPLICATION. MATCH TILE AS REQUIRED TO PROFILE OF FIXTURE BASE. 73. REMOVE EXISTING G.W.O. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONDUIT. OUTLETS. J -00X5, + FIRESTOPS. REPLACE AND PATCH WALL SURFACE TO LIKE NEW. MATCH WALL RATING WHERE REQUIRED. NO SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT AND J -BOXES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 78. ADD 3/4" ARC RING WHERE REQUIRED By BUILDING OFFICIAL TO EXTEND BOX TO FRONT FACE OF SLATWALL. 85. TELEPHONE /INTERCOM LOCATION. F.L. TO GUT OUT SLATWALL OR CABINET TO ACCESS J -00X5 IN WALL. EL. TO PROVIDE J- BOXES. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 88. INSTALL NEW TYPE "X" GYP. 00. TO MATCH EXISTING DAMAGED SURFACES. 91. INSTALLER TO SEAL SLATE TILE WITH "JASGO" 51108. GLOSS AND SEAL. APPLY THREE COATS PER INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW MIN. 24 HOURS FROM L45T GOAT TO DELIVERY OF TENANTS MERCHANDISE. COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH TENANT. 94. PROVIDE 2 ", FINISHED GWB SURFACE FROM EDGE OF DOOR FRAME TO EDGE OF SLATWALL. 00. SMOOTH FINISH. PAINTED, TYPE X GW0. NO TEXTURE. TYPICAL AT TOILETS AND CORRIDORS. AND EXPOSED WALLS @ RETAIL AREAS. FINISH LEVEL 5 PER SPEC IFICAT IONS. 105. FACTORY FINISHED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID SYSTEM. FACTORY FINISHED GRID AND INTEGRAL COLORED 24 BY 24 PANELS. 113. VIDEO "GONE OF DARKNESS' GANNET SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORT DETAILS. 127. CURVED SOFFIT SURFACE EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL BE SMOOTH AND WITHOUT DIMPLES, BUMPS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 131. WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT W/CONCEALED REMOTE BATTERY PACK. CENTER ON OPENING. 144. SHADOWLINE REVEAL FULL PERIMETER OF SPACE. GOLO8 TO MATCH FIELD. SET TIGHT TO WALL. NO GAPS. BUTT ENDS TIGHT. 146. BALANCE STONE GUT AT EACH END, TYPICAL. LAYOUT FROM CENTER LINE OF WALL SURFACE AND INSTALL SO THAT THE END PIECES ARE EQUAL. NO PIECE SHALL BE LESS THAN ONE HALF THE SIZE OF THE FIELD TILE. 147. FRAME GRILL PIER TO PROVIDE 1/4" FROM GUIDE CORNER TO FINISHED SURFACE. BUTT WALL BASE TIGHT TO EDGE OF GUIDE. 148. STONE TILE 5ET ON GWB PRIOR TO FINAL WALL FINISH INSTALLATION. BUTT STONE BASE AT CORNERS TIGHT. EXPOSED EDGES AT STOREFRONT TO BE PERPENDICULAR TO LEASE LINE. SEAL GAPS BETWEEN TILE + WALL SURFACE W/ SEALANT TO MATCH WALL SURFACE. BUTT TIGHT TO ADJACENT SURFACES 0 ENDS. 154. BUTT END5 OF SILL AND HEAD SECTIONS TIGHT TOGETHER. AT FIELD JOINTS PROVIDE INVISIBLE SEAM ALIGNED W/ GLASS JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED DUE TO - EXTRUSION LENGTH. 162. EXTRUDED METAL BASE AND HEAD WITH VINYL SETTING BLOCKS AND GASKETS FOR GLASS, NO SILICONE UNLESS REQUIRED 0Y LANDLORD. 164. ROLL -UP GRILLE LOCKS. TWO KEYED CYLINDERS. THUMB TURNS 0 INTERIOR SIDE WHERE PERMITTED OY LOCAL ORDINANCE OR MALL CRITERIA ONLY. 167. DOOR BUZZER SURFACE MOUNTED BEHIND SLATWALL PANEL. SET 0 «7 -0" AFF. COORDINATE LOCATION OF BUZZER AND BUTTON AT SERVICE 0008 WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS 168. E.G. TO INSTALL VCR COAX GABLE J -BOXES W/ CONDUIT TO MANAGERS DESK AND PULL GABLE 169. ACCESSIBLE DECAL MOUNTED ON INTERIOR GLASS SURFACE. ADJACENT TO ENTRANCE. PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR + INSTALLED BY G.G. AS DIRECTED BY TENANT. 172. FASCIA MOUNTED BLADE SIGN. ;77. GLASS BASE INSTALLED PRIOR TO WALL BASE. MITER GLASS BASE AND HEAD CORNERS TIGHT AT INTERSECTIONS INSTALL TIGHT TO WALL BASE OR FINISH SURFACE AT ENDS. 178. SCREW TOGETHER TYPE, 2' DIAMETER ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CLIPS. MATCH GLASS BASE + HEAD FINISH CLIPS PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.L. AT ANGLED SECTIONS, BEND CLIP TO MATCH GLASS PROFILE AT FRONT + BACK SIDE AND SILICONE TOGETHER TO GLASS. 179. 2" HIGH VINYL LETTERS (PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR( @ SECOND SURFACE OF GLASS, CENTER ON PANEL. 190. GUT, SHAPE, AND SEAL GWB TIGHT TO ALL BRACE, PIPE. CONDUIT, AND. DUCT PENETRATIONS. CONDUIT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH DEMISING WALLS AND SOFFIT WALLS, SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO DECK AS POSSIBLE NOTIFY TENANT OF ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS BELOW 14-0' A.F.F. FOR DIRECTION. WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TENANT, TYPICAL. 193. INSTALL GYP. BD. AT RATED WALLS FULL HEIGHT, FIRE TAPE ALL PENETRATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 196. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY. COVER + OUTLET TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ELEGTRIGAL PLANS. 197. CUTOUT IN FIXTURE BY F.G. TO ACCESS ELECTRICAL OUTLET OR J -BOX. 200. SPRAY APPLIED ZOLOTONE' FINISH 0/ GWB. PROTECT. 201. "EMPLOYEES ONLY SIGN PROVIDED BY TENANT AND MOUNTED TO DOOR SURFACE BY G.G. 202. J -BOX INSIDE WALL FOR FIXTURE LIGHTING /ELECTRICAL HOOKUP BY E.G. SET 0 7 -7 1/2" A.F.F. TO (-ENTER. TYPICAL 5 ALL ILLUMINATED FIXTURE GROUPS. PROVIDE 4-0" PIGTAIL FOR FIXTURE HOOK UP. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL. 203. TOP SET RUBBER BASE (WITHOUT COVE) INSTALLED ON PERIMETER FIXTURES BY G.G. ROLLED GOODS ONLY. 204. SMOOTH FINISH. 5/8 TYPE X GWB ON 3 5/8' METAL STUD SOFFIT. RAJAH RED SLATE DISTRIBUTOR EUROGAL SLATE 310 823 7753 DAVE DILLS SIZE. 12 X 12 X 3/8 GROUT LATILRETE 203 393 1684 3/8" THK 500 SERIES 335 MOCHA 11) VERMONT GREEN DISTRIBUTOR EUROGAL SLATE 310 823 7753 DAVE DILLS SIZE. 12" X 12" X I /4" GROUT LATILRETE 203 393 1684 3/32 THK 500 SERIES 342 PLATINUM 111 USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR SILVERTONE / 052 SIZE 24" X 24' X 3/4" GLACIER PATTERN. FINELINE KERFED EDGE GRID DONN. GENTRIGITE. DXT, FINELINE 9/16 ". COLOR TO MATCH SHADOWLINE WALL ANGLE, M5174. COLOR TO MATCH USG INTEGRAL COLOR PANELS 800 950 3839 COLOR MANILA / 246 SIZE 24' X 24" X 3/4" GLACIER PATTERN. FINELINE KERFED EDGE GRID DONN, GENTRIGITE. DXT. FINELINE 9/16 ", COLOR TO MATCH SHADOWLINE WALL ANGLE. MS174, COLOR TO MATCH COMPASS® SPECIALTY CEILING EDGE TRIM TO MATCH SUSPENDED GRID COLOR SHAPES PREFABRICATED TO SOFFIT CURVE AND ASSEMBLED DI MANUFACTURER RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA MAk 2 1 1998 PSAMIi CENTER TITLE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A9.O SET DOOR .NOTES LOCATION QUANTITY. ITEM PART. NO. FIN15F D STOREFRONT 2 CYLINDER + E74 626 GRILLE 2 LOOK CORE FOR E74 X 1 MOO( MOO( MOO( XXXX MOOT MOO( 3 A INTERIOR 1 V2 : PR BUTTS 684101 626 FIRE RATED PASSAGE 1 1 LATCH CLOSER DIOS -RHO 4010 DOOR WITH KICK PLATE 1 1 STOP KICK PLATE 431 ES TYPE E. III" 7 HEAD EL + JAMD 303AV 628 4 4 15 INTERIOR 1 1/2 PR HUTTS 0)04181 626 000R WITH PRIVACY 1 1 LOCK- PRIVACY 5TOP 0405 -RHO 431 E5 LOCXSET 1 CLOSER 4010 •c a INTERIOR 1 1/2 PR 6UTTS 6)04181 626 f IRE 3 DOOR W - 1 1 LOOK- PRIVACY STOP 0405 -RHO 431 E5 LOCK5ET 1 1 CLOSER HEAD 4 JAMB 4010 SEAL 303AV 628 I V2 PR BUTTS 664181 626 DOOR w •1 KEYED 1 i LOOK SET LOCK CORE DSORD -RHO '.SST LOCKSET I _STOP 431 E5 7 l(r9 1 1/2 PR BUTTS 6)34))1 626 1 LOCK SET LOCK CORE D50RD -RHO 6EST I I CLOSER STOP 4010 431 ES 1 HEAD + JAMB SEAL VERIFY 628 TYPE 1 ROLL —UP GRILLE MALL SIDE VIEW(owNeR SUPPLIEDI EXISTING MR ./GttA2E —DRUM FIELD 1` IFY !E IGNT ANCHOR SUPPORT POSTS TO 'STRUGT;JRB BY INSTALLER TOP + BOTTOM —Ei GRLLE- BOTTOM TO BE SE FLUSH WITH SOFFIT IN OP94 1 GUIDE RAID. CLEAR MOD. AUAi PROVIDE ECLID ALUM LOCK PROTECTION PMF1.5 AROUND RAL T EACH THUMB, 0 OG.R. OOA-M. SIDE EXISTING b LABEL HM. 00012 + FRAME TO BE REUSED PAINT INTERIOR PER f NISH SCEEDU.£ PAINT EXTERIOR PER MALI. STANDARDS. REFINISH TO 'LIKE NEW CONDITION EXISTING THRESHOLD PAINT TO MALL STANDARDS ALL HINGE5 AT CORRIDOR SIDE TO HAVE NON- REMOVABLE PINS. REPLACE IF EXISTING HINGES 00 NOPT COMPLY. [YPE 5 :ORRIDOR TO STOCKROOM HOLLOW METAL FRAME ALL HINGES AT CORRIDOR SIDE TO HAVE NON- REMOVABLE PINS. REPLACE IF EXISTING HINGES 00 NOPT COMPLY. HOLLOW METAL FRAME SEMI -GLOSS FRAME + DOOR METAL THRESHOLD WHEN RATED - • B" 0 NON -RATED PUSH U' ROLL4 GRILLE 12) CYLINDER LOCK MALL SIDE- 4 '7E - VEST 7 PIN EMERGENCY MUM TURN EGRESS 0 INTERIOR PROVIDE 2 LOCKS ONLY WHERE LOCAL ORDINO4ANCES PFRIAIT. GRILLE SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE MINIMUM FOUR ' FELT PADS SPAc. > EQUALLY ALONG THE 'BOTTOM RAIL FOR FLOORING PROTECTION WHEN DOOR CLOSES. G TO CONTACT BRIAN E. SANTORE, 301 -209 -7303. WITH QUESTIONS CONCERNING INSTALLATIONS. SGHEDUL.ING, OR TECHNICAL TYPE 3 EAR EXIT XiggoE5E12,4CED°904,0,4 T NOT RECJIREI+ELNTS PEEP HOLE e +5' -0 ". TENANT CORRIDOR SIDE CORRIDOR SIDE HARDWARE SCHEDULE MIN. PER MANUFACTURER + COORDINATE WITH STOREFRONT HEIGHTS. BACK CUT BOTTOM BAR TO AC-COW/DATE TILE BASE PROJECTION 907706) OF PIER VERIFY STRUCTURAL GO_UAN SIZE WHEN SUPPORT POSTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE PART OE STCFKffRONT SIGN SUPPORT STRUCTURE. SEE SPL3 WHEN THIS CONDITION OCCURS. PROVIDE SLATS AT 2" APART AT BOTTOM I8" OF GRILLE I FOR SECURITY. 4" WIDE CLOSURE PLATE AT &OTT. SHALL BE BE CLEAR. ANODIZED ALUM PROVIDE SIGN + INTERIOR SIDE Cr BOTTOM DAR. r HIGH OSHA ALERT ORANGE Lti !NO "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING SPACE OCCUPANCY, ISSL ES. ALARWSECURITY WARNING SIGN PART OF ALARM PACKAGE. EXIT DEVICE WITH "THEFT GUARD W/ BEST' 7 PIN RED CYLINDER. MATCH DOOR 11 NO SUBSTITUTIONS) SECURITY ALARM PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. SECURITY ALARM TO BE RATED TO MATCH DOOR. NOTE• ALL EXTERIOR DOOR HOLE PENETRATIONS MUST BE GAPPED OFF. NO ACCESS FROM EXTERIOR SIDE INTO THEFT GUARD. SIGN SERVICE CORRIDOR SIDE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS LOCK LANDLORD CORRIDOR 5IDE NOTE. G.G. TO SURVEY EXISTING HARDWARE DURING DID + CONDITION OF EXi5T)N& DOOR. SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENT TO OWNER LISTING ALL PARTS DOOR, FRAME, HARDWARE. ETC). THEIR EXISTING GOND- ITMON + REGOW.ENDATION FOR REUSE. OR REGONDITIONINGS, OR RE- PLACEMENT. AU_ ITEMS REQUIRING REPLACEMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN TEE ORIGINAL- 6ASE BID + OF COMMERCIAL GRADE PUSH BUTTON SIMPLEX SECURITY LOOK WITH COA6£RCIAL GRADE LEVER TYPE HANDLE PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTA 1 EI7 BY G.G. SEMI-61_05S FRAME + DOOR , 3 O NON -RATED 0 20 MIN LABEL O ONE HOUR METAL THRESHOLD WFE]4 RATED - GOM6EKCIAL GRADE LEVER LL TYPE HANDLE 2(T MINUTE RATING ' i 31 -o• RATED EXIT CORRIDORS 0 20 MIN LABEL O ONE FIOI.R STOCKROOM SIDE DOOR TYPES 5GALE4/4'4 -6 SET WNOTESILOCATION 8 3 E REM EXIT F F 6 NOTES A WHERE REQUIRED EXIT DOOR AT TYPES *2 OR 15. 00 NOT INSTALL SIMPLEX LOCI:. PROVIDE PANIC BM AT RETAIL SIDE AND LEVER TYPE HANDLE AT OPPOSITE SIDE B REUSE EXISTING TOILET DOOR HOW. IF IN GOOD CONDITION ADO OR REPLACE MISSING OR DEFECTIVE HOW. G USE ONLY WHERE TOILET ROOM DOOR IS REQUIRED TO BE RATED. 0 VERIFY NUACER OF THEE TURNS ALLOWED WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL E REUSE AND RECONDITION HOW AT EXISTING DOORS TO BE REUSED. ADD OR REPLACE MISSING OR DEFECTIVE IOW. F PROVIDE LEVER TYPE HARDWARE FOR ALL PASSAGE DOORS ON FLOORS ACCESSIBLE TO THE DISABLED. SEE SHEET A10. DISABLED AGGE55 NOTES + GENERAL_ NOTES FOR APPLICABLE PROVISIONS FOR ACCESSIBILITY. F HARDWARE SET IS FOR OFFICE DOOR. VERIFY LOCATION WITH TE.NSNT PLANS. NOT ALL PLANS WILL HAVE AN OFFICE DROP FIRE RATED HDW. AT NON RATED DOOR. G PANIC BM + MORTISE G YLINOER. W/ TSEST 7 PIN INTERGHANGABLE GORE PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. TYPE 2 RETAIL TO CORRIDOR RATED / LABELED HOLLOW METAL OR ALUMINUM FRAME PAINT SEMI -GLOSS ENTIRE FRAME LINO. PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH RETAIL SIDE ONLY PROVIDED DY F.G. INSTALLED D BY G.G. EMPLOYEES ONLY SIGN BY SIGN CO. SECURITY LACK PROV. 6Y TEN. INST. &Y G.G. ONLY WHERE PERMITTED. OTHERWISE INSTALL PANIC OAR. O NON -RATED TYPE 4 TOILET ROOM 1�T EXISTING SELF TOILET ROOM SIDE. iF NOT EXISTING PROVIDE NEW TOILET SIGN 0 .60 _ AFF. H.C. GRAPHIC, GENDER, AND BRAILLE. 'STOCKROOM 5113E SEE DET. 13 /A0.0 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. ea 7 IY O 0 8" QUANTITY 1/2 3 -0" CORRIDOR SIDE 3 -0" RETAIL SIDE 020 MIN, LABEL TOILET ROOM RECONDITION + REUSED DOOR DISABLED ACCESS ® TOILET ROOM SIGNING ITEM PR BUTTS CLOSER STOP DOOR DOOR BOTTOM VIEWER FEAR + JAMB SEAL NOTE) IF AVAILABLE TOILET OPENING 15 PMT NO 4110 T� 431 ES 209AV NO. 852 303AV /DM. DOOR. FRAME, PASSAGE HARDWARE. KICK PLATE, STOP AND CLOSER PROVIDE BY G.G. F.G. TO PROVIDE PLA5. LAM TO - B.C. FOR INSTALLATION TENANT TO PROVIDE WINDOW FRAME AND GLASS TO G.G. TO INSTALL. LEVER TYPE LATCH SET I STANDARD MTG. HEIGHT FOR DOTING + H.G. REQUIREMENTS. 12" X 12' ALUM FRAME VISION 1 PANEL PROVIDED BY TENANT. - 'k INSTALLED BY G.G. DO NOT PAINT. SIGN ON FRAME "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN CLOCKED OARING BUSINESS HOURS." ON FRAME 0 BOTH 510E5 OF DOOR ONE WAY SAFETY GLASS IN ALUMINUM METAL FRAME. NON REMOVEABLE SCREWS. FRAME + GLASS PROVIDED DY TENANT INSTALLED BY G-.O. INSTALL PANIC. BAR 0 REQUIRED EXITS 18' X DOOR WIDTH STAIN-E-55 STEEL KICK PLATE. PROVIDED BY G.G. - 1` RETAIL 5113E ON _Y. 1/4" MAX EXPOSED AT BOTT OF DOOR HOOK 0 BACKSIDE PROVIDED BY TENANT. INSTALLED )0Y G.G. EXISTING DOOR + FRAME TO BE REUSED. RECONDITION TO LIKE NEW CONDITION REPAINT DOOR + FRAME. RECONDITION HARDWARE FOR REUSE OR PROVIDE NEW DOOR 46) - COORDINATE WITH TENANT. PROVIDE FIG. APPROVED HARWARE IF EXISTING DOES NOT COMPLY. HINGES MGKIPOEY BUTT HINGES. MCK TA -2714, 626 F1NI541 SEE MECHANICAL FOR UNDERCUT REQUIREMENTS. STANDARD SELF CLOSER ( _TOILET ROOM SIDE HOOK e. 660.65113E PROVIDED BY . INSTALLED 8Y G.G. GOMMERG GRACE LEVER '1766 EACH SIDE W/ PRIVACY TCH LATCH UN- LOCK A TIDALLY WHEN DOOR 6E5 STRIKE PLATE) STING DOOR 15 0 BE REUSED + + FRAME NET -O" MIN WIDTH. SEE MECkANK.AL FOR UNDERCUT REQUIREMENTS. FINISH 626 628 628 626 626 BRAILLE 51GNA ALSO BE LOG WALL ADJACE LATCH OUT5I DOORWAYS L THE SANITARY SHALL ED ON THE TO THE OF THE LNG TO ACILITIE5. 1/4 THICe. BLUE ACRYLIC,/ DISK 1/4" THk.K WHITE AGRYLIG EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE W BLUE SUBSURFACE ACCESS 5YIv13OL SEE SHEET Al -0, GENERAL NOTES + DISABLED ACCESS NOTES FOR APPLICABLE ACCESSIBLE IDENTIFICATION PROV I5ION5. SCALE: 111/2 " =1' -0" SET SURFACE OF CARPET I /16" ABOVE TOP OF METAL TRIM CARPET STEEL 511.D5 DOOR SEE DOOR S AC TAPER 36" MIN © SLATE TO MALI CONT. VII HIGH STEEL ANCHORING BACK PLATE. SECURE PLATE TO EITHER WOOD STUDS OR I V2" MT / L FURRING STUDS. TOGGLE 601±. CONT. V8'X6" HIGH STEEL ANCHORING BACK PLATE. SECURE PLATE TO EITHER WOOD STUDS OR 11/ MTL FURRING STUDS. 06RPET TO C ARPET ® FLOOR TRANSITION STRIPS 6UTT 3/16" WIDE METAL EDGE TRIM TIGHT TO EXISTING FLOORING PROVIDE GROUT JOINT AT TILE CONDITIONS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD SLATE FLOORING, MATCH 616.0 FLASH PATCH UNIFORMLY O CARPET TO SLATE OF EDGE TRIM PERIMETER r a r TAPER 36" MIN ® ONE HOUR O FLOOR TRAN,SITION STRIPS 1 OITICAL fl!C110N 1 TYPICAL DOOR FRAME 2 HEAD AND JAMBS SIMILAR ARPET TOP 5FEAR CARPET +/ -3/4" EA SIDE OF TRANSITION LINE TRANSITION LINE SCALE: INSTALL GROUT JOINT FLUSH TO SURFACE OF TRIM AND TILE 3/16" WIDE MILL FINISH ALUMINUM EDGE TRIM COORDINATE HEIGHT W/ ADJ. MATERIAL. FOXY TO SLAB. SAWGUT AND REMOVE 6615TIN6 FLOORING. LEAVE CLEAN, NEAT EDGE REPLACE DAMAGE AS REQUIRED. SET TENANT FLOORING FLUSH TO MALL FLOORING MALL FLOORING. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING THICKNESS FLASH PATCH UNIFORMLY TAPERED FULL PERIMETER OF EDGE TRIM SCALE: I V2" DIA. PIPE RAIL METAL WALL FLANGE. METAL WALL FLANGE. 1 V2" DIA. PIPE RAIL NOTE. INSTALLATION MUST SUPPORT 250 LB5. DOWNWARD PAL. TOGGLE BOL NOA@OIRAL lECT10N 11 TYPICAL GRAP BAR ANCHORING DETAIL o O FIXTURE AT EXISTING DEMISING WALL O COLUMN ENCLOSURE SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" S SCALE: 3" =1' -0" o 5/8" TYPE ')c' GYP. BD. EACH SIDE OF WALL SEAL FRAME TO WALL OUT IN FINISH TO DOOR FRAME DO NOT PAINT FRAME, TYP. 18 GA HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME- PAINT KNOCK -DOWN FRAMES PERMITTED W/ TENANT APPROVAL- EXCEPT AT RATED OPENINGS) 518" TYPE 'X' GYP. BO. EACH SIDE OF WALL SEAL FRAME TO WALL GUT IN FINISH TO DOOR FRAME DO NOT PAINT FRAME. TYP. PRE -MANUFACTURED KNOCK-DOWN METAL DOOR FRAME COORDINATE WITH DOOR TYPES SCALE: 3 a � Ow: 1 SCREW X 4 TRIM i 571.05 AND FILL. I PAINT TO m f �1 MATCH WALL ALL E5PO5 I SIDES INCREASE TO 14 8" 571105 WIEN LIGHTS RECESSED ARE INSTALLED 1N CEILING OR AT RATED GC'DiT10NFi. GOORD W/ ELEC.. + PLAN. 3 5/8" X 20 GAGE STUDS AT UNRAT WALL5 16 GAGE AT RATED WALL ALIGN WITH JOISTS SHOT PIN ANCHORS AT 32" O.G. MIN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR DOUBLE GANG W/ SINGLE 6 CENTER MID R J -BOX FOR D FIXTURE LIGHT MOUNTED HOR SET SINGLE 6 RECEPTIC AL HORIZONTAL TOP DEMI5IN& , WALL . -• � • W F61 O. TREATED O SURFACE DO NOT SCREW. 6" X 20 GAGE JOISTS 0 16" TYPICAL (RS GA. JOISTS AT RATED LID OFLY) ALIGN E WITH WALL UOS TIT DOUBLE J015T5 BENEATH TRANSFORMERS OR WATER HEATERS. VERIFY W/ ENG. 5/8" TYPE X' GWEN 0 TOP + BOTTOM OF CEILING J01515. SEE 5FEET ALI FOR RATED ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION (PROVIDE 2 LAYERS o UNDERSIDE 0 RATED CEILING CONDITIONS. INSTALL MR &WM' TO 4' -0" OFF. MIN 0 TOILET AT ALL ! 1 1 �� WALLS, TYPICAL AT EXISTING WALLS. INSTALL IMP GWB 0/ EXISTING GWEN FLU HEIGHT. ADJUST CLEARANCE DIMS AS REVD TO MAINTAIN AGGE551BILITY CLEARANCES. TOILET OR CORRIDOR q O WALL AND CEILING ASSEMBLY FULL n SCALE: 3` =1 ° -0" s " STUD PARTITION DETAIL FULL G WALL AT RATED CONDITIONS SURFAGT MOUNT LIGHTS IN CORRIDOR OR TOILET FRP. PANELS AT TOILET ROOM ONLY TO TOP OF 665). RUBBER EASE AT TOILET ONLY. DO NOT INSTALL IN CORRIDORS. OR STOCKROOM BUTT EDGE TIGHT TO FLOOR AND SEAL DAMAGED FIREPROOFING TO 6E REPLACED BY TENANTS G.G. G.G. TO FIELD VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING FIREPROOFING AT INITIAL WALKTHROIGH + INCLUDE COST OF REPAIR IN ORIGINAL BID. ANY DAMAGE L./WAVERED DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT. DAMAGED FIRE PROOFING SHALL BE REPAIRED. 16 GA X I -V4" DEFLECTION HEAD DO NOT SCREW TO 571105. GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECKING WHERE REQUIRED 16 GA X 18" X4" STRAP 0 4 O.G. PERPENDICULAR TO FLUTES. AT RATED WALLS - SEAL ALL OPENINGS W/ FIRE 5AFING OR FIRE SEALANT (SEE SPECS SHEET AU) WHEN 5TU05 RUN PERPENDICULAR. \ DEMISING PARTITION (EXISTING OR NEW) SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" o SE . 125 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" c CUT OUT PORTION OF EXISTING DEMISING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR NEW J -BOX OR RECEPTACLE OUTLET. REPLACE WITH NEW. TEXTURE. PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING WALL - INVISIBLE SEAMS. SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE GANG BOX, SET FLAT ON TOP OF FIXTURE AND TIGHT TO WALL BY E AT P -8 FIXTURE COORDINATE LOCATION WITH FIXTURE PLAN. EL 7 -7 V2" CL OUTLET 4 J -BOX ■IIBIUIIIIIUlIU1111 s STORE DISPLAY FIXTURE I I 1 _ I SET FLEX TIGHT TO FIXTURE TOP AND RIM PERPENDICULAR TO WALL TO PENETRATION POINT AT FRONT n 0 E.G. TO CONNECT VALENCE LIGHTS TOGETHER IN GROUPS AS DETAILED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS. EXISTING MALL DECK. VERIFY HEIGHT. ALL PENETRATIONS TO BE FIRE TAPED AND SEALED ONE LAYER 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD GLUED ON TOP OF RATED LID. 6 Al 20 GAGE J015T5 W/ S GAGE LE06FR. TYPICAL (8" X 18 GAGE JOISTS o ONE HOUR RATED CONDITIONS) SET JOISTS AT 16" O.C._ U.N.O. WHERE PERMITTED BY LL., SET LEDGER OVER GA/B. PROVIDE MIN 5 SCREWS TO STUDS. ALIGN JOISTS WITH WILL STUDS 0 OPEN BEARING END. SEE PLAN FOR JOIST FRAMING DIRECTION D1 LAYERS GWEN 0 RATED CONDITIONS. 01-6 -HOAR SEE SHEET ALI FOR RATED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY DI5CRIPTION O TTY AND CONSTRUCTION SEE ALSO SEE FOR ATTACI-6EIIT TO DECK 0 TOP NEW WALLS. O ONE -HOUR CORRIDOR NOTE. :66 WALL SECTIONS. SHEET A8 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ONE HOUR LID AT KII:; (TOILET SIMILAR) F'. 41 la OUTSIDE FACE OF RATED ENCLOSURE WHERE REQUIRED. ONLY UL. DESIGN NO X528. SEE 5FEET ALI PT -7 GYP. BD. FINISH WITH RB -2 BASE. TYP. UNTO. METAL EDGE BEAD O GORNER5 TY?. VERIFY • SEE FLOOR PLAN k 24" MAXIMUM 18" MINIMUM EACH SIDE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOM ALL COLLA 4 DIMENSIONS NEW OR EXISTING) SHALL BE REPORTED TO TEE TENANT BY TFE G.G. 0 END OF DEMOLITION OE5065.POJCIE5 TO ONE INDICATED ON FLANS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND CLARIFIED EY TEE TENANT PRIOR TO FRAMING. NOTE TO 6, 6 1. ALL 660560 5 OF 0005.6615 NEW STORES SHALL RECEIVE SLATWALL WHEN NOT COVERED BY h GONDOLA OR OTHER CABINET. IF A CALUAN 15 NOT ENTIRELY SURROUNDED BY A FIXTURE, TFE SLATWALL 15 TO BE APPLIED TO ME D6OSED SIDE OF THE COLUMN. TIE HEIGHT SHALL MATCH THE HEIGHT OF TIE FIXTURE. WHERE 1 �E CAL. 15 NOT CONNECTED TO A FIXTURE. THE SLATWALL AND THE GROWN MOLDING 51-1ALL BE TO 7 -0" OFF, THE TOP CF ANY SLATWALL . - SHALL BE FINISHED WITH GROWN i MOLDING. FIXTURE- WHERE OCCURS. SEE. FIXTURE PLAN TAPE AND SPACKLE ONLY WHEN COVERED BY FIXTURE TO WITHIN 6" FORM TOP OF FIXTURE 4" RUBBER BASE AT FIXTURE AND /OR AT COL. SLATWALL --- INSTALLED BY G.G. RATED CORRIDOR ��UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING STRUCTURE 0 4 RI M - - -- 1-- f WALL WALL EXISTING STEEL SILOS OR NEW- PROVIDED + INSTALLED BY LL EXISTING GWEN, OR NEW 5 /5" TYPE "X GYP. BD INSTILLED BY G.G. 0 TENANT SIDE ONLY 65TENER5 0 32" O.G. ANCHOR NEW WALLS TO DECK PER MALL STANDARDS COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AT EXISTING WALL5 REMOVE EXISTING GWEN AND REPLACE AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ' FRE SPRINKLER DROP INTO LID BELOW INSTALL_ FIRE 5AFING W ITFI IMPALING CLIPS OR EIRE BLOCKING AT RATED WALLS. EXISTING OR NEW 1 -HOUR RATED WALL 5/8" TYPE X' 6W0 EA. SIDE. MET. STUDS COORDINATE WALL TYPE WITH FLOOR SEE ALSO SHOT PINS o 32' O.G. EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR M SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" g 0 FASTENERS 0 37 O.G. O EXISTING WALLS ANCHOR LEDGER TO STUDS THRU GWB. 0 NEW RATED WALLS- G.G. TO INSTALL FIRE BLOCK o RATED CEILING INTERSECTIONS. EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR NON -RATED ENCLOSURE 20 GA6E 1ETAL 5TLA MO4/IM6 W/ 5/6 TYPE X G.WA TO T1 ABOVE UNISTRUT CEILING GRID. ENRAGE AS REQUIRED TO COL_ PLUMB STUDS VERTICAL COORDINATE DEPTH OF NON -RAT METAL STUDS W/ FINAL DIMENSIONS NOTE. ENCLOSURE MAY NOT CENTER ON COLUMN LINES- VERIFY WITH FLOOR AND FIXTURE PLANS WHERE NOTED. CONSTRUCT GAL ENCLOSURE TIGHT TO EXISTING GAL OR EXISTING RATED ENCLOSURE. VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING RATED 65000SURE5 + /OR COLS. AT END OF DEMOLITION, AND REPORT TO TENANT. G.G. SHALL REPORT FINAL COL. DIMENSIONS TO TENANT AT COMPLETION OF FRAMING AND COPY DIMENSIONS TO TFE FIXTURE GONTRAGTOR 4 ,EL'12 0 UNISTRUT CEILING '0.1610. SEE PLAN FOR FINISH SMOOTH FINISH 6.66. ALL EXPOSED SIDES. LIMIT OF PAINT FINISH. SCALE: 1 1 /2"=1 ' -0- g EXISTING OR NEW COLUAN PROTECTION ENCLOSURE TO DECK WHERE READ. SEE PLANS + SHEET A11 PROTECT EXISTING RATED 0401.0 URE5 FROM DAMAGE. REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT IF UNCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION ALL DAMAGED PROTECTION SHALL BE 6666600 BY G.G. TO RESTORE ORIGINAL RATED PROTECTION t —PLIFb CORNERS AND INSTALL METAL EDGE BEAD NO RUBBER EASE WHERE COLUMN 15 ENGL05ED W/FIXTURE. ECENED F FLOORCIT/1R7FETN ILA MAY ; 1 ..119S, PERMIT CENTER K COLUMN ENCLOSURE (ALL SIDES) SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" y � 1 REVISIONS FILE. AO - O.DWG DATE TITLE DETAILS A10.0 0+ 5FEETS d r C OF FIXTURE I LIGHT HAL -ASPS INSTALLED T HY F.G. ON HCTTOM OF UNIT CON•EC:TION OF LIGHT FIXTURES TC J -BOX AND BALLASTS 15Y BY .C. r J -BOX -- A4- DISPLAY FIXTURE l-- COORDINATE LOCATION OF FIXTURE BASE PLATFORM ACCESS P ANEL W/J -BOX LOCAT ION. SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE GANG J - BOX SET TIGHT TO FLOOR. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR CONDUIT RUN SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" g 17 FLOOR OUTLET SHIM PATE AS REQUIRE. CLAW • SET TRIM/PLATE SLRFALE TIGHT AND FLUSH TO TIE 1•L CARPET. STATIONARY FORE BARRIER CONDUIT FEED CORE DRILL EXISTING DECK 1 -MIN DIA AS REQUIRED J FOR INSTALL.ATiON „ ! 8 MAX.. JUNCTION 1 FIN15H FLOORING 'COORDINATE MODELS 1 W/EXISTING SLATS (THICKNESS - ADJUST A5 REQUIRED. SIMILAR TO WALKER !CA ALSO COORDINATE MODELS WITH %AD RATING. if FIRE RATED UL CLASSIFIED POKE THRU - COORDINATE RATING REQUIREMENTS W/PLANS ANC MALL MANAGEMENT /GONST, COORDINATOR 21 NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED. 31 LONG LEAD TIME REQUIRED - COORDINATE DELIVERY TIRE W/ CONSTRUCTION SGFEDU E TO AVOID DELAY. EL. TO COORDINATE W.' 3.G. 4) ADDITIONAL DELIVERY CHARGES WILL DE PAID BY EG. 51 PROVIDE DONO WIRE CASE GROUND TO J -BOX RECESSED FLOOR OUTLET DECKJMULITLEVEL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" CENTERLINE LAYOUT FOR LIGHT FIXTURES ABOVE CASHWRAP IS PERPENDICULAR TO DEMISING WALL E.G. SHALL COORDINATE ALL LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH DISPLAY FIXTURE LAYOUT GO+FIRMED BY F.C. FINAL LAYOUT TO DE APPROVE° BY TENANT. SEE SHEETS A4.0 AND A6.1 DOOR MOUNTED D ON WALL BEHIND BACKWRAP 4j E -7 G Tv 1 1-4" ! REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SPRINKLER HEADS IN SOFFIT ABOVE CASHWRAP TO OE SEMI-RECESSED. W/ WHITE ESGUTCJ-EONS. TELEPHONE/INTERCOM F.G. TO CUT DISPLAY FIXTURE TO ACCESS J -BOX IN WAIL. E.G. TO CONlECT AND SET TELEPHONE AT 60 AFF AND INTERCOM AT 715' AFF. NOTE REFER TO ELEC PLANS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT5 IN THIS FIXTURE GROUP ':)9 •••• AMMO Fl CHANEL F A / OR POKE =? E AND ION )(TlWITH : GN SH WW DISCL R I ' FFY AREAS. FILL MD PATCH PER LANDLORD REQU11 Pi-EX CONDUIT W/ PULL WIRE INSTALLED FROM STUD UP TO FINAL LOCATION DY EC. IN CHASE BENEATH COUNTER • UP BA (INTERIOR SIDE WORD. WITH ELECTRICAL PLAN. FIXTURE PLAN ENLARGED PLANS FOR — BACKWRAP AND CASHWRAP BUZZER MOUNTED ON WALL BEHIND SLATWALL PANEL AT BACKWRAP ONLY. EL 7 - 0 - TO CENTER LINE FIXTURE END OR CORNER AT CORRIDOR ENTRANCE COORDINATE WITH PLAN J -BOX FOR TELEPHONE AND 1 INTERCOM, CONCEALED IN WALL DIRECTLY BFJiIND. TELEPHONE AND INTERCOM UNITS TO BE ALIGNED. G.G. TO COORDINATE GUT -OUTS WITH TELEPHONE AND CONTRACTORS CANT -OUT IN FIXTURE BY F.G. COORDINATE WITH INSTALLATION DIRECTIONS INSTALL MIA RINGS VERT. ON COLS. AND WALL LOCATIONS OTHER THAN BACKWRAP. EWE EXTINGUISHER AND THERMOSTADT5 INSTALLED AT BACKWRAP ONLY FLOOR PLAN FOR COL. 0I1.15.1 { INTERCOM " TEL.EFHONe 1 1 SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER 12Aq c4 AT BACKWRAP ONLY PROVIDED AND O' INSTALLED DY G.G_ v' COLTER BETWEEN INTERCOM • TELEPHONE 1 • ° TELEPHONE & INTERCOM 0 SET BOTTOM OF PENDENT LIGHT iEVERFY FIXTURES AT 6' -O' AFF. G.C. ARE RESPONSIBLE TO WORD. W/ I LAYER 518' TYPE F.G. CURING SOFFIT FRAMING. LIGHT )C GWD OVER 3 5/8' LOCATIONS TAKE PRIORITY OVER X90 GAGE FRAMING FRAMING SPACING. • 16 0,.... T LIGHT FIXTURES IS O.G. • CMtVEO IN DISPLAY SURFACES. TYP. CABINET 5' -T INSTALLED BY - F.C. CONNECTED BY EL. 1 RECESSED CAN LIGHT IN CEILING. I SET TRIM RINGS I. TIGHT TO SFACE ) TYCAL 00 UR NOT F' i 2 -8 f- 01PAI TRIM RINGS. DIM GWD TIGHT TO FLOOR_ SEAL CONTINUOUS SURFACE MOUNT TIGHT TO GLG. J. 2 <- 0 - a- I U- O�J FINISHED FLOOR COUNT 555IIBL..E SCALE: 3/8 " =1' - 0" NOTE TENANT PROVIDES TELEPHONE AND INTERCOM UNITS. MO WIRE FOR INTERCOM WIT. EC. PROVIDES CON B DUIT AND J -BOXES FOR OTH UNITS AND 4 FOOT PIGTAILS PULL5 WIRE TO AND CONNECTS INTERCOM, AND SETS UNIT TO BE ALIGNED WITH TELEPHONE, EL. ALSO PROVIDES PULL CORD IN CONDUIT FOR TELEPHOtE. TENANTS TELEPHONE ONE A ACTOR PULLS WIRE TO TELEPHONE, AND SETS UNIT. TO CENTER LINE 3/4' DUMETER HOE DY EL. • t DRILLED G PANEL D THRO PA - ,FOR HOOK -IL TFERMOSTADT LOCATION 1 AT BACKWRAP ONLY. IF THAN MORE ONE REQUIRED INSTAL SEAMETRICAL EACH SCE OF CENTER LINE OF TELEPHONE WIT DIMENSION INDICATED IS FOR INSTALLATION ADJACENT TO DISPLAY IX FTURES. AT COLUMN LOCATIONS INSTALL TELEPHONE. OUTLET AND INTERCOM ON CENTER OF COL MAINTENANCE OUTLET AT I STOCKROOM/CORRIDOR U CE EE 1 ENTRANCE S. FLOORPIAN 1 AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATE FINISH OUTLET AND COVER 1 PLATE WITH TENANT LOCATION DETAIL SCALE: 3/4' = 1' -0" E GRILLE SUPPORT TIME CLIP Al D ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE DY R67 314 FIRE TEAT PLYWD ekLLE SERVICE RATFC7RM SCREW DOWN TO STUDS \. 30' MINIMUM OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE - COCR- DINAT; ALL. ROUGH FRAMING DIMENSION WITH ODOR CEIRANCF. REQIATS. ROLL UP GRILLE — SECTION 318 TYPE ) MR GWD a TOILET WALLS O1LY WP. TURNED 1? GWD WALL BEHIND VINYL BASE 10 COVE BASE MOLDING 0 TOILET SCALE: TILE AT WALL ATTACH UNISTRUT SUPPORT TO STRUTURE. SEE STRUCTURAL.. NOTE. TO COORDINATE A/V DELIVERY RE IPT HOME TENANT TO ASSURE ADEQUATE 5 SPACE UPON DELIVERY AND AVOID • IGTS WITH THE WORK IN PROGRESS INSTALL UNISTRUT SUPPORT FRAME 1 PRIOR TO ACOUSTIC CELING GRID #E3-.0 -0 FINISHED FLOOR GRILLE SUPPLIER - -- — SEE PLAN `8, �, �• AND SECTIONS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE VIOE MONIT OR H7 .3 5/8' METH_ 5TU05 • 16 O.G. TO DECK, TYPICAL COORDINATE GAGE AND SPACING WITH STRNCTURAL- DRA DUJCNEAD SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ON-Y- 00 NOT ATTACH TO OECK. SEE SUCTLRAL GGRILLETRSUPPORT FOR TIDE BRACING BLACKHEAD -SEE SHEET AGA TIDE STEEL BRACKET root 51GN SUPPORT. 6' X GAGE STEEL WELL STIR FULL LENGTH OF WELL AND EA. SIDE: CLIP TO PIER FRAMING SYNTHETIC PLASTER EXTENDS TO TOP OF WELL. ALL SIDES MALL • SIDE O% GRILLE GUIDE SEE WALL SECTIONS, SHEET A6.0 FOR ADDITIONAL- INFORMATION ON HEIGHTS. SIGN APO ACCESS. SEE SECTIONS, ELECTRICAL APO STRUCTURAL OWLS. FOR 51611 SUPPORT • OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. SCALE: 1 ° =1' - 0" c FRP. WALL PANELS EPDXY TO WALL TOP AT • 48 AFF. FRP. EDGE MOLD- CONTINUOUS, ALL EDGES, SEAMS, AND CORNERS. BUTT EDGE MOLD TIGHT TO TOP OF BASE SEA_ BASE TO FRP. EDGE MOLD. 5' SEAMLESS VINYL BASE AND FLOORING PER ELAN 0 TOILET ROOM ONLY PROVIDE 3/4' COVE PRE - FORMED PVC, COVE FORMER STICK SEAM,E55 VINYL FLOORING OVER LL APPROVED WATER PROOFING MEMIORME INSTALL SLATE FLAT TO SYNTHETIC PLASTER FINISH FILL GAPS � TO MATCH BUTT SLATE TIGHT TO TILE FLOOR OR MALL FLOORING. MALL OR TENANT FLOORING SET SLATE TO TOP OF CARPET HEIGHT a INTERIOR SCALE: J -BOX FOR POWER, AND CO -AXIAL MOUNTED ON TOP OF TRAPEZE OR UNISTRUT FRAME ABOVE FINAL HOOP -UP AFTER GONE 15 INSTALLED • PAINT CONTRACTOR TO PAINT WIRES. CONDUITS. SUPPORT RODS OR CABLES, ETC, TO MATCH LID ERECTION AND CONECTION OF CONE TO SUPPORT DY TENANT'S A/V CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR EG. RESPONSIBILITIES TO HOOK -UP LIGHTS SPEAKERS. MO J -BOXES 0 SEE STRUCTURAL VIDEO MONIT ©R OR DOITI NC> AL "' MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL s"PPO`RT I SCALE: 1/4. = 1'-0' g NO GAPS LTWEeI TILE AO SURFACE PERMITTED. SEAL GAPS TO MATCH SUFACE FINISH/COLOR-1 VERTICAL SLATE TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH CENTERLINE OF GLASS, TYP. DUTT OF SLATE TILE TIGHT. ALIGN ALL SURFACES TILE EDGES TO BE PERPENDICULAR TO LEASE LINE, TYP. INSTALL HEAD GHANEI_ AFTER APPLICATION OF BU..KFEAO FINISH R1 EE€R GASKET TOP AND BOTTOM STYLMARK'S GLAZING VINYL 15 AVAILABLE FOR 3/8',V2 3/4' GLASS TENANT CARPETING BUTT TIGHT TO SIDE FLUSH CARPET AND TIC i IM FLU54-MALL / 1 1 � TO COORDINATE TENANT 19 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORT COLUMN W/LOCATION OF GRILLE \ SURFACE OF BASE TO FLUSH WITH GRILLE .�uIDE LIM ® SUPPORT COLUMN AT STOREFRONT SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" • ETANSION BOLT TO SLAB VERIFY WITH HEAD CONDITION j f j4 EL VERIFY SEAL GAPS TO MATCH BULKHEAD FINISH • 1 VARIES rrx,Rn W/PI AN y r/'M7Rn W/PI I/O,' MIN 1GLAVS SHALL BE FIRM_Y •SUPPOR TEO ON ALL I FOUR EWES. 2" r.I.EAR I TEMP. GLASS STYIEMARK' WALLMAKER - STOREFRON�' BA5E ANODIZED ALUMINUM 'BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL" NUMBER 218 NEOPRENE ING BLOCKS, V4' OR V THICK, 5/8" WIDE, 4' LONG. FLUSH TILE 510E OF EDGE TRIM TO FACE OF TILE BASE BEVEL TILE o END AND SET AWAY FROM GRILLE GUIDE VERIFY WITH GRILLE BOTTOM BAR. HOLD FACE OF SLATE V4" BACK FROM EDGE OF GRILLE GUIDE TYPICAL. BUTT-J 1 L FLOORING TIGHT TO BASE F IEASELIN= 8 PIECE IN TILE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION EXTEND TO WALL LEASE LINE EXISTING DEMISING WALL EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO BE PROTECTED CONT. 3/4" BRUS-E0 ALUMINUM REVEAL, SET TIGHT TO MALL FLOOR BASE SLATE TILE FINISH OVER 5/15' TYPE X GWD OVER 3 -5/6' METAL STUD FRAMING AT VERTICAL SURFACES ONLY SOFFIT LINE O STORE FRONT (LEFT SIDE) SLATE TILE FINISH OVER 5/8' TYPE X GWB OVER 3 -5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING AT VERTICAL SURFACES ONLY. CUT INTO CORNER CLEAN AND NEAT BUTT SLATE TIGHT AT CORNERS NON- DCTENOEO LEASE LINE EXTENDED LEASE LINE MALL FLOORING INFILL BY G.L. 0 SLATE TILE FINISH OVER 5/8' TYPE X' GWD OVER 3 -5/8' METAL STUD FRAMING AT VERTICAL SURFACES ONLY. CUT INTO CORNER CLEAN AND NEAT BUTT SLATE TIGHT AT .CORNERS SCALE. — SOFFIT LINE NON - EXTENDED LEASE LINE EXTENDED LEASE LINE MALL FLOORING INFILL BY G.G. WALL @ NEUTRAL PIE° ■ eEFNrr CEUTSC. STATE.-K•„Sy;1.76., 1 r 4 -O' PIECE IN TILE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION EXTEND TO WALL. LEASE LINE NEW DEMISING WALL NEW NEUTRAL PIER TO BE INSTALLED BY LANDLORD CONT. 3/4" BRUSHED ALUMINUM REVEAL SET TIGHT TO MALL FLOOR BASE SLATE TILE FINISH OVER 5/8' TYPE X GWB OVER 3 -5/8' METAL STUD FRAMING AT VERTICAL- SURFACES ONLY STOREFRONT WINDOW BASE & HEAD o STORE FRONT WALL @ NEUTRAL PIER ; FULL SCA LE: 3 " =1' -0" c O (RIGHT 51DE) SCALE. 1" d -O` =f STONE /r-4.AS5 EDGE DETAIL O AT JOINT 1/4 - HOLD TRUE/VERTICAL 1' FUL HEIGHT § 7 GLAZING JOINTS 6 " -I' -0" c SCALE. PROVIDE BLACK SILICONE JOINTS AT EXTERIOR CONDITIONS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD 8 6"•1 -O' g s REVISIONS DATE + W ,V W 0 FILE All - O.DWE' TITLE DETAILS A11.0 OF SHEETS r " I LAYER 5/8" GWB. l la l I I LAYER 5/8" GWB T TYPE B AND 5 5YN AND FINISH S EA. END — __ - - _ _ - - F II Lnviic, '. TYPICAL T FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION PRIOR - --► 3/8' THREADED ROD FROM STRUJGTIIRE ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL. DETAIL AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS NEON LIGHT FIXTURE + TRANSFORMS'S PROVIDE? • INSTALLED BY TENANT NEON OR RECESSED SPOT LIGHT TRANSFORNIER5 NOTE. ALL ELECTRICAL GABLES. CONDUITS HANGER WIRES. HANC-ER RODS. LIGHT C. SPRINKLER PIPES ETC. ON TOP SIDE OF DOME ARE TO BE PAINTED EY G.G. tACI AL STUD BLOCKING BETWEEN GROSS - STUDS. INSTALLED BY G.G. METAL STUD FRAMING AND CANT 3/4 FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD • BY G 7 .G- 7 DOME COVE AND FASCIA 001-E NOTE, L DOLE ASSENCN-Y AND ERECTION BY GC, UP 2 DO MOT OVERSPRAY SPORT WIRES AM FRING 4 RODS -PAINT WITH PT7 a AN.:. ELEMENT'S PLCED 1O A ON 'P OF DOLE LIGHT IGHT CANS, TRANDFOR FLEX CONDUITS MD TOPSIDE OF DOME ARE TO BE PAINTS) PT -9. OVER SPRAY FROM PAINTING WIRES OR PAINTING DOME 15 TO BE REMOVED BY GC, 4. REMOVE E.XC.E55 WIRE O TWIST LOOPS DOME REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/ 0 DOME LIGHTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 3/8 = 1' -0' o 12 GA WIRE HANGERS FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. TYPICAL, BY GC. UP TIE SPORT WIRES TO 12 GA WIRE LOOPS AROUND 3/4" C.RO REINFORCING CAST INTO PART. BY MFG TYPICAL 0 DOME SECTION PAINT SU WIRES, UNISTRUT SUPPORT FRAME ABOVE. AND ALL - THREAD SUPPORTS IPT7) NEON LIGHT, PROVIDED AND INSTA' I Fn BY TENANT VERIFY f - -6" L 5 2 -4" SCALE: N.T.S. g ME 5. FINAL DO + CORNICE APPEARANCE PRIOR TO FINALFINISHING SHOULD DE LEVEL. SMOOTH SEAM LESS, + PAINTED. CONTACT TENANT FOR INSPECTION PRIOR TO SPECIAL FINISHING APPL ICAT ION 6 COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEON W/ NT TENANT'S SIGN CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO APPLI- CATION OF SPECIAL FINISH • UNDERSIDE 7 . G.G. TO PROVIDE (21 6 ' SCAFFOLDS SCAFFDS FOR INSPECTION OF FINAL FINISH APPLICATION PRIOR TO SPECIAL FINISHING NK SPRILER DROP, TYP. SEE FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS FOR LOCATION 'MD CROSS PIECE INSTALLED BY G.G. BENEATH PLYWOOD PLATFORM ND A BETWEEN CROSS- STUDS. TYPICAL NET, STRAPS P1ROM TOP OF CORNICE TO PLY PLATFORM WOOD PLATFO CAST INTO PART, En' MFGR- TYPICAL G.G. TO SCREW TO GROSS -STUDS D OME GORNIGE REFLECTED GEILING PLAN (6OTTOMI TWO L A WIRE' 1 C DONE SPRINKLER DROP, TO BE ""'q PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE I OF DOME AT POINT OF :.� MeiRT ET A ION. S CU3TQ% COLORED ESCUTCHEONS, PROVIDED BY TENANT. FLAT AND TIGHT TO SURFACE AFTER PAINTING OF SURFAC CO E 15 MPLETE ME G.G TO DRILL DO FOR SPRINKLER PENETRATIONS. SEE DOME NOTE SP ABOVE SCALE: 3/4' =1 ° -0' E' 12 GA. WIRE HANGERS FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE DY G,G. HOLD PLUMB AND VERTICAL /' - PAINT TO MATCH TOP OF DOLE, TIE SUPPORT WIPES TIGHT AND PEAT TO L2 GA. WIRE LOOPS CAST INTO PART !ST WOK CLIP TO MIN LENGTH FLANGE AT EACH SIDE OF DOLE SECTIONS TO DE CLIPPED TOGETHER BY G.L. FINISHED SIDE- SEE DOME NOTES. METAL STABEI_IZER STRAPS FROM TOP OF CORNICE TO PLYWOOD PLATFORM TYPICAL EACH SIDE OF DOLE, G.G. TO �ASLLCTRT��EggWNN TO TOP SIDE OFPLYWOOD. P. 17h115TURT IN LIEU OF METAL STUD FRAMING BENEATH PLYWOOD PLATFORM -SALE SPACING. AT AT G.G. OPTION METAL CROSS -STUDS BY G.G. SEE N PLAN FOR LOCATIO SCREW PLYWOOD E TOPSID SEE STRUCTURAL DETAIL METAL STRAPS CAST INTO PART BY IFG'R. G.G. TO SCREW TO SIDE OF STUDS. 8. CONTACT TENANT PRIOR TO SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION IF SPRINKLER HEADS CANNOT DE INSTU ED AS NOTED. 9. INSTALL SPRINKLER HEADS COLORED TO MATCH DOLE SURFACE PROVIDED BY TENANT. FULLY CONCEALED ESCUTCHEONS ONLY. 10.ESGUTCHEONS PROVIDED BY TENANT ARE E B ERR TO FIT - RELIABLE . SPRINRL I -EADS. COORDINATE W/ G.G. IF BRAND NOT NOT AVAILABLE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SPOT LIGHT TRANSFORMERS + NEON A TR SFORMERS LOCATED • TOP OF PLATFORM + IN QUADRANT CLOSEST TO DEMISING WALL + CASHWRAP SOFFIT. DOA& CORNICE BELOW DOME DOME LIGHTS AND LIGHT TRANSFORMERS i PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY EC.. i SET TRIM RINGS TIGHT I TO DOME SURFACE nj G.G. TO PRIME DOME M BOTTO PT -9 FLAT) BOTTOM OF GORNIGE FLANGE CLIPS • 4 " -6" /—FLANGE PROVIDED BY MFG. + USTN I En BY GC, It ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN: AND TAW. 'THOMAS TA ENGINE' TUNNEL ARE TO DE RELIABLE MODEL. NIJADONLY ER GU G3A, G4 ONLY 12 GUT -OUTS FOR SPRINKLERS DT SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, SWILL DBE TIGHT TO PIPE AND THE PENETRATION SHALL DE SEALED TIGHT THE FUL PERIMETER OF THE OPENING. 13. ALL CORNICE AND DOLE COMPONENT JOINTS SHAH AND DE TIGHT, SMOOTH D FLUSH FILL GAPS. REPAIR SURFACES AND PREPARE EDGES AND SURFACES PER MFGRS d p `DOME NOTE 47 ABO� DOME LIGHTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EL "RELIABLE" BRAND SPRINKLER HEADS. ONLY. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. G.C. TO PRIME AND PAINT DOME TOP SIDE, PT-9 ISEMIN -0551 MAX NOTE. G.G. TO DRILL DOLE FOR SPRINKLER PENETRATIONS. p°11)--01 z 12 GA WIRE"LMrs AROUND 3/4" CRC, REINFORCING CAST "`•-.0 PART., TIT. SEE 5 -1 FOR SUPPORT UR STRUCTE J -BOX FOR TRANSFORMER POWER FEED. DROP CONDUIT PLUMB FROM ABOVE CONTINUE TO TOW CF DOME TO J -BOX MOUNTED ON CORNICE PLATFORM, Et, SUPPLIES AND CONDUITS A GONNTECTS AN TRSFORMERS TO J - BOXES. J -BOXES TO BE MOUNTED PLAT ON PLATFORM INSTRUCTIONS. CONTACT TENANT FOR DIRECTION IF COMPONENTS DO NOT FIT AND CANNOT DE ASSEMBLED TO BE MONOLITHIC IN APPEARANCE. HOLES FOR FULLY RECESSED D OWNLIG UF HTING, DY MANAGTURERTYP. FLANGE CLIPS • 4" TO 6" O.G. TYPICAL PROVIDED DY MFR 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. UP SPLIER TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 100 CLIPS GAUGE SUPPORT WIRES OM RIBS AT TOPSIDE STRUCTURE. TYP. ND TALL VERTICAL A TO FLOOR NT WIRES TO MATCH OF IS AT E POINTS TO DE TIGHT. NEAT. AND IRES PAINT W TO MATCH ISTRUT. CLIP? SUPPORT RE TAILS TO MIN LENGTH ON AND LIGHT TRANSFORMERS TO TOP OF DOME TFORM INSTALL MINIMUM DISTANCE APART. LOCATE IN QUADRANT CLOSEST TO CURVED SOFFIT OVER CASHWRAP ND A ON CLOSEST DEMISING WALL SIDE. SEE ELECTRIGAL PLANS FOR POWER DISTRIBUTION POINT. CONDUIT AND FLEX RUNS BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES AND TRANSFORMERS SHALL DE INSTALLED STRAIGHT. FLAT + TIGHT TO TOPSIDE OF DOME TYPICAL NOTE NOT IF SPRINKLER NN _ HEADS CANNOT BE INSTALLED AS INDICATE CONTACT TENANT FOR INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OMIT GWB AT LID TO ALLOW FOR HOOK -UP OF VALENCE LIGHT FIXTURES BA IN SEC OF FI TION • 8A' XTUR E CABINET BACK-LINE OF FIXTURE GADI ET IN SECTION 'EE COORDINATE WALL RATING WITH FLOOR PLAN 3-5/8 STUDS W/ 5/8" TYPE )C GWB AND SYN. PLAS. FINISH EA. END OF FEATLRE FULL. FU HEIN-IT TO STRUCTURE ADJA FIXTURE NOTE SEE ELEVATION BELOW AND LINE OF FIXTURE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR BASES ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS THIS AREA. TANK ENGINE FEATURE WALL PLAN • SPRINKLED DROP IN ALCOVE LID BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR ONLY NI-ERE REWIRED BY LOCAL BUR LNG DEPT. OR MALL SP RINKLER FENDS ARE TO BE RELIABLE MODEL NI,RDER GL G3A G4 ON-Y. FEED DISPLAY FIXTURE VALENCE THROUGH ADJACENT ALCOVE WALL. TYPICAL EACH 0 LIGHT FIXTURE IN VALENCE BY F.G. CONNECTED BY EC. P -1 DISPLAY FIXTURE J -BOX CONCEALED IN WALL ROUTE FLEX TO TOP OF FIXTURE ALONG WALL AT BACKSIDE AND THROUGH ADJACENT WALLI TO VALENCE PROVIDE 4 FOOT PIG -TAIL O ELEVATION AT RATED WALLS ANCHOR SOFFIT FRAMING 71-KU G.WB. TO DEM. WALL STUDS. MIN 3 /SCREWS EACH 5TUD FLOURESGENT STRIP'S INSTALLED BY F.G. COME .TED BY 4' FLEX PIG -TAIL FOR GOMJEGTION FROM PROVIDED BY E.C. 2 -1/2' STUDS TO SOFFIT AT ALCOVE SIDE WALLS PARTIAL WALL SECTION 'A' VERIFY FAUX STONE FASCIA PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.G. APPLY FINISH PRIOR TO VALENCE INSTALLATION EL T -0" BOTT. GWB ( 6" FLOAT GWB BELOW SOFFIT LINE OF VERTICAL TRIM BEYOND WD -4 PL RETURNS AND DECK RUBBER BASE E6-3. INSTALLED BY G.G. FLAT 6 ONE HOUR RATED WALL STUD ADV. FULL HEIGHT TO STRUCTURE MOUNTED TO BACK- 5FF PLANS AND SHEET AL' OF WALL BY G.G. I4' -9 OA SCALE: 3/4' = 1' - 0" g NO PENETRATIONS PERMITTED IN 11H15 AREA IRELOCATE EXISTING UTILITIES IF POSSIBLE. GOORDINILTE WITH TENANT. R.O. SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" q VERIFY RO. DIMS. WITH F.G. PRIOR TO FRAMING. SPRINKLER DROP IN ALCOVE LID BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR FULLY RECESSED W/ BLACK COVER AND ESGUTG1EON S ALL ALCOVES SPRINKLER NKLER F &ADS TO BE \\� ■� RELIABLE. MODEL NUMBER GL G3A. 64 ONLY we GYP. BD. SOFFIT - FLAT guAn STUD LEDGER FLAT AGAINST BACK 3 SCREWS TO STUDS, GOORD. FSIGHS /TENANT EL VERIFY MOUNTING WITH TENANT SLANTED RAMP SUPPLIED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY — CONTRACTOR 3 5/8" X 20 6A STUDS FULL HGT. AND BRAKED TO STRUGT- -► PIGTAIL FOR VALANCE - LIGHT HOOK -UP TYP, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. PROVIDED BY E.G. VGR COAX GABLE BOX 4 OUTLET 12" AFT. RECESSED IN WALL G.G. TO VERIFY FIXTURE DIMENSIONS WITH F.G. PRIOR TO FRAMING WALLS R COORDINATE WALL RATING WITH PLAN I� L TV MONITOR ,: BY OWNER SQUARE SIDE WALL W/ BACK WALL TO PROVIDE 90 DEGREE ANGLE. PLUME WALL FRAMING FULL HEIGHT TO TRUE VERTICAL TYPIGAI BOTH ENDS OF FEATURE WALL. SYN. PLAS. FINISH OVER GYP. BO. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES PRIOR FIXTURE, TRIM AND FAUX STONE INSTALLATION FINISH FUL HEIGHT TO DECK. PARTIAL WALL SECTION 'B' 44' . ADJACENT �XTIR.E ALL PENETRATIONS IN FACE AND SIDES SHALL BE GUT TIGHT AND SEALED TIGHT, TYPICAL 1 GWB SOFFIT FAUX STONE FASCIA PROVIDED BY TENANT + INSTALLED BY G.G. WOOD TRIM BY F.G. SYNTHETIC PLASTER FINISH AT SIDES AND FACE, INSTALLED PRIOR ! FIXTURES, TRIM P -I AND FAUX STONE SPLAY FIXTURE RUBBER BASE NB -3 INSTALLED BY C•.G. ON FACE AND RETURNS BUTT TIGHT INTO ADJACENT FIXTURE BASE SYNTHETIC PLASTER FINISH AT SIDES AND FACE INSTALLED PRIOR TO FIXTURES, TRIM AND FAUX STONE FAUX STONE FASCIA PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTN 1 EP) GRID CEILING SYSTEM • 17 -0 V2 AFF - 1 V2 DOT-. ARCHED HEADER FLOAT GWB BELOW SOFFIT AND EACH SIDE OF OPENING CUT -OUT ARCHED HEADER INSTALL CURVED TRACK AT BACKSIDE G.G. TO PROVIDE MIN THREE 12 GA. WIRE SUPPORTS DOUBLE BACK FROM TANK ENGINE THROUGH WALL. WRAP WIRE AROUND WALL STUDS AND LEDGER AT BACKSIDE FINISH DRYWALL. PAINT MATTE BLACK PT-II TOP, BACK + SIDES OF ALCOVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FAUX STONE + FIXTURES. IRREGULAR SHAPED. 350 L65. SPECIAL FEATURE SUPPLIED BY TENANT Mc) INSTALLED BY G.G. 000RD. PLACEMENT AND POSITION WITH TENANT. LIGHT FIXTURE IN VALENCE INSTAL 1 FO BY F.G. AND CONNECTED BY E.G. DISPLAY FIXTURE INSTALLED BY F.G. LIGHT HOOK-UP P BY EC. RE-3 RUDDER BASE INSTALLED RECEIVED clTVOFTURWIA SAY ? 199F PERMRCENTER .0 SCALE: 3/4" = ',' -0" g 1 REVISIONS P-1 0 0 V1 0 g as FILE Al2 - O.DWG DATE TITLE DETAILS Al2.0 OF SHEET'S ' Q SOFFIT STUD AT ROOF -1 (5) (9) - ( 9 ) IL TT SOFFIT STUD AT ROOF ( ( ( (6)- O SOFFIT AT CASH WRAP (2 , (3) f- T) // / - (2) (4) (3) \ -4- 2) NOTES 58 - 068 NC SCALE LOCATION) EXISTING ROOF TRAWNG CONTINUOUS JNISTRUT PION. CONNECT TO JOIST MEN 1/2' DIA BOLT N/ PLATE WA.EF 2' X 2' X 1/4' COKTNUOLK TR. - CONNECR% TO UNISTRUT MTH /9 ORES J 16' OC. STEEL STUD - SEE DETAIL 1 STEEL ANGL 22:3/R EACH SIDE FROM 8070¥ TC TOP CHORD PANEL POINT. TTR L. ANGLE EACH X710. T 774 BOLT ITN PLATE WASHER 3 1/ 2 v 1/. 11/8' AT 48 EXISTING ROOF FRAM. SEE ECM. 10 FOR ANGLE BRACE UNISTRUT UNISTRUT REAM RAMP TYPE 2786. 5 SEE DETAIL 10 FOR LNSTRUT AND STUD ATACHM.T. STEEL E. ST STUDS 3 5/8' X 20GA. .ENS -9.ENS - TYR/C'AL NOTES: (5) 99 -068 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES BUILDING CODE: 1994 EDITION OF NE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL STRUCTLMRAL STEEL SHALL ER ASIR A36 (F - 36 N9). ALL TUBE STEEL SHALL BE A5T14 500 (Fy - 46 KS). ALL BOLTS SHALL BE AST/M A307. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL CON- STRUCTION PER LATEST AMC HANDBOOK. AU. EXPANSION BOLTS TO HAVE LCB.Q RA1NG FOR MATERIAL INTO NCH INSTALLATION TAKES PLACE. ALL BOOS, ANCHOR BOLTS, MANSION $t9.15, ETC. STIAU. 8E INSTALLED 1MTH STEEL WASHERS. ALL VELDRAG SHALL E PERFORMED BY ¥ELDERS HOLDING VAUD CERTIFICATES AND HAYING CURRENT EXPERE VICE N THE TYPE or MELD SHOWN ON THE DRAVN MELDING OR NOTES CERTIFICATES SHALL BE 11405E ISSUED BY AN ACCEPTED TEST- ING AGENCY - ALL DING DONE BY E70 SERIES LOW HYDROGEN RODS, ALL MELDING PER LATEST AMERICAN MELDING SOCIETY STANDARDS. ALL MELDS ON DRAM ¥NOS ARE SHOWN AS SHOP MELDS CONTRACTOR MAY SHOP MELD OR FELD AE D AT INS DIStltET10H. COLD FORTED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: ALL COLD - FORTED STEEL FRAMING SHALL 90 FASTICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE MTH NANUFACRAREES RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE MTH THE LATEST EDITION OF 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS' BY THE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE. STEEL FOR 14 AND 16 GARY STUDS AND JOISTS, AND FOR AU. DUGONAL TENSION STRAPS SHALL HAVE A ANNUM NEW STRENGTH OF 50 KS. STEEL FOR ALL 18 AND 20 GAGE STUDS AND JOISTS, AND FOR N1 GAGES OF TRACK, ACCESSORIES AND BRIDGING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM L YIELD STRENGTH OF. 33 KS. STEEL SHN BE GALVAFOZED AT LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND WNERENER NOTED. ALL STUDS SHALL BE SECURELY SEATED FOR FULL END BEARING ON TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK. UNLESS NOTED O1ERWISE, PROVIDE 00099E STIRS AT ALL JAMBS, CORNERS INTERSECTIONS, BEAM BEARINGS AND JOIST 9EARNGS. BRIDGING SHALL 80 INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOF/REPEATER VAIN THE FDLLOWNG NNNLAI REQUIREMENTS. FOR WALLS MTH NO AXIAL LOAD. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT MID-HEIGHT FOR WALLS LESS 10 THAN OR EQUAL TO ' -0' HIGH, AND 5 -0 0.1. NAXNUM FOR WALLS GREATER THAN 10' -0' HIGH. FOR AXIAL LOAD 8EARNG WALLS, PROVIDE BRIDGING EQUALLY SPACED AT 4' -0' MAXDAUM N ADDITION. BRIDGING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ROOF UNES AND ELSEWHERE AS 007E0 ON THE DRAWNGS. SOLID BLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED PT UEU OF BRIDGING THE WHERE NOTED ON T DRAWINGS. 9509 HAW R5 SHALL HA THE FOLL0MR1 G A0NNLAM PRCPERTES: AI GAGE PNTED 3 5/8 STUDS --- 20- PNNTED 3 5/8' TRACKS - -- 18 ---- PMNIED SCPE0ED COLD - HORNED TO COLD - FORMED CONNECTORS SHALL BE DONE 9TH A 3/8' DIAMETER INDENTED HEX WASHER HEAD AND /ID 999J40. LENGTH 3/4'. SCREIV00 COLD - FORMED TO TUBE SECTOR CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DONE MTH /10 - X 3/4 HER *ASHER HEAD TEKS/3. GYPSUM BOARD: ME ATTACHNT TO STEEL STUDS AND JOST SHALL BE DONE WITH A 5/16' FLARED HEAD SCREW 9TH A 05 SHANK AT 7' O.C. LENGTH 1'. EXISTING FRAMING. NFRI STUDS MTH DIAGONAL BRACE AT 48" 0.C. STEEL SPUDS 3 5,t8' X 2D GA C. AT 16' 0 FLAT. GTE RANGES AND aToo '/E9 AND OCRNECT TO TRACX 0/2 91 99 O 0 SCREWS. RE V EACH STUD. UI 5. STRUT P5000 CO, CCANLECT AT STEEL JDf'ST USE 1/2' DIA BOLT. A' STEEL BEAM USE UNISTRUT LAMP TYPE 2 6 PROVDE 912 WE `T x50 STUD le. SUM EXCEEDS Ir DA .. BRA. 3 5/8'X20 GA AT NY tn. W/3 - 912 SCREWS EACH END 8, STEEL STUDS 3 5/B' X 20 :0 AT 16'OC 9. 5ONT, TRA2 W/3 - WO 90 SCREWS O EXISTING STUD. 10 EXISTIN LL G DFAKSTNG WA. 98-068 NO SEAL: (4) ( (2)J J (2)-' C PLAN - MONITOR (SEE 0509'L FOR Fy so, (KS) (103) 33 .298 33 .298 (1) (1) t at j. 1 � , (10) (1) __ _L \ \ 0 PLAN AT DOME (SEE ARgH'L FOR N0 SCALE LOCATION) ar- (g)_ / T (4) DOME CAVE ( -(3) '-(6) Tzz (64) 540 544 OF NOTES 3 98 -060 NO SCALE NOT, T. 2. 3. o. ( (3) NOTES EMT. STEEL JOIST NEW UMSTRUT P5000 'CONE OF DARKNESS' BY 01TERS 912 SPLAY TIRE OR APCRAFT CABLE AT 90' AND AT 45' UPSLOPE ANCUf - ONE EACH CORNER OF CONE. (2) EXISTING STEW /CAST. NEW UNSTRUT P1000 - SPACE AS REQUIRED FOR OWE SUPPORT TIRES AND ROOS (4' -0' OC. MAX., 3/8' 04 HANGER RODS. 912 NAN. WIRES DOME BY OTHERS. 912 SPLAY WIRE AT 90' AND AT 45' UPSLONE ANGLE - AT 12' -0' O.C. SEE AR410. FOR LOCATION. 98 - 068 NO SCALE 3/8" DA THREADED ROD SPACE AT DOME RIB W/ DOABLE NUTS. DOME RIB BY OTHERS. STEEL STUD C2 1/2'.20 GA AT EACH DOLE RIB (APPROX. 2' -3' O.C.) - ALTERNATE: G.L. OPTION P5000 UNISTRUT N LIEU Cr C 2 1/2,20 GA STUD no SCREW AT EACH STUD, 3/4' FINE TREATED PLY0000 CONTINUOUS 0/3 910 SCREWS AT 01 STUD AND 6 410 SCREWS AT BUTT TT JgN1 OVER STEEL STUDS. F18 55405 FEATURE BY OTHERS. 7, CORNICE STABILIZER STRAPS SCREWED TO PLYWOOD W/2 - 99 SCREWS BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6 1 2 1/2' X 20 GA CROSS BLOOONG BETWEEN SIDS - 4. TABS SCREWED TO STUDS BY GENERAL (5) CONTRACTOR WIN MN. 2 98 SCREWS 10. UNISTRUI P2485 ROD STIFFENER. (7) ,r � J (9) 98 -068 NO SCALE 910P DRAWINGS: VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS `NTH ARCHITECT. Applies unless noted otherwise on drawings SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL SENS IN ADDITION TO ITEMS REQUIRED 8Y ARCHITECTURAL SPECIF1CAT10N5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RENEW ALL SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL ITEMS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE FLAGGED UPON HIS RENEW. ANY 0.4ANCES, SUBSTITUTIONS, OR DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SH.NU. 8E CLOUDED RY MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR. ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED MHICH ARE NOT CLOUDED OR FLAGGED BY SUBMITTING PARTIES, SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED APPROVED AFTER ENGINEER'S RENEW, UNLESS NOTED ACCORDINGLY. THE ENGINEER HAS THE RENT TO APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE ANY CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT ANYTIME BEFORE OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING RENEW. THE SHOP DRAWINGS DO NOT REPLACE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS OMITTED OR 84011¥1 I00066ECTLY AND ARE NOT FLAGGED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT n T TO BE CONSIDERED CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S S!BIL!TY TO MAKE SURE ITEMS ARE CONSTRUCTED TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE ADEQUACY OF ENGINEERING DESIGNS AND LAYOUT PERFORMED BY OTHERS RESTS MTH THE DESIGNING CR SUBIS TM AUi mTY. RENEWING IS INTENDED ONLY AS AN 40 TO THE CONTRACTOR IN OBTAINING CORRECT SHOP ORATING& RESPONSIBUTY 'OR CORRECTNESS SHALL REST MTH THE CONTRACTOR. GENERAL: THE STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REPRESENT 1HE FINISHED STRUCTURE. THEY 00 NOT INDICATE THE METHOD CF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SiALI. PROVIDE ALL MEAS- URES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DIMING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE. 811T NOT BE UNITED T0, BRACING, SHORING FOR LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUC- TION EQUIPMENT, ETC. I E STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSLBLE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S MEANS, METHODS TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES FOR PROCEDURE OF CONSTRUC- TION, OR THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE PROGRAMS INCIDENT THERETO (NOR SHALL OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE STE INCLUDE INSPECTION OF THESE ITEMS). CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE SPREAD OUT IF PLACED CN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION. LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN _LIVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT. MERE REFERENCE IS MADE TO winos TEST STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS, SUCH STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST EDIl10N AND /OR ADDENDA - ESTABUSH AND VERIFY ALL OPENINGS AND INSERTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL MATH APPROPRIATE TRADES, DRAWINGS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. OPTIONS ARE FOR CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE. IF HE CHOOSES AN OPTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY CHANGES AND SHALL COORDINATE ALL DETNLS. NOTES AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. WHERE NO DETNLS ARE SHOWN, CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SIMILAR WORK ON THE PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS MTH ARCHI- TECTURAL DRAWINGS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCY WITH THE ARCHITECT. TYPICAL DETAILS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE CUT ON PLANS, BUT APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ¥HERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN PLANS, DETAILS, GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE GREATER AND MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. ANY ENGINEERING DESIGN, PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR RENEW, SHALL BEAR THE SEAL OF AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. ( (2) (6)-. 316 3/16 ' 2 COLUMN BASE Q UNISTRUT HANGING SUPPORT NOTES STEEL COUNN TS }' X 3' X 3/16 PROVIDED BY GRILLE DOOR MFR. PLAT 4 1/2' X 4 1/2' X 3/8'W/ 96 HOE IN CENTER TO FIT OVER BOLT. GENERAL. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH INSTALLER OF GRILLE DOOR. 3 PLATE 5' X 5' X 3/8 MTH 1 -5/8' DIA EXPANSION BOLT W111 2 3/4' EMBEDMENT. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB.. TYPICAL EACH SIDE 1302 -041 NO SCALE 1. EXISTING FRAMING. 2. UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP TYPE P2785. 3. UNISTRUT P1000 OR P5000. SEE PLAN , . 912 ORE FRED BELOW. /8' GA ALL THREAD FROM BELOW 6 UNISTRUT .'Y ANNEL NUT OM SPRING 7. UNISTRUT P2. ROD STIFFENER. T.S SUPPORT T AT TOP 98 -068 NO SCALE 1/8 V - 1, ( /16 O BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION (s) (2) ‘JILL IOW' NOTES: 1- - STEEL COLULIN TS 3 PROVIDED' BY C3OLE DOOR MFR. 2. STEEL BEAMS 3'.3'x3/16'. 98 - 068 NO SCALE NOTES: 1- EXISTING &TEFL ROOF JOIST. 2 0.1 ANGLE 3' X 3" X 1/4' AROUND STEEL COLUMNS MTH 5/8 DIA BOLTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDIAATE 9TH INSTALLER OF GRILLE DOOR. 3. 4' 4. DRAG BRACE ANGLE 25253/16'. NOTE: YORE THAN LINE COLUMN MAY OCCUR GEMEEN JOST. 1302 -0305 NO SCALE_. ( ( O 05 04 STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN • hit (3) (5) (2) °SECTION THRU SOFFIT AT WINDOW (8) SCALE: 1/4 = 1 " -0" ( 4. -(3) v ( SECTION THRU SOFFIT AT GRUIE DOOR 0 (1) WATTS: 1 SEE CETAL 10 AND 11 ON TOP CONNEC110 STEEL N 2. STEEL iP.A. CONT. - 5 CSN. 3. DAGONAL BRACE 3 5,/8" 20 GA AT 48' 0.0 4. STEEL STUDS 3 5/8' 20 GA AT 16' DC. _. 3- 910 SCREW PER 1ONNEC710N. 98 - 291 NO SCALE N9IFS STEEL SPUD5 3 5/8'.20 GA 16" 0.C. STEEL BEAM TS 3'x3'.30:6' SKIN SUPPORTS TNRU 1ERTICAL lUlir STEEL *LEERS B. SW MFR SON BY OTHERS CENTERLINE OF GRILLE DOOR GLIDE. 2 1/2'. 6 ". 12' MIN COPE RAN. AND EXTEND NEB 2'. CONNECT TO TUBE STEEL PER C.SN J 98 -291 NO SCALE RECEIVED Cm0F1UMMLA MAY 211998 PERMIT CENTER CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT INC. 2762 #0541* Sllu1. sik 200 M lr 20 55006 1 0 8 0k. 8291 -S1